manualshive.com logo in svg

Mazda CX-9 Grand Touring 2008, Manual

The Mazda CX-9 Grand Touring 2008 offers a luxurious driving experience with advanced features. For a comprehensive understanding of this vehicle, download the free manual from manualshive.com. With detailed instructions and insights, you'll be able to maximize the performance and enjoyment of your Mazda CX-9 Grand Touring 2008.

Share
Download
background image

2. Rear sash molding (See 

REAR SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION

.)  

3. Front sash molding (See 

FRONT SASH MOLDING INSTALLATION

.)  

4. Rear beltline molding (See 

REAR BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

.)  

5. Front beltline molding (See 

FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

.  

6. Rear door trim (See 

REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

 .)  

7. Inner sail garnish (See 

INNER SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

 .)  

8. Front door trim (See 

FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

 .)  

9. Inner garnish (See 

INNER GARNISH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

 .)  

REAR SASH MOLDING REMOVAL 

1. Press tab C in the direction of the arrow and remove it.  
2. While cutting the double-sided adhesive tape using a flathead screwdriver or a razor, separate the rear 

sash molding from the body.  

3. Remove the tab D.  
4. Rotate the rear sash molding in the direction of the arrow and remove tab A.  
5. Rotate the rear sash molding in the direction of the arrow and remove tab B.  
6. Remove the rear sash molding. 

Fig. 38: Identifying Rear Sash Molding And Double-Sided Adhesive Tape Location

 

Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP.

 

EXTRACTOR CHAMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

WARNING:

z

Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury. Always wear gloves 

when using a razor.  

 

2008 Mazda CX-9 Grand Touring 

2008 ACCESSORIES & BODY, CAB Exterior Trim - Mazda CX-9

  

Microsoft 

 

Sunday, November 15, 2009 10:44:03 AM

Page 27 

© 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 

Summary of Contents for CX-9 Grand Touring 2008

Page 1: ...added to memory by removing or disconnecting the related parts Inspect only the DTCs that were indicated before inspecting z When DTCs of the present malfunction are no longer output after present or...

Page 2: ...AGNOSTIC Fig 1 Flow Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS On Board Diagnostic Restraints Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 18 46 AM Page 2 200...

Page 3: ...g Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS On Board Diagnostic Restraints Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 18 46 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Repai...

Page 4: ...s are displayed perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection 4 After completion of repairs clear all DTCs stored in the SAS control module See CLEARING DTC CLEARING DTC 1 Conn...

Page 5: ...on switch is turned to the ON position inspect and repair the air bag system warning light circuit and then confirm that the air bag system warning light is operational z The air bag system warning li...

Page 6: ...TC B104B B104E B1051 U2017 B104E 43 8 Driver side side air bag sensor No 1 circuit open or short See DTC B104B B104E B1051 U2017 B104F 44 7 Passenger side side air bag sensor No 1 internal circuit abn...

Page 7: ...bag sensor No 2 circuit open or short See DTC B105B B110C B1144 B1145 B110D 47 9 Passenger side side air bag sensor No 2 circuit open or short See DTC B105F B110D B1146 B1147 B110E 46 10 Driver side s...

Page 8: ...ance high See DTC B1049 B1881 B1882 B1883 B1886 B1882 Passenger side pre tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply B1883 Passenger side pre tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground B18...

Page 9: ...river side air bag module inflator No 1 circuit short to body ground See DTC B1057 B1916 B1932 B1934 B1936 B1938 21 12 Passenger side air bag module inflator No 1 circuit short to body ground See DTC...

Page 10: ...8 B2230 B2232 B2234 B2233 21 12 Passenger side air bag module inflator No 2 circuit resistance high See DTC B1059 B2229 B2231 B2233 B2235 B2234 19 13 Driver side air bag module inflator No 2 circuit r...

Page 11: ...ee DTC C1946 C1947 C1948 C1981 C1982 C1947 Seat track position sensor circuit short to body ground C1948 Seat track position sensor circuit resistance not within specification C1981 Seat track positio...

Page 12: ...ITOR CHART NOTE z The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input output signals in the module Therefore if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the...

Page 13: ...ss OCS Fault Fault information cleared at seat weight sensor 2AJ IGN_V IG1 voltage V Ignition switch is at ON B 1D OCS_CAL_ST 2 Seat weight sensor calibration status Starting Normal End Commanding NG...

Page 14: ...calibration error FAULT 2AJ OCSFLT_COM Passenger sensing system communication status OK FAULT z Sensor normal OK z Seat weight sensor control module communication error FAULT 2AJ OCSFLT_L Passenger se...

Page 15: ...stance ohm Under any condition 1 5 9 7 ohms 11 1M RES_AB_P Passenger side air bag module inflator No 1 resistance ohm Under any condition 1 0 9 7 ohms U 1N RES_AB2_D Driver side air bag module inflato...

Page 16: ...isplayed the error can be cleared by turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position DTC B1013 Seat weight sensor calibration error DETECTION CONDITION z Calibration set value not within valid range...

Page 17: ...PASSENGER SIDE FRONT SEAT z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more z Remove the passenger side seat and visually inspect for t...

Page 18: ...lacement perform seat weight sensor calibration and reperform the DTC inspection If the DTC is displayed even though the seat weight sensor control module has been replaced replace the SAS control mod...

Page 19: ...z SAS control module malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT DRIVER SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE z Using the M MDS verify the following PID DATA monitor See PID DATA MONITOR TABLE RES_CAB_D z Is...

Page 20: ...ING HARNESS z Connect the leads of the SST Fuel and thermometer checker or apply 2 ohm resistance to driver side curtain air bag module connector terminals A and B z Set the resistance of the SST Fuel...

Page 21: ...ors See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the SAS control module connectors See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Inspect the wiring harness between SAS control module terminal...

Page 22: ...n conditions may cause injury due to an operating error or damage the system When performing an inspection always follow the inspection procedure POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in wiring harne...

Page 23: ...mponents See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS Yes Replace the air bag wiring harness No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN DRIVER SIDE SIDE AIR B...

Page 24: ...ectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt...

Page 25: ...r side air bag module circuit inflator No 1 z Malfunction in wiring harness between passenger side air bag module inflator No 1 and SAS control module WARNING z Detection conditions are for understand...

Page 26: ...ctor See PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Is there any malfunction of the passenger side air bag module connector WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can ac...

Page 27: ...ee COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the clock spring connector See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side front seat connectors See FRONT SEAT...

Page 28: ...ETECTION CONDITION z Resistance other than 1 0 9 7 ohms detected in passenger side pre tensioner seat belt circuit z Malfunction in wiring harness between passenger side pre tensioner seat belt and SA...

Page 29: ...INSTALLATION No Go to the next step INSPECT PASSENGER SIDE PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT CONNECTOR WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and...

Page 30: ...ce of the SST Fuel and thermometer checker to the 2 ohm position z Connect the negative battery cable z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position z Are DTCs B1049 B1881 B1882 B1883 and or B1886 indi...

Page 31: ...er seat belt terminal A SAS control module terminal 2A and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt terminal B for the following Short to ground Short to power supply Open circuit z Is the wiring harnes...

Page 32: ...e air bag sensor No 1 malfunction z SAS control module malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT DRIVER SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO 1 CONNECTOR WARNING z Handling the air bag system components impr...

Page 33: ...rtment See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the passenger side air bag module connector See PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger...

Page 34: ...o 1 connector z Connect the driver and passenger side curtain air bag module connectors z Connect the driver and passenger side front seat connectors z Connect the passenger side air bag module connec...

Page 35: ...r short circuit in wiring harness between passenger side side air bag sensor No 1 and SAS control module z Passenger side side air bag sensor No 1 malfunction z SAS control module malfunction STEP INS...

Page 36: ...z Remove the column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the clock spring connector See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the glove compartment See GLOVE COMPARTMENT...

Page 37: ...ce the air bag wiring harness 3 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE z Connect the SAS control module connector z Connect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt connectors z Connect the passenger...

Page 38: ...tion conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to an operating error or...

Page 39: ...CRASH ZONE SENSOR AND SAS CONTROL MODULE z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more z Remove the column cover See COLUMN COVER...

Page 40: ...harness normal No Replace the air bag wiring harness 3 INSPECT SAS CONTROL MODULE z Connect the SAS control module connector z Connect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt connectors...

Page 41: ...iring harness between driver side pre tensioner seat belt and SAS control module WARNING z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection Performing an insp...

Page 42: ...the driver side pre tensioner seat belt connector WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts which may seriou...

Page 43: ...OVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the passenger side air bag module connector See PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side front se...

Page 44: ...side side air bag module circuit resistance low DETECTION CONDITION z Resistance other than 1 0 9 7 ohms detected in passenger side side air bag module circuit z Malfunction in wiring harness between...

Page 45: ...STALLATION No Go to the next step INSPECT PASSENGER SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre t...

Page 46: ...ble z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position z Are DTCs B1055 B1996 B1997 B1998 and or B1999 indicated Yes Go to the next step No Replace the passenger side side air bag module See SIDE AIR BAG S...

Page 47: ...minal B for the following Short to ground Short to power supply Open circuit z Is the wiring harness normal Yes SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No Replace the air bag wiring harness DTC B1056...

Page 48: ...nction z SAS control module malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT PASSENGER SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE z Using the M MDS verify the following PID DATA monitor See PID DATA MONITOR TABLE RES_CA...

Page 49: ...RING HARNESS z Connect the leads of the SST Fuel and thermometer checker or apply 2 ohm resistance to passenger side curtain air bag module connector terminals A and B z Set the resistance of the SST...

Page 50: ...the SAS control module connectors See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Inspect the wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 2AL and passenger side curtain air bag module terminal A...

Page 51: ...en performing an inspection always follow the inspection procedure POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between clock spring and SAS control module z Clock spring malfunction z Dri...

Page 52: ...ring No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE OR RELATED WIRING HARNESS z Connect the leads of the SST Fuel and thermometer checker or apply 2 ohm resistanc...

Page 53: ...AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt connectors See FRON...

Page 54: ...ness between driver side air bag module inflator No 2 and SAS control module WARNING z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection Performing an inspecti...

Page 55: ...ly injure you Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag system components See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS Yes Replace th...

Page 56: ...odule connector See PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side front seat connectors See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and...

Page 57: ...it resistance low DETECTION CONDITION z Resistance other than 1 0 9 7 ohms detected in passenger side side air bag module circuit z Malfunction in wiring harness between passenger side air bag module...

Page 58: ...MOVAL INSTALLATION No Go to the next step INSPECT PASSENGER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE INFLATOR NO 2 CONNECTOR WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag...

Page 59: ...connector terminals 1A and z 1B and passenger side air bag module inflator No 2 connector terminals 2A and 2B z Set the resistance of the SST Fuel and thermometer checker to the 2 ohm position z Conn...

Page 60: ...ntrol module terminal 1R and passenger side air bag module terminal 2B for the following Short to ground Short to power supply Open circuit z Is the wiring harness normal Yes Replace the SAS control m...

Page 61: ...tween driver side side air bag sensor No 2 and SAS control module z Malfunction in driver side side air bag sensor No 2 circuit WARNING z Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline bef...

Page 62: ...ction of the driver side side WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts which may seriously injure you Read t...

Page 63: ...onnectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat be...

Page 64: ...sensor circuits short to power supply B110D Passenger side side air bag sensor No 2 circuit open or short B1146 Passenger side side air bag sensor No 2 internal circuit abnormal B1147 Passenger side s...

Page 65: ...G SENSOR NO 2 WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts which may seriously injure you Read the service warni...

Page 66: ...z Disconnect the driver and passenger side curtain air bag module connectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATI...

Page 67: ...rol module See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B110E Driver side side air bag sensor No 2 ID mismatch B110F Passenger side side air bag sensor No 2 ID mism...

Page 68: ...Is each sensor installed correctly WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts which may seriously injure you...

Page 69: ...317 SAS control module power supply voltage increases 18 1 V or more B1318 SAS control module power supply voltage decreases less than 8 V DETECTION CONDITION z When the SAS control module power suppl...

Page 70: ...y positive voltage z Is the voltage 8 V 18 V Yes Go to the next step No The battery has a malfunction Inspect the charge discharge system 3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND FUSE BLOCK Yes In...

Page 71: ...MOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side curtain air bag module connectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM...

Page 72: ...anding the DTC outline before performing an inspection Performing an inspection with only detection conditions may cause injury due to an operating error or damage the system When performing an inspec...

Page 73: ...SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS Yes Go to the next step No Reconnect the connector properly then go to the next step 2 INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL MODULE z Inspect the DTC for the SAS control module on board...

Page 74: ...error or damage the system When performing an inspection always follow the inspection procedure POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between information display and SAS control mod...

Page 75: ...e negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more z Remove the column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the clock spring connector See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION...

Page 76: ...t to power supply Open circuit z Is the wiring harness normal No Replace the air bag wiring harness 6 INSPECT PAD INDICATOR z Disconnect the SAS control module connector z Connect the information disp...

Page 77: ...the air bag system components improperly can accidentally operate deploy the air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts which may seriously injure you Read the service warnings and cautions before...

Page 78: ...ity that no DTCs are displayed 3 INSPECTION WIRING HARNESS z Disconnect the SAS control module connector See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Verify continuity in the following wiring harness...

Page 79: ...SAS CONTROL MODULE z Reperform the DTC inspection z Is DTC B2290 indicated Yes Present malfunction diagnosis z Replace the SAS control module See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION Past malfunct...

Page 80: ...t malfunction C1982 Seat track position sensor circuit short to power supply DETECTION CONDITION z Malfunction in seat track position sensor circuit WARNING z Detection conditions are for understandin...

Page 81: ...ON Past malfunction diagnosis z DTC troubleshooting completed No Go to next step INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR AND SAS CONTROL MODULE WARNING z Handling the air bag system...

Page 82: ...tain air bag module connectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side...

Page 83: ...Connect the driver and passenger side curtain air bag module connectors z Connect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt connectors z Connect the seat track position sensor connector z...

Page 84: ...08 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting Restraints Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting Restraints Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 17 14 AM Pa...

Page 85: ...Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Symptom Troubleshooting Restraints Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 17 14 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Rep...

Page 86: ...cuit short to ground POSSIBLE CAUSE z SAS control module malfunction z Instrument cluster circuit board malfunction z Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and SAS contr...

Page 87: ...LATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat belt connectors See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the SAS control module connectors See SAS CONTROL MODULE REMO...

Page 88: ...the driver and passenger side curtain air bag module connectors Connect the driver and passenger side front seat connectors z Connect the passenger side air bag module connector z Connect the clock s...

Page 89: ...in or more z Remove the console See CONSOLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Are all SAS control module connectors securely connected WARNING z Handling the air bag system components improperly can accidentally...

Page 90: ...nition switch to LOCK position z Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more z Connect all SAS control module connectors z Connect the driver and passenger side pre tensioner seat...

Page 91: ...ir bag module connectors See CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Remove the B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION z Disconnect the driver and passenger side pre te...

Page 92: ...Connect the passenger side air bag module connector z Connect the clock spring connector z Connect the instrument cluster connector z Connect the negative battery cable z Turn the ignition switch to O...

Page 93: ...RESTRAINTS Air Bag System Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 16 37 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Comp...

Page 94: ...Identifying Air Bag System Location 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 16 38 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 95: ...rn the ignition switch to the LOCK position disconnect the negative battery cable and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power...

Page 96: ...After servicing verify that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR HANDLING z The front passenger side seat and the seat weight sensor may become defo...

Page 97: ...to the LOCK position disconnect the negative battery cable and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power z If the crash zone se...

Page 98: ...BELT INSPECTION z Inspecting a pre tensioner seat belt using a tester can operate deploy the pre tensioner seat belt which may cause serious injury Do not use a tester to inspect a pre tensioner seat...

Page 99: ...ht sensor may cause the system to operate deploy improperly Never allow oil grease or water to get on the seat weight sensor z Foreign material in the seat weight sensor components may cause the syste...

Page 100: ...and wait for 1 min or more 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 9 Identifying Driver Side Air Bag Module Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the re...

Page 101: ...ANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION WARNING z Handling the air bag module improp...

Page 102: ...TELEPHONE HF TEL UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION vehicles with HF TEL system 4 Remove the bolts 5 Remove the screws 6 Remove the clips 7 Remove the connector 8 Remove the passenger side air bag module in th...

Page 103: ...the hook D 9 Remove the hook E WARNING z Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally operate deploy the air bag module which may seriously injure you Read the air bag system service warni...

Page 104: ...eat back trim Fig 14 Identifying Hook F Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 12 Remove in the nuts 13 Partially peel back the seat back pad 14 Remove the side air bag module 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 200...

Page 105: ...te normally refer to the on board diagnostic system air bag system and perform inspection of the system See FLOWCHART Fig 16 Prying Out Connector Stopper Plate Using Screwdriver Courtesy of MAZDA MOTO...

Page 106: ...tallation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Trunk side trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 14 Roof side trim See ROOF SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 15 Second row seat bel...

Page 107: ...negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more 3 Remove the front bumper See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table CAUTION z After installing the curtain ai...

Page 108: ...ice warnings and cautions before handling the air bag module See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS z Connecting the SAS control module with the SAS control module not...

Page 109: ...approx 6 s and goes out z If the air bag system warning light does not operate refer to the on board diagnostic system air bag system and perform inspection of the system See FLOWCHART Fig 19 Identify...

Page 110: ...nition switch to the LOCK position 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more 3 Remove the front passenger seat See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove in the order indica...

Page 111: ...rtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z If any of the following work is performed perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M MDS Replacement with a new seat weight sensor Replacement with a n...

Page 112: ...TION CAUTION z If any of the following work is performed or when the vehicle has been involved in a collision perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the M MDS Removal of the front passenger s...

Page 113: ...stem warning light does not operate normally refer to the on board diagnostic system air bag system and perform inspection of the system See FLOWCHART SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO 2 REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 T...

Page 114: ...the ignition switch to the ON position and hold for 10 s or more 7 Verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for approx 6 s and goes out z If the air bag system warning light does not o...

Page 115: ...LOWCHART CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT 1 Set the front tires straight ahead 2 Turn the clock spring clockwise until it stops Fig 27 Turning Clock Spring Clockwise Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 From the st...

Page 116: ...he table z If not as indicated in the table replace the clock spring NOTE z When the vehicle side connector for the clock spring is disconnected terminals 1A 1B 1C and 1D are shorted to prevent unexpe...

Page 117: ...air bag module or pre tensioner seat belt may accidentally operate deploy when it is disposed of and cause serious injury Do not dispose of a live undeployed air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt...

Page 118: ...TALLATION 2 Connect the SSTs Adapter harness to the driver side air bag module as shown in the figure 3 Install the driver side air bag module See DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION repre...

Page 119: ...ttery terminal 6 Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs Deployment tool is illuminated 7 Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle 8 Press the activation switch on t...

Page 120: ...eration explosive sounds cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed again leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before approaching it again z The air bag module is very hot immedia...

Page 121: ...gative battery terminal 6 Verify that the red lamp on both SSTs Deployment tool is illuminated 7 Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle 8 Press the activation sw...

Page 122: ...ons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle WARNING z Verify that air bag module operation explosive sound occurs twice If no operation explosive sound was heard or a single operation ex...

Page 123: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE 1 Remove the C pillar trim See C PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the D pillar trim See D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect t...

Page 124: ...Deployment tool is illuminated 8 Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle Fig 42 Connecting SST Deployment Tool To SST Adapter Harness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 125: ...t Belt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Connect the SST Deployment tool to the SST Adapter harness 5 Connect the SST Deployment tool to the battery Connect the power supply red clip to the positive bat...

Page 126: ...ool See INSPECTION OF SST DEPLOYMENT TOOL 2 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 3 Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more 4 Follow the procedure below for operating...

Page 127: ...f the air bag module at least 4 times accidentally To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag module make sure to operate deploy both driver side air bag module inflators simultaneously followin...

Page 128: ...l to the SSTs Adapter harness 7 Connect both SSTs Deployment tool to the battery Connect the power supply red clip to the positive battery terminal and the black clip to the negative battery terminal...

Page 129: ...ound was heard or a single operation explosive sound was heard both inflators would not have operated deployed properly This may cause serious injury if the air bag module operates deploy unexpectedly...

Page 130: ...the center of the tire as shown in the figure To secure the air bag module to the tire wheel wrap a wire cross section 1 25 mm2 0 002 in2 or more through the tire and around the bolts at least 4 time...

Page 131: ...NING z If the air bag module is not properly secured to the tire the tires may fall over by the impact of operation deployment and cause serious injury To prevent this secure the air bag module proper...

Page 132: ...persons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle Fig 58 Connecting SSTs Deployment Tool To SSTs Adapter Harness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 11 Press the activation switch on the SST De...

Page 133: ...ators would not have operated deployed properly This may cause serious injury if the air bag module operates deploy unexpectedly If the two operation explosive sounds are not heard perform Step 8 agai...

Page 134: ...without a wheel on top of the tire with the side air bag module and then stack another tire with a wheel on the very top WARNING z If the air bag module is not properly secured to the tire the tires...

Page 135: ...attery Connect the power supply red clip to the positive battery terminal and the black clip to the negative battery terminal 8 Verify that the red lamp on the SST Deployment tool is illuminated 9 Ver...

Page 136: ...Remove the nuts 3 Remove the curtain air bag module from the curtain air bracket Fig 66 Identifying Curtain Air Bag Module Nuts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Secure the curtain air bag module in a v...

Page 137: ...installation holes at least 4 times as shown in the figure deployment Fig 67 Identifying Curtain Air Bag Module Dimension Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WARNING z If the air bag module is not properly...

Page 138: ...tack another tire with a wheel on the very top Fig 70 Placing Tire Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Secure the tires with wire Fig 69 Securing Curtain Air Bag Module To Tire Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 139: ...ent tool is illuminated 12 Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m 20 ft away from the vehicle Fig 72 Connecting SST Deployment Tool To SST Adapter Harness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 13 P...

Page 140: ...ire cross section of 1 25 mm2 0 002 in2 or more through the tire and the bolt installation holes at least 4 times WARNING z If the pre tensioner seat belt is not properly installed to the tire serious...

Page 141: ...RS CORP 6 Connect the SST Deployment tool to the SST Adapter harness 7 Connect the SST Deployment tool to the battery Connect the power supply red clip to the positive battery terminal and the black c...

Page 142: ...and cause serious injury Always refer to the AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES and dispose of air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts in a deployed condition z The...

Page 143: ...droxide a caustic by product of the gas generated combustion If this substance gets into your eyes or on your hands it can cause irritation and itching When handling the deployed air bag module and pr...

Page 144: ...ploy CAUTION z Because the permissible voltage for the SST 49 H066 002 is 12 V do not connect a 24 V power source because it will damage the SST Always connect only a 12 V power source Step Inspection...

Page 145: ...SST To Battery Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Air Bag System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 16 38 AM Page 53 2005 Mitchell Repair Informa...

Page 146: ...misdiagnosis Therefore it is necessary to perform an overall inspection of the input output systems and AWD CM to determine which part is malfunctioning z With the AWD CM connector connected measure...

Page 147: ...ect related harness Differential oil temperature 60 C 140 F 1 4 B C Differential oil temperature sensor GND Differential oil temperature sensor Continuity Any condition Yes z Inspect related harness D...

Page 148: ...Inspect related harness L M N Ground Ground Voltage Any condition 0 z Inspect related harness O AWD solenoid Output AWD solenoid Voltage Ignition key ON B z AWD solenoid z Inspect related harness Igni...

Page 149: ...lightly and remove it Fig 4 Pushing Up AWD CM Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP COUPLING COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Drain the rear differential oil into a container 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 200...

Page 150: ...AFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal 8 Add rear differential oil See DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT Fig 5 Identifying Coupling...

Page 151: ...rting Rear Differential Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP COUPLING COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Support the coupling unit with a transmission jack 2 Cut away the coupling unit using an oil pan seal cutter 200...

Page 152: ...ld sealant before applying the new sealant z Install the coupling unit within 10 min after applying sealant z Allow the sealant to set at least 30 min after installation before filling the differentia...

Page 153: ...ISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Assemble the SSTs to the engine stand Fig 11 Identifying SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLE All Wheel Drive AWD Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 154: ...g 13 Identifying SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP COMPANION FLANGE DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the companion flange using the SST Fig 14 Removing Companion Flange Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Maz...

Page 155: ...CORP 4 Secure the companion flange using the SST and remove the bolts 5 Remove the output shaft Fig 16 Removing Companion Flange Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BEARING DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove...

Page 156: ...it is in a tilted condition the self lock mechanism could become inoperative if the coupling unit unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury therefore do not maintain the coupling unit in a tilted con...

Page 157: ...ighten the bolts 2 Install the companion flange to the output shaft 3 Secure the companion flange using the SST and tighten the bolts Tightening torque 41 2 53 9 N m 4 2 5 4 kgf m 30 4 39 7 ft lbf 200...

Page 158: ...P COUPLING CASE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Assemble the coupling unit to the coupling case using the SSTs and a press Substitution SST CAUTION z The coupling unit will be damaged if it is pressed directly by a p...

Page 159: ...he specified oil to a new oil seal lip 2 Install the oil seal to the coupling case using the SST Substitution SST z 49 W011 102 Outer diameter 66 mm 2 60 in or more Inner diameter 54 60 mm 2 13 2 36 i...

Page 160: ...tifying SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LOCKNUT ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Secure the companion flange using the SST and tighten a new locknut Tightening torque 167 226 N m 17 1 23 0 kgf m 124 166 ft lbf 2008...

Page 161: ...or Tightening torque 12 7 17 3 N m 1 3 1 7 kgf m 9 4 12 7 ft lbf 6 Connect the differential oil temperature sensor connector 7 Connect the negative battery cable Fig 25 Identifying Differential Oil Te...

Page 162: ...differential oil temperature sensor Fig 26 Inspecting Differential Oil Temperature Sensor Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Differential oil temperature sensor specification RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION 4 Ins...

Page 163: ...ace the coupling unit AWD solenoid resistance 1 5 2 0 ohms Rear differential oil temperature at 20 C 68 F 4 Connect the AWD solenoid connector 5 Connect the negative battery cable Fig 27 Inspecting AW...

Page 164: ...not pull the valve forcibly z Be careful not to get the wire harness caught between parts during installation 4 Prevent incorrect installation and lack of or missing parts z Be careful not to install...

Page 165: ...rubber parts with white gasoline 6 Handling ATF with care z If you spill ATF on the floor wipe it off immediately as it is quite slippery and dangerous z Be sure to use JWS3309 type ATF Disassembly C...

Page 166: ...08 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 15 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 167: ...MOTORS CORP Fig 2 Identifying Automatic Transaxle Disassembly Components 2 Of 4 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sun...

Page 168: ...e Disassembly Components 3 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 200...

Page 169: ...Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Disassembly procedure 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10...

Page 170: ...the stud bolts CAUTION z Do not damage the oil seal z Do not drop the torque converter CAUTION z Do not repair the threads using a tap or other tools Fig 6 Identifying Drain Plug And Gasket Courtesy o...

Page 171: ...Set the SST as shown in the figure CAUTION z Do not touch the terminals Fig 8 Caution Do Not Touch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic...

Page 172: ...e use bolts M12x1 25 with a thread length of 90 mm 3 54 in Fig 10 Identifying SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the fitting surface of the transaxle case and the control valve...

Page 173: ...not to damage the solenoid valves and connectors z Do not pull the wiring harnesses when removing the connector NOTE z Disconnect the solenoid connector according to the following procedure Fig 13 Ta...

Page 174: ...CAUTION z Do not damage the solenoid valves and connectors with the screwdriver z When disconnecting connectors grasp the connectors not the wiring harnesses Otherwise the wiring harnesses may be pull...

Page 175: ...mponent with tape to the transaxle case as shown in the figure NOTE z Be sure to secure the coupler component with tape so that it will not interfere with the control valve body component Fig 17 Ident...

Page 176: ...RP 17 Secure the VSS wiring harness and input turbine speed sensor wiring harness with tape to the transaxle case as shown in the figure NOTE z Be sure to secure the VSS and input turbine speed sensor...

Page 177: ...UTION z Loosen the bolts evenly a little at a time in the order shown in the figure Fig 21 Identifying Suction Cover And Gasket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not drop the control valve bo...

Page 178: ...coupler component from the transaxle case Fig 22 Identifying Control Valve Body Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the wiring harness z Do not pull hard on the wiring harness...

Page 179: ...ensor 25 Remove the bolts as shown in the figure CAUTION z Do not damage the input turbine speed sensor Fig 25 Identifying O Ring And Gasket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring...

Page 180: ...it Fig 28 Tapping Converter Housing Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 27 Remove the transaxle case gaskets as shown in the figure CAUTION z Do not damage the fitting surface of the converter housing and t...

Page 181: ...g Tube Clamp And Oil Reservoir Lock Plate Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the oil reservoir lock plate Fig 30 Identifying Gaskets Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda C...

Page 182: ...not damage the differential gear lube apply tube Fig 32 Identifying Magnets Of Oil Reservoir Lock Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the converter housing z If using a screwd...

Page 183: ...the oil strainer from the oil pump component Fig 36 Identifying Oil Seal And Oil Strainer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 36 Remove the C3 clutch component input shaft and the front planetary gear comp...

Page 184: ...Component Input Shaft And Front Planetary Gear Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z In some cases the C3 clutch component may be detached with the thrust washer attached Fig 38 Identifying C...

Page 185: ...ring away replace with a new brake band and C3 clutch When replacing inspect the contact surfaces between the C3 clutch drum and B1 brake band If they are scratched or have changed color replace with...

Page 186: ...e brake piston cover will fly off due to the force of the piston return spring z Do not drop the brake piston cover z Do not drop the B1 brake piston Fig 42 Removing Snap Ring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS...

Page 187: ...the sun gear input drum NOTE z In some cases the C1 clutch component may be detached with the thrust bearing attached Fig 44 Identifying Thrust Bearing Bearing Race And C1 Clutch Component Courtesy o...

Page 188: ...not to apply too much force to the pawl return spring Fig 46 Identifying Detent Spring Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Be careful not to apply too much force to the torsion spring Fig 47...

Page 189: ...49 Identifying Parking Pawl And Parking Pawl Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 49 Disconnect the parking rod from the manual valve lever 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automat...

Page 190: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 51 Remove the parking rod from the transaxle case Fig 52 Identifying Parking Rod Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 52 Remove the parking pin from the transaxle case 2008 Maz...

Page 191: ...ilt the counter gear component slightly Fig 54 Identifying Counter Gear Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the VSS wiring harness z Do not pull hard on the VSS wiring harn...

Page 192: ...outlet tube Fig 55 Identifying Differential Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the oil cooler outlet tube Fig 56 Identifying Tube Wiring Clamp Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 193: ...lockwasher crimp is not completely pried back the tool cannot fit over the bolt properly and the bolt cannot be loosened Fig 58 Prying Back Crimp On Lockwashers Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION...

Page 194: ...pull hard on the VSS wiring harness z Do not damage the VSS Fig 59 Identifying Bolts Of Counter Drive Gear Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not drop the sun gear 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand...

Page 195: ...in the center while holding it z The thrust washer of the rear planetary gear on the rear side might remain on the transaxle case side when removing the rear planetary gear component Fig 62 Removing R...

Page 196: ...the retaining plates drive and driven plates NOTE z Inspect the number of drive plates and driven plates Fig 65 Identifying Retaining Plates Drive And Driven Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008...

Page 197: ...ve the C2 clutch component and the thrust bearing Fig 67 Identifying C2 Clutch Component And Thrust Bearing Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 68 Remove the seal rings from the transaxle case NOTE z Before...

Page 198: ...transaxle case plate No 3 CAUTION z Do not damage the transaxle case z If using a screwdriver use a wooden block or equivalent to avoid damaging the fitting surface of the transaxle case 2008 Mazda C...

Page 199: ...haft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OIL PUMP DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Components CAUTION z Do not damage the transaxle case z If using a screwdriver use a wooden block or equivalent to avoid damaging the f...

Page 200: ...P Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove the O ring from the oil pump 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 200...

Page 201: ...CORP 3 Remove the seal rings from the oil pump CAUTION z Do not damage the bushing on the oil pump body Fig 76 Identifying Seal Rings Of Oil Pump Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand T...

Page 202: ...n SST z 49 U027 003 Outer diameter 67 mm 2 64 in or more Inner diameter 54 61 mm 2 13 2 40 in Plate thickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more Fig 78 Installing Oil Seal To Oil Pump Body Using Special Tool Courte...

Page 203: ...ig 80 Identifying Thrust Washer Of Oil Pump Component CAUTION z Do not expand the seal rings too much z Be careful not to shorten the seal rings too much when installing the seal rings NOTE z Verify t...

Page 204: ...head Screwdrivers Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP B1 BRAKE PISTON DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Components CAUTION z Do not damage the oil seal lip Fig 81 Identifying O Ring Of Oil Pump Component Courtesy of MAZ...

Page 205: ...P Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove the O ring from the B1 brake piston 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November...

Page 206: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP Assembly Procedure 1 Apply ATF to the new O rings 2 Install the O rings to the brake piston cover Number of O ring z AJ 3 z L3 with TC 2 3 Apply ATF to a new O ring 2008 Mazda CX 9 Gr...

Page 207: ...Fig 87 Identifying O Ring Of B1 Brake Piston Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP C3 CLUTCH COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY Components 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW...

Page 208: ...y Procedure 1 Using a flathead screwdriver remove the snap ring from the C3 clutch drum 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Micros...

Page 209: ...ing pliers NOTE z Inspect the number of drive and driven plates Fig 90 Identifying Retaining Plate Drive And Driven Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Be careful not to expand the snap rin...

Page 210: ...igure and remove the C3 clutch piston from the C3 clutch drum Air pressure 392 kPa 4 0 kgf cm2 57 psi Fig 91 Placing SST On Clutch Balancer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z When applying compresse...

Page 211: ...placing inspect the contact surfaces between the retaining plate driven plate and drive plate If they are scratched or have changed color replace with new parts Fig 93 Applying Compressed Air Into Oil...

Page 212: ...th a new one Fig 96 Measuring Free Length Of Piston Return Spring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP C3 CLUTCH COMPONENT ASSEMBLY Components Fig 95 Inspecting Lining Of All Drive Plates Courtesy of MAZDA M...

Page 213: ...ll the O rings to the C3 clutch drum 3 Apply ATF to the sliding surface of the C3 clutch piston CAUTION z Do not damage the seal on the piston and O rings 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMI...

Page 214: ...entifying O Rings Of C3 Clutch Drum Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the seal on the clutch balancer Fig 99 Identifying C3 Clutch Piston Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda C...

Page 215: ...e driven plates drive plates and the retaining plate in the following order to the C3 clutch drum as shown in the figure z Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Retaining CAUTION z When...

Page 216: ...driven plates Fig 103 Inspecting Number And Order Of Retaining Plate Drive And Driven Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z When installing the snap ring set the end gap of the snap ring as s...

Page 217: ...3 Clutch Piston Stroke Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP RETAINING PLATE SIZE FRONT PLANETARY GEAR COMPONENT INPUT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Components Fig 104 Installing Snap Ring In Groove Courtesy of...

Page 218: ...CORP Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove the thrust washer from the front planetary gear component 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6...

Page 219: ...TORS CORP 3 Remove the thrust washer from the front planetary gear component NOTE z In some cases the thrust washer may be detached with the input shaft attached Fig 109 Identifying Thrust Washer 2008...

Page 220: ...put shaft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z If it is difficult to remove the bearing race pry it off gently using a flathead screwdriver Fig 110 Identifying Front Planetary Sun Gear Thrust Bearing...

Page 221: ...ing too much z Be careful not to shorten the seal rings too much when installing the seal rings NOTE z Verity that seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them Fig 113 Compressing Seal Rings Court...

Page 222: ...ont Planetary Gear Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Install the front planetary gear component to the input shaft z Do not apply grease to the oil holes of the thrust washer z Do not drop the...

Page 223: ...new seal rings and sliding surface of the input shaft 12 Compress the seal rings as shown in the figure Then install the seal rings to the input shaft CAUTION z Do not expand the oil seal rings too m...

Page 224: ...LY Components NOTE z Verify that seal rings rotate smoothly after installing them CAUTION z Apply grease to the mounting surface of the thrust washer so that it does not drop when the front planetary...

Page 225: ...y Procedure 1 Using a flathead screwdriver remove the snap ring from the C1 clutch drum 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Micros...

Page 226: ...spring with a press NOTE z Inspect the number of drive and driven plates Fig 123 Identifying Retaining Plate Drive And Driven Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not expand the snap rin...

Page 227: ...d apply compressed air into the oil passage as shown in the figure and remove the forward clutch piston from the C1 clutch drum Air pressure 392 kPa 4 0 kgf cm2 57 psi CAUTION z Do not damage the seal...

Page 228: ...placing inspect the contact surfaces between the retaining plate driven plate and drive plate If they are scratched or have changed color replace with new parts Fig 126 Applying Compressed Air Into Oi...

Page 229: ...h a new one Fig 129 Measuring Free Length Of Piston Return Spring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP C1 CLUTCH COMPONENT ASSEMBLY Components Fig 128 Inspecting Lining Of All Drive Plates Courtesy of MAZDA...

Page 230: ...Apply ATF to the new O rings and the C1 clutch drum 2 Install the O rings to the C1 clutch drum 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda...

Page 231: ...DA MOTORS CORP 5 Apply ATF to the seal on the clutch balancer 6 Install the retainer return spring and the clutch balancer to the C1 clutch drum CAUTION z Do not damage the seal on the piston and O ri...

Page 232: ...r to the C1 clutch drum as shown in the figure Six drive plates type z Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Retaining Seven drive plates type z Driven Drive Dr...

Page 233: ...drive and driven plates Fig 136 Inspecting Number And Order Of Retaining Plate Drive And Driven Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z When installing the snap ring set the end gap of the sna...

Page 234: ...opriate retaining plate Fig 138 Applying Compressed Air And Measuring C1 Clutch Piston Stroke Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP RETAINING PLATE SIZE Fig 137 Installing Snap Ring In Groove Courtesy of MAZD...

Page 235: ...128 6 3 3 0 130 C 3 35 0 132 7 3 4 0 134 8 3 5 0 138 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28...

Page 236: ...ure 1 Using the snap ring pliers loosen the snap ring and remove the rear planetary ring gear 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6...

Page 237: ...Gear Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Using a flathead screwdriver and hammer pry back the crimps locking the washer CAUTION z If the lockwasher crimps are not completely pried back the tool cannot fit...

Page 238: ...Back Crimps Locking Washer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not drop the tapered roller bearing Fig 144 Identifying Snap Ring Of Counter Drive Gear Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda...

Page 239: ...Inner From Counter Drive Gear Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 9 Using a flathead screwdriver and hammer remove the bearing race outer from the counter drive gear Fig 147 Removing Bearing Race Outer Fro...

Page 240: ...ed roller bearing cannot be removed from the center support z The tapered roller bearing and center support must be replaced as a set Fig 149 Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing And Center Support Cour...

Page 241: ...ring to the counter drive gear Fig 151 Installing Hole Snap Ring To Counter Drive Gear Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Using the old bearing race and the steel plate as shown in the figure install th...

Page 242: ...ter drive gear with the tapered roller bearing CAUTION z Do not press fit the bearing too deeply z Verify that the bearing is press fit to allow the installation of the nut Fig 153 Installing Bearing...

Page 243: ...ting torque of the counter drive gear NOTE z Verify that the claw of the washer is fit into the groove on the center support z Verify that the nut is installed in the correct direction Fig 154 Install...

Page 244: ...57 Crimping Down Washer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 10 Using a flathead screwdriver install the hole snap ring to the counter drive gear 11 Install the rear planetary ring gear flange to the rear pl...

Page 245: ...lanetary ring gear to the counter drive gear 14 Using the snap ring pliers while loosening the snap ring install the rear planetary ring gear Fig 160 Loosening Snap Ring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 246: ...Fig 161 Inspecting One Way Clutch Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR PLANETARY GEAR COMPONENT AND ONE WAY CLUTCH COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY Components 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSM...

Page 247: ...ORS CORP Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove the one way clutch component from the rear planetary gear component 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7...

Page 248: ...S CORP 3 Remove the thrust washer from the rear planetary gear component Fig 165 Identifying Thrust Washer Of Rear Planetary Gear Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Remove the planetary sun gea...

Page 249: ...rear planetary gear component with a new one z When the rear planetary gear component is replaced inspect the contact surface opposed to the planetary sun gear Fig 167 Measuring Inner Diameter Of Rea...

Page 250: ...new one Fig 168 Measuring Inner Diameter Of Planetary Sun Gear Bushings Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP z When the planetary sun gear component is replaced inspect the contact surface opposed to the in...

Page 251: ...st washer so that it will not drop when the rear planetary gear component is installed z Do not apply grease to the oil holes of the thrust washer CAUTION z Apply grease to the mounting surface of the...

Page 252: ...e planetary sun gear as shown in the figure 7 Install the planetary sun gear to the rear planetary gear component z Do not apply grease to the oil holes of the thrust washer CAUTION z Apply grease to...

Page 253: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP C2 CLUTCH COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY Components 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 200...

Page 254: ...08 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 16 AM Page 91 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company L...

Page 255: ...ft Fig 175 Removing Snap Ring From Intermediate Shaft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Remove the retaining plate drive and driven plates from the intermediate shaft NOTE z If the bearing is difficult...

Page 256: ...emove the clutch balancer return spring and the spring retainer from the intermediate shaft CAUTION z Do not contract the return spring too much z Do not expand the snap ring too much CAUTION z Do not...

Page 257: ...sure 392 kPa 4 0 kgf cm2 57 psi Fig 179 Applying Compressed Air Into Oil Passage Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Remove the O rings from the intermediate shaft NOTE z When applying compressed air bloc...

Page 258: ...olor replace with new parts Fig 181 Inspecting Lining Of All Drive Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Using vernier calipers measure the free length of the piston return spring C2 clutch return sp...

Page 259: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP C2 CLUTCH COMPONENT ASSEMBLY Components 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009...

Page 260: ...ch Component Assembly 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 17 AM Page 97 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 261: ...ton to the intermediate shaft 5 Apply ATF to the seal on the clutch balancer and sliding surface mm in Inner diameter Thickness Upper 51 90 2 043 1 60 0 0630 Lower 50 40 1 984 2 62 0 1031 CAUTION z Do...

Page 262: ...of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Place the SST on the clutch balancer and compress the return spring with a press CAUTION z Be careful not to shorten the spring too much If it is too short it will bite into th...

Page 263: ...iven Drive Driven Drive Retaining Four drive plates type z Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Retaining Fig 188 Identifying Driven Plates Drive Plates And Retaining Plate Courtesy of...

Page 264: ...o Groove Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 11 Apply ATF to the thrust bearing 12 Install the thrust bearing to the intermediate shaft NOTE z Install the bearing in the correct direction as shown in the fi...

Page 265: ...psi C2 clutch piston stroke 0 45 0 65 mm 0 0178 0 0255 in z If not within the specification select an appropriate retaining plate Fig 192 Measuring C2 Clutch Piston Stroke Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS COR...

Page 266: ...erse order of disassembly A 2 85 0 112 5 2 9 0 114 B 2 95 0 116 6 3 0 0 118 C 3 05 0 120 7 3 1 0 122 8 3 2 0 126 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL...

Page 267: ...ke Piston Disassembly Note 1 Using a flathead screwdriver remove the snap ring from the transaxle case 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9...

Page 268: ...w and reverse brake piston by hand apply compressed air into the oil passage of the transaxle case as shown in the figure and remove the low and reverse brake piston Air pressure 392 kPa 4 0 kgf cm2 5...

Page 269: ...and Reverse Brake Piston Assembly Note 1 Apply ATF to the new O rings 2 Install the O ring to the low and reverse brake piston 3 Apply ATF to the sliding surface of the transaxle case CAUTION z Do no...

Page 270: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP Low and Reverse Brake Return Spring Assembly Note 1 Install the low and reverse brake return spring to the transaxle case Fig 200 Identifying Low And Reverse Brake Return Spring Cou...

Page 271: ...indicator inspect the transaxle case bushing Transaxle case bushing inner diameter Standard 21 932 21 953 mm 0 86347 0 86429 in z If it exceeds the specification replace the transaxle case with a new...

Page 272: ...retaining plate driven plate and drive plate If they are scratched or have changed color replace with new parts Fig 204 Inspecting Lining Of All Drive Plates Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Using vern...

Page 273: ...A MOTORS CORP CONTROL VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Components 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15...

Page 274: ...P Disassembly Procedure CAUTION z Do not pull the manual valve strongly 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday Novem...

Page 275: ...e manual valve connecting rod from the manual valve Fig 208 Removing E Ring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Remove the solenoids from the control valve body CAUTION z Do not damage the solenoid 2008 M...

Page 276: ...olts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Install the manual valve connecting rod to the manual valve 3 Install the E ring 4 Apply ATF to the manual valve CAUTION z Do not damage the solenoid CAUTION z Do...

Page 277: ...ual Valve Of Control Valve Body Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Assembly Bearing and race locations 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Ov...

Page 278: ...sher mm in Outer 64 0 2 52 101 0 3 98 85 0 3 35 79 8 3 14 104 2 4 10 Inner 51 0 2 01 75 3 2 96 72 7 2 86 68 3 2 69 69 0 2 72 Bearing race front Outer 43 7 1 72 25 6 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005...

Page 279: ...0 9547 50 5 1 99 Bearing race rear mm in Outer 68 8 2 71 48 5 1 91 47 0 1 85 45 6 1 80 41 7 1 64 Inner 46 9 1 85 38 1 1 50 35 2 1 39 33 2 1 31 24 2 0 953 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMIS...

Page 280: ...mponents 1 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 17 AM Pa...

Page 281: ...mponents 2 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 17 AM Pa...

Page 282: ...mponents 3 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28 17 AM Pa...

Page 283: ...Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Assembly Procedure 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul AW6A EL CX 7 CX 9 Mazda 6 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 28...

Page 284: ...press the seal rings as shown in the figure Then install the seal rings in the transaxle case CAUTION z Do not damage the oil seal CAUTION z Do not expand the seal rings too much z Be careful not to s...

Page 285: ...ifying Transaxle Case Plate No 3 Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install the transaxle case plate No 2 Tightening torque 3 9 6 9 N m 40 70 kgf cm 26 60 in lbf 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 0...

Page 286: ...mponent where the bushing is fit Fig 222 Identifying Seal Ring And Rubbing Surface Of C2 Clutch Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Install the C2 clutch component to the transaxle case CAUTION...

Page 287: ...g Seven drive plates type z Retaining Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Retaining Fig 224 Identifying Driven Plates Drive Plates And Retaining Plate C...

Page 288: ...nd the bearing races and install them to the transaxle case CAUTION z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position as shown in the figure NOTE z Align the spline of the C2 clutch drive plates...

Page 289: ...one way clutch Fig 228 Identifying Rear Planetary Gear Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 15 Install the one way clutch to the transaxle case NOTE z For easy installation while turning the rear p...

Page 290: ...e way clutch component inspect that the planetary gear turns to right clockwise but does not turn to left counterclockwise CAUTION z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position shown in the f...

Page 291: ...ter drive gear to the transaxle case 21 Install the new lockwashers and washers with new bolts Tightening torque 82 7 93 6 N m 8 5 9 5 kgf cm 61 0 69 0 ft lbf Bolt length measured from below the head...

Page 292: ...rs Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 23 Apply ATF to the new O rings 24 Install the O rings to the oil cooler outlet tube 25 Install the oil cooler outlet tube pipe clamp transaxle case No 1 plate and the...

Page 293: ...harness clip Fig 236 Identifying Wiring Harness Clip Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 27 Apply ATF to the bearing and gear of the differential component z Do not damage the VSS wiring harness z Do not p...

Page 294: ...RS CORP 31 Install the parking pin to the transaxle case NOTE z If it is difficult to install the counter driven gear remove the differential component and then install the counter driven gear Install...

Page 295: ...RP 33 Install the manual valve lever to the transaxle case Fig 241 Installing Manual Valve Lever To Transaxle Case Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 34 Connect the parking rod to the manual valve lever 20...

Page 296: ...DA MOTORS CORP Tightening torque 7 8 11 8 N m 82 122 kgf cm 72 105 in lbf 36 Install the spring guide sleeve and the torsion spring Tightening torque 7 8 11 8 N m 82 122 kgf cm 72 105 in lbf CAUTION z...

Page 297: ...pawl and parking lock pawl bracket shown in the figure together with the spring guide sleeve and torsion spring installed CAUTION z Do not apply too much force to the pawl return spring CAUTION z Do n...

Page 298: ...ller Fits Center Of Manual Valve Lever Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 40 Install the sun gear input drum to the transaxle case NOTE z When installing ensure that the center of the detent spring s rolle...

Page 299: ...o the transaxle case 44 Install the input shaft and the front planetary gear to the transaxle case CAUTION z If the input shaft is not hold during installation the thrust washer might be come off NOTE...

Page 300: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Before installing the C3 clutch component align the spline of the C3 clutch drive plates and the spline of the B1 brake drive plates NOTE z Install the C3 clutch component so...

Page 301: ...Install the brake band anchor bolt to the transaxle case Tightening torque 133 3 199 9 N m 13 6 20 3 kgf m 98 3 147 4 ft lbf Fig 254 Identifying Brake Band Anchor Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2...

Page 302: ...Apply ATF to the oil seal Fig 256 Pressing Brake Piston Cover Into Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 52 Install the oil strainer and the oil seal to the oil pump component 53 Apply ATF to each r...

Page 303: ...length measured from below the head A A 22 mm 0 866 in B B 35 mm 1 378 in Fig 258 Identifying Oil Pump Component Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 55 Verify that the input shaft turns smoothly 2008...

Page 304: ...g Input Shaft End Play Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 57 Put a mark on the piston rod at the point where it intersects with the case Fig 261 Identifying Mark On Piston Rod Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 305: ...Case And Mark On Piston Rod Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PISTON ROD SIZE Identification mark Length mm in 102 80 4 0473 1 103 05 4 0571 2 103 30 4 0669 3 103 55 4 0768 4 103 80 4 0866 5 104 05 4 096...

Page 306: ...sy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 60 Install the magnets to the oil reservoir lock plate Fig 265 Identifying Magnets Of Oil Reservoir Lock Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the oil res...

Page 307: ...the new transaxle case gaskets 65 Install the transaxle case gaskets to the transaxle case as shown in the figure 66 Remove any packing material and be careful not to get oil on the contact surface of...

Page 308: ...ve sealant and oil with white gasoline or equivalent NOTE z Spread sealant over the contact surface z Do not apply sealant to the transaxle case CAUTION z Do not damage the O ring on the oil pump comp...

Page 309: ...MOTORS CORP TRANSAXLE CASE BOLTS IDENTIFICATION TABLE Bolt number Bolt size Length measured from below the head mm in A M8 x 1 25 30 1 18 B M8 x 1 25 35 1 38 C M8 x 1 25 39 1 54 D M10 x 1 25 25 0 984...

Page 310: ...ew gasket as shown in the figure 75 Install the gasket to the coupler component 76 Install a new O ring to the coupler component E M10 x 1 25 40 1 57 CAUTION z Do not damage the input turbine speed se...

Page 311: ...ase by engaging its claw CAUTION z When installing the control valve body component do not put the coupler component in the open space of the separate plate in the control valve body component z Do no...

Page 312: ...in B B 17 mm 0 669 in C C 21 mm 0 827 in Fig 276 Locating Control Valve Body Component Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 81 Temporarily install the suction cover and a new gasket with the bolts NOTE...

Page 313: ...f Fig 278 Identifying Control Valve Body Bolts Tightening Order Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 83 Install the connector of the VSS and input turbine speed sensor to the solenoid clamp 2008 Mazda CX 9 G...

Page 314: ...in the figure Tightening torque 8 12 N m 82 122 kgf cm 72 105 in lbf CAUTION z If the control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harnesses overlapped the wiring harnesses may be pinched bet...

Page 315: ...ff the contact surface of the transaxle case with the control valve body cover and the bolt holes 89 Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control valve body cover with the transaxle case NOTE...

Page 316: ...RP 91 Install the new control valve body cover with new seal bolts Tightening torque 9 8 15 7 N m 100 160 kgf cm 87 138 in lbf CAUTION z Be careful that the coupler component will not become caught be...

Page 317: ...Inspecting Condition Of Connector Pin Of Coupler Component Foreign Material Bent Broken Pins And O Ring Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 93 Align the transaxle case and the coupler component connector 2...

Page 318: ...ION z Do not turn more than 60 from the marking CAUTION z Do not repair the threads using a tap or other tools z Do not damage the transaxle case z Do not overtighten the stud bolts The stud bolts sho...

Page 319: ...A MOTORS CORP 99 Using the SST and a hammer tap a new oil seal so that the specified oil seal position is obtained z If the transaxle case is damaged the transaxle must be replaced CAUTION z Do not da...

Page 320: ...Substitution SST z 49 F027 009 Outer diameter 76 8 mm 3 02 in Plate thickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more z 49 L033 101 Outer diameter 73 76 3 mm 2 88 3 00 in Inner diameter 69 mm 2 72 in or more Length 20...

Page 321: ...2 4 5 5 kgf m 17 4 40 4 ft lbf CAUTION z Do not damage the oil seal z Do not drop the torque converter z Be careful that fingers do not get caught 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION A...

Page 322: ...CORP 102 To ensure that the torque converter is installed accurately measure distance A between the end of the torque converter and the end of the converter housing Distance A between the end of the t...

Page 323: ...he following order to the transaxle case as shown in the figure Six drive plates type z Drive Retaining Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Driven Drive Retaining Seven drive plates ty...

Page 324: ...screwdriver install the snap ring into the groove CAUTION z Inspect the number and order of the retaining plates drive and driven plates CAUTION z Align the opening of the snap ring with the position...

Page 325: ...0 kgf cm2 29 psi B2 brake clearance 1 20 1 40 mm 0 047 0 055 in z If not within the specification select another retaining plate Fig 299 Measuring B2 Brake Clearance Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP RETA...

Page 326: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP TECHNICAL DATA TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA 49 4 9 0 193 50 5 0 0 197 51 5 1 0 201 52 5 2 0 205 53 5 3 0 209 NOTE z Inspect the numbe...

Page 327: ...ng inner diameter Standard 21 932 21 953 mm 0 86347 0 86429 in B2 brake return spring free length Standard 19 01 mm 0 7485 in Input shaft end play 0 349 1 081 mm 0 01374 0 04255 in B1 brake piston str...

Page 328: ...0A9 Compressor 49 G030 797 Handle 49 F026 102 Bearing installer 49 T019 0A1 Servo piston lifter set 49 H028 202 Block L 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2005 08 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Overhaul...

Page 329: ...TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 29 30...

Page 330: ...rtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST AW6A EL AW6AX EL 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10...

Page 331: ...PRESSURE TEST 1 Perform mechanical system test preparation See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST PREPARATION 2 Connect the SSTs 49 HD64 406A and 49 0378 400C to the line pressure inspection port and replace the...

Page 332: ...rake pedal with the left foot 12 Shift the selector lever to the D range 13 Gradually depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot CAUTION z Perform the test at least 3 times and calculate the av...

Page 333: ...ions Fig 4 Line Pressure Control Solenoid Current Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 17 Remove the SSTs 18 Install a test plug in the inspection port Tightening torque 5 9 8 8 N m 61 89 kgf cm 53 7...

Page 334: ...range or R position hydraulic circuit Constant pressure without fluctuation in hydraulic pressure to throttle in D range and R position z Line pressure control solenoid malfunction z Control valve bod...

Page 335: ...ssure control solenoid malfunction primary regulator valve malfunction z Control valve body component malfunction shift solenoid C hydraulic pressure system z C1 clutch slipping z One way clutch malfu...

Page 336: ...N D shift More than specification z Control valve body malfunction shift solenoid C hydraulic pressure system z C1 clutch slipping z One way clutch malfunction z Oil pump malfunction z Oil strainer c...

Page 337: ...wn occurs for 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 downshifts and that the shift points are as shown in the table below z If there is any malfunction inspect the TCM and ATX See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE AW6A...

Page 338: ...4 102 2 950 3 650 D5 D6 200 226 124 140 4 450 4 950 TCC ON D6 200 226 124 140 3 550 3 950 Closed throttle position D6 D5 59 64 37 39 1 050 1 100 D5 D4 39 45 25 27 900 950 D4 D3 25 31 16 19 750 900 D3...

Page 339: ...C operation is obtained in 4GR 5GR and 6GR The operation points must be as shown in the table below z If there is any malfunction inspect the TCM and ATX See SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE AW6A EL...

Page 340: ...rmine whether the transaxle should be disassembled z The ATF is muddy z The ATF smells strange or unusual ATF Condition ATF CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE Range Mode Throttle condition Shift Vehicle speed k...

Page 341: ...with water Problem could occur to parts inside the transaxle due to water contamination If necessary replace the transaxle Reddish brown Has burnt smell and metal particles are found Deteriorated ATF...

Page 342: ...stall a new gasket and the drain plug Tightening torque 23 5 54 9 N m 2 4 5 5 kgf m 17 4 40 4 ft lbf 5 Add the specified ATF through the oil filler tube until it reaches the lower notch of dipstick WA...

Page 343: ...ner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove the TCM See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 4 Verify that there is no continuity between coupler component terminals...

Page 344: ...Identifying Air Cleaner Component Connector Terminal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OFF VEHICLE INSPECTION WARNING z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns Turn off the engine and wait until th...

Page 345: ...e the TFT sensor See TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE TFT SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 11 Identifying Oil Cooler Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Place the TFT sensor and a thermometer i...

Page 346: ...7 B8 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 12 Install the oil pipe See OIL COOLER REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 13 Install the oil cooler See OIL COOLER REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 14 Add AT...

Page 347: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Remove the coupler component lock plate 9 Remove the coupler component from the transaxle case WARNING z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns Turn off the engine and wai...

Page 348: ...t 13 Install the coupler component to the transaxle case CAUTION z Do not apply ATF to the O ring Fig 16 Identifying O Ring Gasket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not apply too much force t...

Page 349: ...Add ATF to the specified level See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID ATF REPLACEMENT AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 18 Locating Coupler Component Lock Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 20 Install the air cleaner com...

Page 350: ...the coupler component is normal perform an off vehicle inspection of input turbine speed sensor See OFF VEHICLE INSPECTION CAUTION z Water or foreign material entering the connector can cause a poor c...

Page 351: ...NSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 6 Install the TCM See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 7 Install the air cleaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 8 Conn...

Page 352: ...NSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 7 Remove the input turbine speed sensor See INPUT TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL WARNING z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns Turn...

Page 353: ...of the input turbine speed sensor less than 5 mm 0 197 in z If there is any malfunction replace the input turbine speed sensor See INPUT TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL Inp...

Page 354: ...NICAL SYSTEM TEST AW6A EL AW6AX EL INPUT TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the air cleaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REM...

Page 355: ...LLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 11 Install the oil cooler See OIL COOLER REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 27 Locating Input Turbine Speed Sensor Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 12 Add ATF to the speci...

Page 356: ...r B20 and GND Fig 28 Identifying Coupler Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP z If there is any malfunction inspect the coupler component z If the coupler component is normal replace the ATX See AU...

Page 357: ...STALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 6 Install the TCM See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 7 Install the air cleaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 8 Connect the negativ...

Page 358: ...Fig 32 Connecting VSS Terminal 2 To Battery Positive Terminal WARNING z A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool before replacing the ATF CAUTION...

Page 359: ...AW6A EL AW6AX EL 6 Connect the negative battery cable 7 Perform the mechanical system test See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST AW6A EL AW6AX EL VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR VSS REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL S...

Page 360: ...spect the coupler component z If the coupler component is normal replace the control valve body See CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL z If foreign materials are stuck to the VSS...

Page 361: ...hm B5 GND Shift solenoid A 11 15 B2 GND Shift solenoid B 11 15 B11 B10 Shift solenoid C 5 0 5 6 B17 B18 Shift solenoid D 5 0 5 6 B14 B22 Shift solenoid E 5 0 5 6 B21 B16 Shift solenoid F 5 0 5 6 B9 B4...

Page 362: ...he ignition switch is turned to the START position with the selector lever in P or N position z If there is any malfunction neutral position learning See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 2 Ve...

Page 363: ...ON WARNING z Be careful not to damage the connector waterproofing when measuring the TCM terminal voltage If damaged the waterproofing efficiency could be negatively affected NOTE z Use the ground of...

Page 364: ...no good judgment by terminal voltage is not possible Carry out inspection according to DTCs z Inspect related harness A7 M range switch M range switch M range Below 1 0 z Inspect selector lever compo...

Page 365: ...STALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 38 Identifying Coupler Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Terminal Continuity Resistance Table Reference Fig 39 Identifying Coupler Component TCM Short Cord Connec...

Page 366: ...W6A E AW6AX E z Inspect rela harness B3 Line pressure control solenoid control Line pressure control solenoid z Inspect resistance between couple component terminals B3 and B1 wiring harness side ATF...

Page 367: ...d z Inspect resistance between couple component terminals B9 and B4 wiring harness side ATF temperature 20 C 68 F 5 0 5 6 ohms z Inspect TCC control soleno See SOLEN VALVE INSPECTIO AW6A EL AW6AX EL z...

Page 368: ...ls B21 and B16 wiring harness side ATF temperature 20 C 68 F 5 0 5 6 ohms z Inspect shift solenoid F Se SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTIO AW6A EL AW6AX EL z Inspect relate harness B17 Shift solenoid D control...

Page 369: ...t relate harness B22 Shift solenoid E control GND Shift solenoid E z Inspect resistance between couple component terminals B14 and B22 wiring harness side ATF temperature 20 C 68 F 5 0 5 6 ohms z Insp...

Page 370: ...and washer Fig 42 Identifying Manual Shaft Nut Washer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Remove the TCM Fig 40 Identifying Manual Shaft Lever TCM Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 371: ...is removed Fig 45 Identifying Connector Pin Of Coupler Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not touch the terminals Fig 44 Identifying Air Filter Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Maz...

Page 372: ...ct positioning of the TCM and coupler component 13 Tighten the TCM mounting bolts Tightening torque 19 6 29 4 N m 2 0 2 9 kgf m 14 5 21 6 ft lbf CAUTION z Do not turn more than 60 from the marking CAU...

Page 373: ...ighten the manual shaft nut Tightening torque 9 8 14 7 N m 100 142 kgf cm 87 123 in lbf removing the manual shaft nut or the transaxle may be damaged Fig 48 Identifying TCM Mounting Bolts Courtesy of...

Page 374: ...p 20 Connect the TCM connector 21 Install the air cleaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 22 Connect the negative battery cable 23 Perform the neutral position learning Se...

Page 375: ...lect the Transmission Learning 5 Perform the N range learning according to the directions on the screen z When Operation Successful is displayed shift the selector lever to the P position and turn the...

Page 376: ...eaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove the TCM See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 4 Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape wrapped flathead screwd...

Page 377: ...g parts 1 Battery and battery tray See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Air cleaner component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Engine cover 4 Windshield wiper arm and blade S...

Page 378: ...and may cause serious injury CAUTION z To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating remove the transaxle without tilting it toward the torque converter Service item Test item Line pre...

Page 379: ...Specifications 1 Of 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 29 31 AM P...

Page 380: ...oles by turning the torque converter Fig 58 Identifying Fastener Cover Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Insert a flathead screwdriver through the converter housing service hole and lock the drive plate...

Page 381: ...1 ENGINE MOUNT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the No 1 engine mount bracket bolts A and B as shown Fig 61 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bracket Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring...

Page 382: ...owing procedure CAUTION z Refer to the SST instruction manual for the basic handing procedure NOTE z When installing the SST adjust the position of each shaft so that they do not interfere with the ve...

Page 383: ...t right front shaft of the SST with front foot No 2 to the bolt shown in the figure 4 Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so that they are the same height left and right and horizontal 5 Make su...

Page 384: ...e Fig 67 Supporting Transaxle On Jack Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Set the transaxle on a jack and lift it 2 Rotate the drive plate so that the logo mark faces upward NO...

Page 385: ...ourtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install the transaxle mounting bolts and bracket Tightening torque 37 52 N m 3 8 5 3 kgf m 28 38 ft lbf Fig 70 Locating Transaxle Mounting Bolts Bracket 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 386: ...49 2 68 6 ft lbf Bolt D 74 5 104 9 N m 7 60 10 69 kgf m 55 0 77 3 ft lbf Fig 71 Identifying No 4 Engine Mount Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NO 1 ENGINE MOUNT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the N...

Page 387: ...que Tightening torque 93 1 116 6 N m 9 50 11 8 kgf m 68 7 85 9 ft lbf Fig 74 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TORQUE CONVERTER NUTS INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Align the holes...

Page 388: ...r as shown in the figure CAUTION z Loosely and equally tighten the torque converter nuts then further tighten them to the specified tightening torque Fig 75 Locking Drive Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTOR...

Page 389: ...dentifying Selector Lever To Manual Shaft Lever Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OIL SEAL DIFFERENTIAL REPLACEMENT AW6A EL AW6AX EL TRANSAXLE CASE SIDE 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable NOTE z Inst...

Page 390: ...hickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more 7 Install the drive shaft left side See FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Add ATF to the specified level See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID ATF REPLACEMENT CAUTION z Th...

Page 391: ...joint shaft 2WD See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD 5 Remove the oil seal lip using a razor 6 Remove and discard the oil seal using a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver CAUTION z The oil seal is...

Page 392: ...OVAL INSTALLATION 10 Add ATF to the specified level See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID ATF REPLACEMENT AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 82 Tapping Oil Seal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 11 Connect the negative cable 1...

Page 393: ...so that the specified oil seal position is obtained Substitution SST z 49L033 101 Outer diameter 73 76 3 mm 2 88 3 00 in Inner diameter 69 mm 2 72 in or more Plate thickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more Leng...

Page 394: ...ALLATION 2 Remove and discard the O ring using a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver 3 Apply ATF to a new O ring and install it to the differential case 4 Install the drive shaft and joint shaft See JOI...

Page 395: ...sing compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out causing injury to the eyes Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air CAUTION z Clean the transaxle exterior throughout...

Page 396: ...the control valve body cover Fig 87 Locating Control Valve Body Cover Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Be careful not to damage the solenoid valves and connectors z Do not pull the wiring...

Page 397: ...alve Body Cover Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not damage the solenoid valves and connectors with the screwdriver z When disconnecting connectors grasp the connectors not the harnesses Oth...

Page 398: ...the TFT sensor from the control valve body 11 Remove the O ring from the TFT sensor Fig 90 Removing Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Be sure to secure the coupler component with tape so...

Page 399: ...sor connector from the solenoid clamp Fig 94 Identifying VSS Connector Input Turbine Speed Sensor Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 92 Identifying O ring Of TFT Sensor Courtesy of MAZDA MOTO...

Page 400: ...e sure to secure the VSS and input turbine speed sensor with tape so that they will not interfere with the control valve body component CAUTION z Evenly loosen the bolts a little at a time in the orde...

Page 401: ...ent Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z When installing the control valve body component do not put the coupler component in the open space of the separate plate in the control valve body componen...

Page 402: ...3 Temporarily install the suction cover and a new gasket with the bolts NOTE z Aligning the bolt holes temporarily tighten the bolt by hand Fig 100 Locating Control Valve Body Component With Bolts Co...

Page 403: ...05 in lbf Fig 102 Identifying Suction Cover Bolts Tighten Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install the connector of the VSS and input turbine speed sensor to the solenoid clamp 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 404: ...control valve body cover is installed with the wiring harness overlapped the wiring harnesses may be pinched between the co valve body causing the wiring harnesses to be damaged Therefo that the wiri...

Page 405: ...trol valve body cover and the bolt holes 11 Clean oil off the contact surface of the new control valve body cover with the transaxle case NOTE z Completely remove sealant and oil with white gasoline o...

Page 406: ...N m 100 160 kgf cm 87 138 in lbf CAUTION z Be careful that the coupler component will not become caught between the control valve body cover and transaxle case Fig 108 Applying Sealant To Control Val...

Page 407: ...ative battery cable 20 Perform the mechanical system test See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST AW6A EL AW6AX EL OIL SEAL OIL PUMP REPLACEMENT AW6A EL AW6AX EL 1 Remove the transaxle See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMO...

Page 408: ...in Plate thickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more 5 Coat the lip of the oil seal with grease 6 Install the torque converter See TORQUE CONVERTER REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 7 Install the transaxle Se...

Page 409: ...n any ATF remaining in the torque converter 4 Using a flathead screwdriver position the drive gear on the oil pump component in the center 5 Install the torque converter to the transaxle Fig 112 Ident...

Page 410: ...5 9 kgf cm2 72 127 psi of compressed air from the oil cooler hose outlet to drain remaining oil 4 Add new ATF from the oil cooler hose outlet and blow 491 882 kPa 5 9 kgf cm2 72 127 psi of compressed...

Page 411: ...oolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table 5 Install in the reverse order of removal 6 Add the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 7 A...

Page 412: ...A EL AW6AX EL 13 Perform the line pressure test See MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST AW6A EL AW6AX EL 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Su...

Page 413: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle AW6A EL AW6AX EL Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 29 31 AM Page 85 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 414: ...the cooler pipes Compressed air should be applied for no less than 1 min Fig 116 Applying Compressed Air To Cooler Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Align the marks and slide the oil hose onto the...

Page 415: ...ndicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Fig 118 Identifying Radiator Outer Tank Mount Rubber O Ring Washer ATF Cooler 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Autom...

Page 416: ...sket surface of the radiator core header to ensure it is clean and free of foreign material or damage 6 Inspect the radiator outer tank for warping If it is warped replace radiator tank Fig 120 Removi...

Page 417: ...ck nut on the adjusting screw against the handle to lock the adjustment in place Fig 122 Identifying Jaws Of Locking Type Pliers Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Squeeze the header tabs down in the ord...

Page 418: ...7 Fig 124 Identifying Tab Height Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 1 Remove the transaxle See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 2...

Page 419: ...fying Drive Plate With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DRIVE PLATE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Remove the sealant from the bolt holes in the crankshaft and from the drive plate mounting bolts 2 Install the...

Page 420: ...nstall the transaxle See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL Fig 127 Identifying Drive Plate With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSIO...

Page 421: ...ch to the ON position 2 Verify that the selector lever is in the P position 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transaxle Shift Mechanism Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring...

Page 422: ...sition Engine off 2 Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate then remove the interlock cable from the U groove 3 Remove the interlock cable from the selector lever Fig 2 Identifying Clip Of Se...

Page 423: ...of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Remove the clip of the selector lever base plate then remove the interlock cable from the U groove 4 Remove the interlock cable from the selector lever Fig 5 Identifying Clip O...

Page 424: ...in the figure Fig 7 Inspecting Marking On Slider Pin Is Positioned Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Push the interlock cable Fig 8 Pushing Interlock Cable Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 425: ...into hole B and hole C of the lock unit until it passes through 11 Disconnect the brake switch connector 12 Remove the brake switch See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Install a new brake switch...

Page 426: ...y of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 17 Install the interlock cable end to the interlock link on the selector lever 18 Fit the interlock cable in the U groove in the selector lever base plate and install the clip F...

Page 427: ...ION z The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is automatically adjusted to the correct amount when the brake switch connector is connected after the brake switch has been properly i...

Page 428: ...sitions of the selector lever and the indicator are aligned z If there is any malfunction adjust the TR switch See TCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 6 Verify that the vehicle operates in each...

Page 429: ...t Connector Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 19 Identifying Selector Lever Component Connector Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SELECTOR CABLE ADJUSTMENT 1 Remove th...

Page 430: ...PONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 To remove the interlock cable remove the following parts 1 Column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Driver side under...

Page 431: ...6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 22 Identifying Selector Lever Component Removal Installation Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SELECTOR CABLE REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the...

Page 432: ...P SELECTOR CABLE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the selector cable and clip to the bracket as shown in the figure 2 Verify that the selector lever is in the P position NOTE z Steps 2 and 3 are for the se...

Page 433: ...e manual shaft is in the P position CAUTION z Bending the selector cable in the manner shown in the figure will damage the cable and it may become loose when shifted When installing the selector cable...

Page 434: ...the selector cable to the selector cable bracket Fig 29 Inspecting Clip Side Of Selector Cable End Facing Up Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INTERLOCK CABLE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Push the interlock cable...

Page 435: ...TORS CORP 3 Push the a 1 5 mm 0 059 in round bar or similar into hole A by fully pushing the slider pin in Fig 32 Identifying Hole A And Slider Pin Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Fully pull the end o...

Page 436: ...slide the lock unit to fix the lock unit hook into the bracket hole securely as shown in the figure CAUTION z Do not connect the brake switch connector until the interlock cable is installed Fig 34 Id...

Page 437: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 13 Install the interlock cable end to the cam pin on the selector lever 14 Fit the interlock cable in the U groove in the selector lever base plate and install the clip F...

Page 438: ...and the brake pedal is automatically adjusted to the correct amount when the brake switch connector is connected after the brake switch has been properly installed If the brake switch is not properly...

Page 439: ...sing Fig 40 Identifying Clip And Convex Part Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal or performing any procedure that changes the pedal str...

Page 440: ...nuts then remove the rear bumper reinforcement 6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 1 Identifying Rear Bumper Reinforcement Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BODY PANELS LOC...

Page 441: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION WARNING z Removing the hood without supporting it could cause the hood to 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Body Panels Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November...

Page 442: ...Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal 5 Adjust the hood See HOOD ADJUSTMENT HOOD ADJUSTMENT GAP ADJUSTMENT 1 Measure the gap between...

Page 443: ...the following parts 1 Windshield wiper arm and blade See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Cowl grille See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Loosen the hood hinge installation bol...

Page 444: ...height difference between the hood and body Fig 6 Measuring Height Difference Between Hood And Body Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Clearance 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Bod...

Page 445: ...1 Remove the bolts 2 Remove the fuel filler lid 3 Install in the reverse order of removal 4 Adjust the fuel filler lid See FUEL FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT Fig 8 Identifying Fuel Filler Lid Torque Specific...

Page 446: ...ce Between Fuel Filler Lid And Body Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the clip of the front over fender and put aside the...

Page 447: ...ONT FOG LIGHT AIMING FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL NOTE 1 Pull the front bumper ends wheel arch outward 1 to disengage from the bumper slider 2 Remove the front bumper from the body CAUTION z When disengaging...

Page 448: ...e bumper slider FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Remove the front fog light Vehicles with front fog lights See FRONT FOG LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the radiator grille See RADIATOR GRILLE...

Page 449: ...WER ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Attach the front over fender lower to the front bumper fascia with nuts 2 Use a soldering copper and thermally deform the tab in order to fasten the stiffening rib 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 450: ...ig 15 Identifying Removing Sequence Of Front Bumper Reinforcement Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cabl...

Page 451: ...Fender Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 18 Identifying Removing Sequence Of Rear Bumper Components Courtesy of M...

Page 452: ...r bumper connecting area into the body to engage with the bumper slider REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembl...

Page 453: ...g Rear Bumper And Reflector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR OVER FENDER LOWER ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Attach the rear over fender lower to the rear bumper fascia with nuts 2 Use a soldering copper and ther...

Page 454: ...ER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front bumper See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front combination lights See FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Sail garnish See SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALL...

Page 455: ...ELEASE LEVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Put the oil cooler aside 4 Remove the front crossmember extension See FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table 6 Install...

Page 456: ...le See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Windshield wiper motor See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the bolts then remove the cowl panel 4 Install in the reverse order of removal...

Page 457: ...STIC DSC RSC 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES On Board Diagnostic DSC RSC Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES On Board Diagnostic DSC RSC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November...

Page 458: ...HU CM memory PID DATA MONITOR RECORD z This function allows you to access certain data values input signals calculated values and system status information ACTIVE COMMAND MODES z This function allows...

Page 459: ...e following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Self Test 2 Select Modules 3 Select ABS z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Module Tests 2 Sel...

Page 460: ...ABS z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Module Tests 2 Select ABS 3 Select DataLogger 3 Select the applicable PID from the PID table 4 Verify the PID data according to the directions on the screen...

Page 461: ...er the active command mode inspection is performed this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit sticking or operation malfunction in the output parts DTC TABLE DTC CHART value of in...

Page 462: ...C1242 C1246 C1250 C1254 C1404 C1410 C1957 C1958 DSC RSC C1198 LF inlet solenoid valve system See DTC C1194 C1198 C1210 C1214 C1242 C1246 C1250 C1254 C1404 C1410 C1957 C1958 DSC RSC C1210 RF outlet sol...

Page 463: ...7 DSC RSC C1329 RF outlet solenoid valve coil system See DTC C1329 C1330 C1331 C1332 C1333 C1334 C1335 C1336 C1527 C1528 C1530 C1531 DSC RSC C1330 LR outlet solenoid valve coil system See DTC C1329 C1...

Page 464: ...ystem See DTC C1329 C1330 C1331 C1332 C1333 C1334 C1335 C1336 C1527 C1528 C1530 C1531 DSC RSC C1730 DSC RSC HU CM system See DTC B1342 C1730 DSC RSC C1957 RH stability control solenoid valve system Se...

Page 465: ...eleration changes 0 G negative Inspect the combined sensor See COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION BOO_ABS Brake pedal switch input Off On z Brake pedal depressed On z Brake pedal released Off Inspect the brak...

Page 466: ...CM See DSC RSC SYSTEM INSPECTION ROLL_RATE Roll rate sensor input s z Vehicle stopped or driving straight 0 c s z Cornering to left 0 s positive z Cornering to right 0 s negative Inspect the combined...

Page 467: ...HU CM See DSC RSC SYSTEM INSPECTION V_RF_OTL Right front outlet solenoid valve output state Off On z Solenoid valve activated On z Solenoid valve not activated Off Inspect the DSC RSC HU CM See DSC RS...

Page 468: ...wheel speed sensor See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION 2WD See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION AWD F I WSPD_RF Right front ABS wheel speed sensor input KPH MPH z Vehicle stopped 0 KPH 0...

Page 469: ...16 V or more If DTC B1317 is output inspect the battery and charging system for a malfunction before performing the malfunction diagnosis DTC B1317 B1318 Power supply system DETECTION CONDITION z B131...

Page 470: ...SC HU CM POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Start the engine z Measure the voltage between Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit between the DSC RSC HU CM and g...

Page 471: ...z Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connectors z Clear the DTC from the memory See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC z Is the same DTC present Yes Replace the DSC RSC HU CM then go to the next step S...

Page 472: ...emory See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC z Is the same DTC present Yes Replace the DSC RSC HU CM then go to the next step See DSC RSC HU CM REMOVAL INSTALLATION No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY THAT NO DT...

Page 473: ...e signal from the combined sensor longitudinal G part z C2770 Specified signal from combined longitudinal G part sensor has not output POSSIBLE CAUSE z Combined sensor malfunction z Poor connection at...

Page 474: ...RSC HU CM z C1096 When pump motor monitor voltage continues for 0 05s more than 0 75V among the pump motor ON POSSIBLE CAUSE z ABS 50A fuse malfunction z Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring...

Page 475: ...Yes Go to the next step No Replace the fuse then go to Step 5 INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch off Yes Go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 20...

Page 476: ...the ignition switch off z Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position engine off z Access PMP_MOTOR active command modes using the M MDS z Does the pump motor operate...

Page 477: ...NSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY DTC INSPECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Using the M MDS perform the DTC inspection z Are any DTCs other than C1115 and C1185 output Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspe...

Page 478: ...ng harness between the following DSC RSC HU CM terminal and the ABS wheel speed sensor terminal DSC RSC HU CM terminal AE RF ABS wheel speed sensor terminal A DSC RSC HU CM terminal AB RF ABS wheel sp...

Page 479: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES On Board Diagnostic DSC RSC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 50 13 AM Page 23 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 480: ...UIT IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN DSC RSC HU CM AND ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the DSC RSC HU CM connector and ABS wheel speed sensor z Inspect for continuity in th...

Page 481: ...speed sensor then go to the next step See FRONT ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 482: ...CTION 1 VERIFY DTC INSPECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position engine off z Clear the DTC from the memory See ON BOARD DIAG...

Page 483: ...sensor system DETECTION CONDITION z When the difference in the wheel speed between one tire and the others exceeds 25 POSSIBLE CAUSE z A tire of different diameter is installed z An incorrect ABS sen...

Page 484: ...2WD See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 4 VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT PRESENT z Clear the DTC from the memory See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC z Are the same DTCs present Yes...

Page 485: ...T FROM ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR USING M MDS z Turn the ignition switch off z Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 z Select the following PIDs using the M MDS WSPD_LF WSPD_LR WSPD_RF WSPD_RR z Start the engine...

Page 486: ...ar drive shaft AWD then go to the next step See FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION See WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD See REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 VERIFY THAT THE SAME...

Page 487: ...cted Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE BCM No Go to the next step 2 VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED z Clear the DTC from the memory See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC z Are the same...

Page 488: ...essure sensor See BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION z Is the brake fluid pressure sensor normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the DSC RSC HU CM then go to the next step See DSC RSC HU CM REM...

Page 489: ...d level then go to the next step 3 INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR z Inspect the brake fluid level sensor See BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION z Is it normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair brak...

Page 490: ...LH traction control solenoid valve coil system DTC C1530 RH stability control solenoid valve coil system DTC C1531 LH stability control solenoid valve coil system DETECTION CONDITION z Temperature of...

Page 491: ...nal is input even if the signal from the brake fluid pressure sensor is less than the specification POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or short circuit in wiring harness between the brake switch and PCM 1T termina...

Page 492: ...DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES On Board Diagnostic DSC RSC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 50 13 AM Page 36 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 493: ...switch connector terminal D vehicle harness side and body ground z Is the voltage 1 V or less Yes Go to Step 4 No Repair or replace the wiring harness between the PCM and brake switch then go to Step...

Page 494: ...t of the combined sensor yaw rate sensor part is corrected based on the signals from each sensor while the vehicle is driven straight however the correction cannot be performed if the vehicle is conti...

Page 495: ...step 3 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Are any other DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC C1991 DSC RSC sensor abn...

Page 496: ...No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC U1901 Combined sensor system CAN2 line malfunction DETECTION CONDITION z The signal from the combined sensor is not within specification POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open or...

Page 497: ...als vehicle harness side Combined sensor CAN2_L M C Combined sensor CAN2_H P D z Is there continuity Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the wiring harness then go to Step 4 2 INSPECT COMBINE...

Page 498: ...TC IS NOT PRESENT z Clear the DTCs from the memory See ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC DSC RSC z Are the same DTCs present Yes Repeat the inspection from Step 1 If the malfunction recurs replace the DSC RSC HU CM...

Page 499: ...s that may illuminate and or flash Condition under which the light may illuminate Conditions under which the light will go out ABS EBD TCS DSC and RSC control Under any of the following conditions z W...

Page 500: ...ght z DSC indicator light z TCS OFF light wheel speed sensors are spun for 20 s or more After turning ignition switch off vehicle is driven at speed greater than 10 km h 6 2 mph and normal operation i...

Page 501: ...hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts If foreign material gets into the component the DSC RSC may fail to operate Also it will likely become extremely difficult to find the location of the...

Page 502: ...onnect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position engine off Wires laying across brackets or moving parts Wires routed too close to hot parts z An improperly routed improperl...

Page 503: ...ction and or poorly mounted sensor Malfunction data monitor method 1 Perform the malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and malfunction data monitor The malfunction c...

Page 504: ...DSC indicator light z TCS OFF light 3 There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light BRAKE system warning light DSC indicator light and TCS OFF light do not illuminate 4 ABS or TCS...

Page 505: ...er for malfunction z Poor connection at DSC RSC HU CM connector STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT FOR DTCS IN DSC RSC HU CM z Inspect the DTC for the ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM z Have DTCs been stored...

Page 506: ...ormal Yes Replace the DSC RSC HU CM see DSC RSC HU CM REMOVAL INSTALLATION No Replace the instrument cluster See INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Any of the following lights remain on ABS war...

Page 507: ...ION IS IN CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR TERMINAL OR OTHER z Do the ABS warning light and BRAKE system warning light go out after 4 s when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Yes Temporary poor...

Page 508: ...STALLATION No Securely connect the DSC RSC HU CM connector terminal and related connector terminals 3 There is a malfunction in the system even though the ABS warning light BRAKE system warning light...

Page 509: ...DIAGNOSIS DSC RSC No Go to the next step 2 INSPECT TIRE SIZE AND AIR PRESSURE z Inspect the tire size and the air pressure z Are size and air pressure as specified Yes Go to the next step No Replace w...

Page 510: ...lluminates and goes out and while DSC RSC is operating TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS z DSC RSC HU CM detected malfunction input and output device malfunction z Poor installation of combined sensor and or stee...

Page 511: ...No Adjust repair or replace tire 6 RSC operates frequently RSC does not work correctly DSC RSC system contains roll stability control function DSC indicator light illuminates and goes out and while DS...

Page 512: ...zation procedure See DSC RSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE 4 VERIFY THAT TIRE CONDITION z Verify tire condition for following z Air pressure z Wear z Grip level different by four wheels z Are tires...

Page 513: ...IPE FLARE NUT TIGHTENING 1 Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the commercially available flare nut wrench CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work...

Page 514: ...e See DSC RSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE z DSC RSC HU CM z Combined sensor WARNING z If the initialization procedure is not completed the DSC RSC will not operate properly and it might cause an u...

Page 515: ...0 002 in Minimum rear disc plate thickness 16 mm 0 63 in Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on vehicle 16 8 mm 0 66 in Minimum rear disc pad thickness 2 0 mm 0 08 i...

Page 516: ...008 BRAKES Conventional Brake System Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 48 49 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 517: ...h drain out any fluid containing air bubbles and tighten the bleeder screw Tightening torque Front 5 9 9 8 N m 61 99 kgf cm 53 86 in lbf Rear 6 9 9 8 N m 71 99 kgf cm 61 86 in lbf Fig 2 Checking Brake...

Page 518: ...e following items and repair or replace the applicable part if there is any malfunction Power brake unit installation condition Deformation of or damage to the power brake unit fork Brake pedal instal...

Page 519: ...the pedal pad to the floor covering and verify that it is as specified z If it is less than the specification inspect for air in the brake line Brake pedal to floor clearance Brake pedal when depress...

Page 520: ...operly installed the clearance may be incorrect causing a brake light malfunction Therefore always verify that the brake pedal is properly installed and fully released before installing the brake swit...

Page 521: ...PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Remove the console cover See CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Remove the console See CONSOLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 14 Remove the front scuff plate inner See FRONT SC...

Page 522: ...n in the figure Fig 7 Identifying Dashboard Dashboard Member Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 6 Identifying Dashboard Bolts Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand T...

Page 523: ...the lock unit 3 Secure the brake switch by turning it clockwise 45 Fig 9 Identifying Brake Switch Lock Nut Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z If the dashboard is moved towards the vehicle rear e...

Page 524: ...ference Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 11 Identifying Brake Switch Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the battery and battery tray See BATTERY REM...

Page 525: ...stall in the reverse order of removal 6 After installation add brake fluid bleed the air and inspect for fluid leakage See AIR BLEEDING Fig 12 Identifying Vacuum Pipe Bracket Bolt Nut Torque Specifica...

Page 526: ...CYLINDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION Fig 14 Connector Terminal Reference Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 15 Identifying Brake Fluid Level Sensor Connector Terminal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER BRAKE...

Page 527: ...Vacuum loss function inspection 1 Start the engine 2 Depress the pedal with normal force 3 With the pedal depressed stop the engine 4 Hold the pedal depressed for approx 30 s 5 If the pedal height doe...

Page 528: ...e inspection 1 If the pedal force and fluid pressure correlation is within the specification with the engine stopped and a vacuum amount of 0 kPa 0 mmHg 0 inHg the system is normal Master cylinder flu...

Page 529: ...RM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the cowl grill See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the windshield wiper motor See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove the cowl pan...

Page 530: ...e order of removal 13 After installation add brake fluid bleed the air and inspect for fluid leakage See AIR BLEEDING 14 Inspect the brake pedal See BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION Fig 20 Identifying Brake Pip...

Page 531: ...stic is most noticeable when applying brakes at a vehicle speed of 100 140 km h 62 87 mph Floor vibration When applying brakes the vehicle body shakes back and forth The seriousness of shake is not in...

Page 532: ...raise the temperature in some portions of disc plate by approx 1 000 C 1 832 F This results in deformed disc plate Due to corrosion the thickness and friction coefficient of disc plate change If a veh...

Page 533: ...al gauge on the friction surface of disc plate 10 mm 0 39 in from the disc plate edge 3 Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the runout Front disc plate runout limit 0 05 mm 0 002 in Thickness v...

Page 534: ...HICKNESS INSPECTION 1 Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it with safety stands 2 Remove the wheels 3 Verify the remaining thickness of the pads z Replace the pads as a set right and left whe...

Page 535: ...fter installation add brake fluid bleed the air and inspect for fluid leakage See AIR BLEEDING 4 After installation depress the brake pedal a few times rotate the wheel by hand and verify that the bra...

Page 536: ...NOTE 1 Push the piston fully inward using the SST 2 Install the caliper Fig 26 Identifying Wood Plate With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Conventional Bra...

Page 537: ...nd verify that the brake does not drag Fig 27 Identifying Disc Pad Components Front Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CALIPER FRONT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order in...

Page 538: ...dy injury to a finger or other part from pinching could result from the piston springing up When blowing in compressed air do not place your fingers between the piston and caliper body when performing...

Page 539: ...When applying brakes a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back The pulsation is transmitted to the brake pedal The following are the main possible causes of brake judder Due to an excessive...

Page 540: ...like a wave pattern which changes the friction coefficient and causes a reaction force Inspection and repair procedure Fig 30 Inspection Repair Procedure Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Lateral...

Page 541: ...tion limit 0 015 mm 0 0005 in DISC PLATE THICKNESS INSPECTION 1 Measure the thickness of the disc plate z If the thickness is not within the specification replace the disc plate Minimum rear disc plat...

Page 542: ...c Pad Thickness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR BRAKE DISC REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2 Install in the reverse order of removal 3 After installation add brake...

Page 543: ...he following steps to remove it 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow to compress the parking brake shoe 2 Remove the disc plate 200...

Page 544: ...er installing the disc plate and the screws 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow to expand the parking brake shoe until the disc pl...

Page 545: ...Adjuster Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CALIPER INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Push the piston fully inward using the SST 2 Install the caliper NOTE z Shoe clearance can be adjusted to 0 15 mm 0 006 in by returni...

Page 546: ...er installation depress the brake pedal a few times rotate the wheel by hand and verify that the brake does not drag Fig 38 Identifying Disc Pad Rear Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS COR...

Page 547: ...compressed air is blown into the caliper body injury to a finger or other part from pinching could result from the piston springing up When blowing in compressed air do not place your fingers between...

Page 548: ...iston Of Caliper Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 48 49 AM Page 33 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 549: ...See Fig 2 Fig 2 Removing Cabin Air Filter Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE Manufacturer s terminology for this filter is Air Filter 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring CABIN AIR FILTERS Air Filter CX 9 20...

Page 550: ...the cabin air filter in reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring CABIN AIR FILTERS Air Filter CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 11 20 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information C...

Page 551: ...der indicated in the table 2 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Charging System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Charging Sys...

Page 552: ...nstall the battery box so that the side with the notch points toward the front fender LH Fig 3 Identifying Battery Box Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Charging...

Page 553: ...case battery acid contacts skin eyes or clothing flush it immediately with running water Especially if the acid gets in the eyes flush with water for more than 15 min and get prompt medical attention...

Page 554: ...G MZI 3 7 Battery temp C F Minimum voltage V 4 39 9 3 10 50 9 4 16 61 9 5 21 70 9 6 NOTE z If the battery is not left undisturbed for 30 min the tester will indicate a high value approx 300 mA z If th...

Page 555: ...n the specification replace the battery Standard voltage 12 4 V or more Fig 4 Identifying Battery Battery Charger Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP GENERATOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 WARNING z Keep al...

Page 556: ...ill the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 10 Inspect for engine coolant leakage See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 WARNING z Remove and install all parts when the engine...

Page 557: ...lt cannot be fully removed from the engine because it contacts the body frame However the generator can be removed installed without fully removing the lower bolt because there is a notch at the lower...

Page 558: ...ion verify that the generator warning light illuminates z If it does not illuminate inspect the generator warning light and the wiring harness If the generator warning light and the wiring harness are...

Page 559: ...IG ON Terminal B B Terminal A B Terminal RC Approx 1 V or less Terminal LI Approx 1 V Generator standard voltage Idle 20 C 68 F Terminal B 12 16 V Terminal A 12 16 V Terminal RC 0 16 V Terminal LI 1 1...

Page 560: ...tput current 110 A Ambient temp 20 C 68 F voltage 13 0 15 0 V both engine and generator are hot GENERATOR INNER PARTS Rotor 1 Measure the resistance between the slip rings using a tester z If not with...

Page 561: ...ip ring surface condition z If the slip ring surface is rough use a lathe or fine sandpaper to smooth it Fig 9 Measuring Continuity Between Slip Ring Core With Tester Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Sta...

Page 562: ...at there is no continuity between the stator coil leads and core using a tester z If there is continuity replace the stator coil Fig 12 Measuring Continuity Between Stator Coil Leads Courtesy of MAZDA...

Page 563: ...ing a spring pressure gauge 2 Read the spring pressure gauge at the brush tip projection of 2 mm 0 079 in z Replace the brush spring if necessary Generator brush spring force Standard 4 1 5 3 N 0 42 0...

Page 564: ...tester 1 Inspect for continuity of the diodes using a digital circuit tester z If not as specified replace the rectifier Specification CONTINUITY SPECIFICATION Bearing Negative Positive Continuity E P...

Page 565: ...MZI 3 7 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly CAUTION z Melt the solder quickly otherwise the diodes rectifier and regulator will be damaged...

Page 566: ...onents Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Charging System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 54 58 AM Page 16 2005 Mitche...

Page 567: ...008 ENGINE Cooling System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Cooling System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 57 25 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Inform...

Page 568: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Cooling System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 57 25 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 569: ...not operating to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan WARNING z Never remo...

Page 570: ...on that meets the environmental conditions in which the vehicle is driven otherwise engine damage could occur z The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant...

Page 571: ...face rinse it off quickly NOTE z If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap use FL22 type engine coolant z FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a diluted solution Use the solution a...

Page 572: ...engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions in which the vehicle is driven otherwise engine damage could occur z The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by a...

Page 573: ...n the engine coolant into a container 3 Flush the cooling system with water until all traces of color are gone 4 Let the system drain completely 5 Tighten the radiator drain plug Tightening torque 1 5...

Page 574: ...ection Volume percentage Gravity at 20 C 68 F Water Coolant Above 16 C 3 C 65 35 1 057 Above 26 C 15 F 55 45 1 072 Above 40 C 40 F 45 55 1 086 CAUTION z If the water temperature gauge mises too high s...

Page 575: ...or a speciffed time the engine speed may decrease to the idle speed This is does not indicate a malfunction WARNING z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the en...

Page 576: ...0 s z If the pressure is not held stable replace the cooling system cap Cooling system cap valve opening pressure 93 2 122 6 kPa 0 95 1 25 kgf cm2 13 5 17 8 psi WARNING z Never remove the cooling syst...

Page 577: ...osen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running or when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause serious injury It may also damage the engine...

Page 578: ...removal WARNING z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running or when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot...

Page 579: ...Tank Hose Lower Radiator Hose Oil Collar Water Hose And Upper Mount Rubber Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP UPPER MOUNT RUBBER BRACKET REMOVAL NOTE CAUTION z Do not apply force excessively and i...

Page 580: ...e cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running or when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause serious injury It m...

Page 581: ...nspect for engine coolant leakage See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Fig 15 Identifying Thermostat Cover Thermostat Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP THERMOSTAT INSTALLATI...

Page 582: ...C 175 2 181 9 F Thermostat full open temperature 94 5 C 202 1 F Thermostat full open lift More than 8 1 mm 0 32 in WATER PUMP REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 WARNING z During inspection the thermostat an...

Page 583: ...der of removal 12 Start the engine and 1 Inspect the runout and contact on the pulley and belt 2 Inspect for engine oil engine coolant ATF power steering fluid and fuel leakage 3 Verify the ignition t...

Page 584: ...t Fig 18 Identifying Upper Timing Chain Guide Water Pump Gasket Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Cooling System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsof...

Page 585: ...emove the oil pan drain plug 2 To prevent engine coolant from penetrating the oil pan line the cylinder block with plastic sheeting as shown in the figure before removing the water pump NOTE z When th...

Page 586: ...or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running or when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot out and cause serious injury It may also damage the en...

Page 587: ...ted in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal 8 Refill the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 9 Inspect for engine coolant leakage See ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION...

Page 588: ...e Specification Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ATF OIL COOLER PIPE REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Cooling System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 57 25 AM...

Page 589: ...and battery to the cooling fan motor connector as shown in the figure 4 Verify that each fan motors operate smoothly at the standard current z If there is any malfunction replace the applicable part...

Page 590: ...Head Temperature CHT sensor Refrigerant pressure switch middle Fig 26 Identifying Fan Control Module Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Single fan control module SINGLE FAN CONTROL MODULE RESULT...

Page 591: ...ondition A C Engine coolant temp IG SW ON or idling OFF Less than 96 C 205 F 0 V Fan stops Idling OFF 96 106 C 205 223 F 4 11 10 29 V Idling ON 1 96 106 C 205 223 F Approx 6 6 V Idling ON 2 96 106 C 2...

Page 592: ...control switch terminals using an ohmmeter z If not as specified replace the cruise control switch Fig 1 Switch Position Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSO...

Page 593: ...rol Switch Terminals With Ohmmeter Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Cruise Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 4...

Page 594: ...is at the brim of the filler plug hole 4 If it is low add the specified oil 5 Install a new washer and the filler plug and tighten 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Differential Mazd...

Page 595: ...ntifying Filler Plug Drain Plug Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Tightening torque 39 2 53 9 N m 4 0 5 4 kgf m 29 0 39 7 ft lbf 5 Add the specified differential oil from the filler plug until the level r...

Page 596: ...and rear wheel hub component See WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 7 Remove the rear drive shaft See REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Remove the clip from the drive shaft 9 Remove th...

Page 597: ...sy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Tightening torque 39 2 53 9 N m 4 0 5 4 kgf m 29 0 39 7 ft lbf 18 Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD OIL SEAL COMPANION FL...

Page 598: ...urtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 9 After removing the front side of the differential mount gradually lower the jack and tilt the front side of the differential downward Fig 8 Jack Tilt Front Side Of Differ...

Page 599: ...Substitution SST z 49 W011 102 Outer diameter 66 mm 2 60 in or more Inner diameter 54 60 mm 2 13 2 36 in or more Inner depth 17 5 mm 0 69 in or more 14 Install the companion flange to the drive pinio...

Page 600: ...guard LH See CHARCOAL CANISTER CANISTER VENT CV SOLENOID VALVE AIR FILTER COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove the presilencer See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 4 Remove the p...

Page 601: ...using a small chisel and a hammer 3 Loosen the locknut 4 Temporarily tighten the locknut CAUTION z Do not remove the locknut when lowering the rear differential Otherwise the rear drive shaft could fa...

Page 602: ...the SST with tape as shown in the figure Fig 13 Loosening Locknut Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Always secure the SST using tape because the SST may fall off during the operation and cause...

Page 603: ...sing a jack Fig 15 Securing SST With Tape Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z When lowering the rear differential be careful not to damage the rear differential oil seal rear drive shaft and surro...

Page 604: ...to the rear differential while raising the rear differential gradually 2 Jack up the rear drive shaft until it is horizontal and engage the rear drive shaft differential side and rear differential by...

Page 605: ...n a tilted condition the self lock mechanism could become inoperative If the rear differential unexpectedly rotates it could cause injury therefore do not maintain the rear differential in a tilted co...

Page 606: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP REAR COVER DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Install the SSTs to the engine stand 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Differential Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 52 15...

Page 607: ...g SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BEARING CAP DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Place alignment marks on the bearing cap and carrier Fig 24 Identifying Alignment Marks On Bearing Cap Carrier Courtesy of MAZDA MOTO...

Page 608: ...eassembly Fig 25 Removing Rear Differential Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LOCKNUT DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the locknut using the SSTs Fig 26 Removing Locknut Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP D...

Page 609: ...ng Bearing Inner Races Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BEARING OUTER RACE DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the bearing outer races using the 2 grooves in the carrier and alternately tapping the sides of the ra...

Page 610: ...ear case using the SST and a press Fig 31 Removing Side Bearing Inner Races From Gear Case Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY NOTE z Mark or otherwise distinguish between the lef...

Page 611: ...he rotation handle firmly NOTE z Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant z Install the rear cover within 10 minutes after applying sealant z Allow the sealant to set at least 30 min...

Page 612: ...ORS CORP SIDE BEARING INNER RACE ASSEMBLY NOTE CAUTION z Do not mix up the left and right side bearing inner races 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Differential Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 613: ...ion gears to the gear case then assemble the knock pin 2 After assembling the knock pin make a crimp so that the pin will not come out of the gear case 3 Set a dial gauge to the pinion gear as indicat...

Page 614: ...entire ring Identification mark Thickness 0 2 0 mm 0 079 in 1 2 1 mm 0 083 in 2 2 2 mm 0 086 in 05 2 05 mm 0 081 in 15 2 15 mm 0 084 in CAUTION z The differential gear and ring gear could be damaged...

Page 615: ...Tightening torque 68 6 83 3 N m 7 00 8 49 kgf m 50 6 61 4 ft lbf Fig 36 Identifying Ring Gear Case Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BEARING OUTER RACE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Press in the bearing outer race usin...

Page 616: ...r from the rear 3 Assemble the bearing inner race front bearing SST 49 G027 005 companion flange washer and locknut from the front of the differential gear 4 Tighten the locknut to the extent that the...

Page 617: ...t the SST as shown in the figure 8 Place the measuring probe of the dial indicator so that it contacts the place where the side bearing is installed in the carrier Then measure the left and right side...

Page 618: ...value Rear differential pinion height 0 032 0 032 mm 0 0012 0 0012 in Fig 41 Identifying Rear Differential Pinion Height Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z For example the measured results obtained...

Page 619: ...the closest spacer thickness and assemble z Install the spacer with the chamfer on the SST side Identification mark Thickness mm in Identification mark Thickness mm in 08 3 08 0 1213 29 3 29 0 1295 0...

Page 620: ...f the specified tightening torque using the SSTs and make this the specified preload z If the specified preload cannot be obtained within the specified tightening torque replace the collapsible spacer...

Page 621: ...uler Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Measure the width of the installed differential in the differential carrier with the spacer installed This is value B 5 The combined thickness of the left and righ...

Page 622: ...figure 11 Align the bearing cap alignment marks to assemble the bearing cap and temporarily tighten the bolts Identification mark Thickness mm in Identification mark Thickness mm in 350 3 50 0 137 410...

Page 623: ...p alignment marks to assemble the bearing cap Tightening torque 38 51 N m 3 9 5 2 kgf m 28 1 37 0 ft lbf 2 Inspect the drive pinion and ring gear teeth contact points NOTE z Measure the backlash at 4...

Page 624: ...howing the red lead coating are the same as the pattern indicated in the figure z If the tooth contact is good wipe off the red lead coating z If it is not good adjust the pinion height then adjust th...

Page 625: ...AL ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Apply differential oil to the new oil seal lip 2 Assemble the oil seal using the SSTs Substitution SST z 49 G030 796 Outer diameter 56 60 mm 2 21 2 36 in Inner diameter 49 8 mm 1 96...

Page 626: ...ng Oil Seal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Differential Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 52 16 AM Page 33 2005 Mitchell Repair Informati...

Page 627: ...DY ACCESSORIES Doors and Liftgate Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Doors and Liftgate Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 45 22 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 628: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Doors and Liftgate Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 45 22 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 629: ...See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Side cowl grille See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Front bumper See FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front combination lights See FRO...

Page 630: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 To remove the checker remove the following parts 1 Inner sail garnish See INNER SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Rear door trim See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Rea...

Page 631: ...to the standard range by moving the door back and forth left and right Clearance a 2 5 4 5 mm 0 10 0 17 in b 1 0 1 0 mm 0 03 0 03 in c 3 0 6 0 mm 0 12 0 23 in d 1 5 1 5 mm 0 05 0 05 in 3 Tighten the...

Page 632: ...RIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Front door speaker See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front door glass See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the power outer mirror connector 4 R...

Page 633: ...LATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Inner sail garnish See INNER SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Rear door trim See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3...

Page 634: ...ing the stay damper serious injury may occur if the stay damper is removed without supporting the liftgate Always perform the procedure with at least another person CAUTION z If replacing the rear win...

Page 635: ...LLATION 11 Third row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 D pillar trim See D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Liftgate upper trim See LIFTGATE U...

Page 636: ...ear window glass see REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION 10 Install in the reverse order of removal 11 Adjust the liftgate See LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT 1 Measure the gap and height between t...

Page 637: ...0 31 in 3 Tighten the bolts or screws POWER LIFTGATE PLG ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION NOTE z If the negative battery cable is disconnected with the liftgate half opened the clutch cannot be disengaged res...

Page 638: ...ROOF SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Second row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt LH See SECOND ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 10 C pillar trim LH See C PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11...

Page 639: ...LT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 10 D pillar trim LH See D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the connection of the band that is on the PLG slider side of PLG arm with using the flat blade screwdriv...

Page 640: ...ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Trunk side trim LH See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Revolve the outer joint in the direction of the arrow to disconnect from the PLG drive unit and the...

Page 641: ...runk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt LH See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL I...

Page 642: ...though the inspection items or related wiring harnesses do not have any malfunction replace the PLG control module Terminal Voltage Table Reference Fig 18 Identifying PLG Control Module Connector Ter...

Page 643: ...R 10 A fuse Ignition switch is at ON position B METER 10 A fuse Ignition switch is at LOCK or ACC position 1 0 or less 2B PLG rear switch signal PLG rear switch When operating the PLG rear switch B PL...

Page 644: ...ch Passenger seat side door is locked Check the continuity with earth Continuity Passenger seat side lock link switch Passenger seat side door is unlocked Check the continuity with earth No Continuity...

Page 645: ...tgate outer handle switch When not operating the liftgate outer handle When the liftgate outer handle switch is OFF 1 0 or less 3Q PLG front switch signal Input PLG front switch PLG front switch Switc...

Page 646: ...h sensor 6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 19 Identifying PLG Touch Sensor Connector Screw Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER LIFTGATE PLG TOUCH SENSOR INSPECTION 1 Verify that the resist...

Page 647: ...Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 22 Identifying PLG Front Switch Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal POWER LIFTGATE PLG FRONT SWITCH INSPEC...

Page 648: ...TE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the connector from the PLG rear switch 4 Remove the PLG rear switch from the recess 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 25 Identifying PLG Rea...

Page 649: ...VAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Liftgate upper trim See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 PLG arm See POWER LIFTGATE PLG DRIVE UNIT REM...

Page 650: ...G buzzer does not sound replace it Fig 29 PLG Buzzer Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP STAY DAMPER DISPOSAL 1 Wear protective eye wear 2 Lay the stay damper flat 3 Saw through the stay dam...

Page 651: ...ng Stay Damper With Hacksaw Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Doors and Liftgate Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 45 23 AM Page 25 2005 M...

Page 652: ...band 2 Inspect the drive shaft for bends cracks and wear in the joint or splines z Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot band as necessary 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Drive...

Page 653: ...following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the harness if it is pulled by mistake Before performing the following procedures remove t...

Page 654: ...TE 1 Lock the hub by applying the brakes 2 Knock the crimped portion of the locknut outward using a small chisel and a hammer 3 Remove the locknut 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Dr...

Page 655: ...Separate the left side drive shaft from the transaxle by prying with a bar inserted between the outer ring and the transaxle as shown in the figure CAUTION z The sharp edges of the drive shaft can sl...

Page 656: ...ening facing upward Ensure that the diameter of the clip does not exceed the specification on installation 2 After installation measure the outer diameter If it exceeds the specification repeat Steps...

Page 657: ...y held by the clip Right side 1 Insert the drive shaft into the wheel hub CAUTION z The sharp edges of the drive shaft can slice or puncture the oil seal Be careful when installing the drive shaft to...

Page 658: ...stall a new locknut and stake it as shown Fig 10 Tapping Locknut Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT DRIVE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in th...

Page 659: ...move the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as shown and discard the clamp NOTE z The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES...

Page 660: ...ocking Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OUTER RING DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Mark the outer ring and the shaft for proper assembly Fig 14 Aligning Mark Outer Ring And Shaft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2...

Page 661: ...ape 2 Remove the boot CAUTION z Do not tap the tripod joint with a hammer Fig 16 Removing Snap Ring With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z The wheel side boot does not need to be r...

Page 662: ...SEMBLY NOTE 1 Fill the boot wheel side with the specified grease Grease amount 110 130 g 3 89 4 58 oz 2 With the splines of the shaft still wrapped in tape from disassembly install the boot NOTE z The...

Page 663: ...tall a new clip 5 Install the boot 6 Set the drive shaft to the standard length Front drive shaft standard length LH 658 7 668 7 mm 25 92 26 30 in RH 630 7 640 7 mm 24 82 25 20 in CAUTION z Be sure th...

Page 664: ...opposite to the forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and use pliers to pull it tight 2 Lock the end of the band by bending the locking clips BOOT BAND WHEEL SIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE CAUTION z Do n...

Page 665: ...boot band increase clearance A of the SST and crimp the new boot Clearance B 2 4 2 8 mm 0 095 0 110 in Fig 23 Crimping Wheel Boot Band Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Verify that the boot band does n...

Page 666: ...es not protrude from the boot band installation area z If it does replace the boot band and repeat Steps 7 and 8 JOINT SHAFT PRE INSPECTION 1 Verify that the joint shaft is not twisted or cracked z Re...

Page 667: ...oint shaft by using the SSTs CAUTION z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the harness if it is pulled by mistak...

Page 668: ...ip Clip outer diameter specification 34 0 mm 1 34 in max Fig 27 Identifying Clip Outer Diameter Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD CAUTION z The sharp edges of the join...

Page 669: ...CAUTION z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the harness if it is pulled by mistake Before performing the foll...

Page 670: ...ecification on installation 2 After installation measure the outer diameter If it exceeds the specification repeat Step 1 using a new clip Outer diameter specification 34 0 mm 1 34 in max CAUTION z Th...

Page 671: ...ed in the table Fig 31 Identifying Joint Shaft Components 2WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the joint shaft using a press 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVE...

Page 672: ...driver BEARING DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the bearing using a press and the SSTs Substitution SST z 49B014 001 Outer diameter 47 55 mm 1 9 2 1 in z 49W034 301 Inner diameter 67 5 72 mm 2 7 2 8 in Inner...

Page 673: ...he order indicated in the table Fig 34 Identifying Joint Shaft Components AWD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Drive Shaft...

Page 674: ...ing a flathead screwdriver BEARING DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the bearing using a press and the SSTs Substitution SST z 49B014 001 Outer diameter 47 55 mm 1 9 2 1 in z 49W034 301 Inner diameter 67 5 72...

Page 675: ...ted in the table Fig 37 Identifying Joint Shaft Components 2WD Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BEARING ASSEMBLY NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES Drive Shaft...

Page 676: ...ease to the new dust seal lip 2 Install the dust seal differential side using a press and the SSTs Substitution SST z 49B025 004 Outer diameter 58 59 8 mm 2 2 2 3 in or less Inner diameter 53 mm 2 1 i...

Page 677: ...sy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DUST SEAL AXLE SIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Apply grease to the new dust seal lip 2 Install the dust seal axle side using a press and the SST Substitution SST z 49B025 004 Outer diamet...

Page 678: ...AWD 1 Assemble in the order indicated in the table Fig 42 Identifying Joint Shaft Assembly Components AWD Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVEL...

Page 679: ...SIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Apply grease to the new dust seal lip 2 Install the dust seal differential side using a press and the SSTs Substitution SST z 49B025 004 Outer diameter 58 59 8 mm 2 2 2 3 in or le...

Page 680: ...Pressing Joint Shaft With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DUST SEAL AXLE SIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Apply grease to the new dust seal lip 2 Install the dust seal axle side using a press and the SST Substi...

Page 681: ...the boot band 3 Inspect the drive shaft for bends cracks and wear in the joints or splines z Repair or replace the drive shaft or boot band if necessary Fig 47 Locating Dust Boot Courtesy of MAZDA MOT...

Page 682: ...installation add the specified rear differential oil See DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT 9 Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD Fig 48 Identifying Rea...

Page 683: ...lip Clip outer diameter specification 29 5 mm 1 16 in max Fig 50 Identifying Clip Outer Diameter Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR DRIVE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicate...

Page 684: ...ove the boot clamp with end clamp pliers as shown and discard the clamp NOTE z The boot band does not need to be removed unless it is being replaced 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLES...

Page 685: ...of the band Fig 53 Prying Locking Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CLIP DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Mark the drive shaft and outer ring for proper assembly 2 Remove the clip CAUTION z Mark with paint do no...

Page 686: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP BALLS INNER RING CAGE DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Mark the inner ring and cage for proper reassembly 2 Turn the cage approx 22 5 and pull the cage and balls from the inner ring CAUTION z Mark...

Page 687: ...ing in the direction shown in the figure NOTE z The wheel side and differential side boots are different CAUTION z Do not touch grease with your hand Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter f...

Page 688: ...Fig 58 Installing Outer Ring Clip Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Release any trapped air from the boots by carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with a cloth wrapped screwdriver Fig 57 Ali...

Page 689: ...osite to the forward revolving direction of the drive shaft and use pliers to pull it tight 2 Lock the end of the band by bending the locking clips CAUTION z Do not let grease leak z Do not damage the...

Page 690: ...specification z If clearance B is more than the specification reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot again z If clearance B is less than the specification replace the boot band increase clea...

Page 691: ...7 Verify that clearance B is within the specification z If clearance B is more than the specification reduce clearance A of the SST and crimp the boot again z If clearance B is less than the specific...

Page 692: ...quantity 1 0 L 1 1 US qt 0 9 lmp qt Rear differential backlash of pinion gear and side gear 0 1 mm 0 004 in or less Rear differential pinion height 0 032 0 032 mm 0 0012 0 0012 in Rear differential d...

Page 693: ...e GL 5 Viscosity SAE 75W 140 Capacity approximate quantity 0 532 L 0 562 US qt 0 468 lmp qt 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLE Technical Data Driveline Axle Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday...

Page 694: ...tability Control Roll Stability Control Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control Roll Stability Control Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 40 24 AM Pa...

Page 695: ...of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DSC RSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control Roll Stability Control Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 40 24 AM Pa...

Page 696: ...our wheels rotate 7 Rotate the inspected wheels by hand and verify there is no brake drag z If there is any brake drag perform regular brake inspection z If there is no brake drag perform DSC RSC HU C...

Page 697: ...and name Inspected wheels LF RF LR RR V_TRC_L OFF V_TRC_R V_STB_L V_STB_R V_LF_INL ON OFF OFF OFF V_LF_OTL OFF V_LR_INL ON V_LR_OTL OFF V_RF_INL ON V_RF_OTL OFF V_RR_INL ON V_RR_OTL OFF PMP_MOTOR OFF...

Page 698: ...ing items cannot be verified Malfunction with intermittent occurrence of the above items Malfunction of DSC RSC HU CM input system wiring harnesses and parts Extremely small leaks in the DSC RSC HU CM...

Page 699: ...M the solenoid valve and the pump motor used during active command mode stay on for only 10 s or less each time they are switched on Fig 4 Connecting M MDS To DLC 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Comma...

Page 700: ...and blade See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the cowl grille See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the wiper motor See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION...

Page 701: ...ed the air and inspect for fluid leakage See DSC RSC HU AIR BLEEDING See AIR BLEEDING 11 After installation perform the DSC RSC sensor initialization procedure See DSC RSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCED...

Page 702: ...own the lock lever and lock it using the lower tab 3 Remove the DSC RSC HU CM connector by pulling it in the direction of the arrow Fig 8 View Of DSC RSC HU CM Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 703: ...component Fig 10 Identifying DSC RSC HU CM Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BRAKE PIPE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Align the marks made before removal and install the brake pipe to the DSC RSC HU CM and...

Page 704: ...and lock it using the upper tab 2 Verify that the DSC RSC HU CM connector is installed securely Fig 12 View Of DSC RSC HU CM Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DSC RSC HU AIR BLEEDING 1 Turn the...

Page 705: ...ignition switch off 4 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 5 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC WARNING z...

Page 706: ...the DSC RSC HU CM connector See DSC RSC HU CM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Connect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Attach the tester lead to the DSC RSC HU CM harness s...

Page 707: ...B G RR wheel speed sensor power supply RR ABS wheel speed sensor Continuity G RR ABS wheel speed sensor connector terminal B Continuity detected z Wiring harness G RR ABS wheel speed sensor connector...

Page 708: ...AD LF wheel speed sensor signal LF ABS wheel speed sensor Continuity AD LF ABS wheel speed sensor connector terminal B Continuity detected z Wiring harness AD LF ABS wheel speed sensor connector term...

Page 709: ...1 Remove the air cleaner case See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 16 Identifying Front ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Connector Front ABS Wheel...

Page 710: ...or damage of the ABS sensor rotor CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1 Verify the clearance between the ABS sensor rotor and the ABS wheel speed sensor z If there is any malfunction check for improper installation...

Page 711: ...y of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SENSOR OUTPUT VALUE INSPECTION 1 Turn the ignition switch off 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control Roll Stability Control Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sun...

Page 712: ...ABS wheel speed sensor 5 Start the engine and drive the vehicle 6 Verify that the display of the M MDS shows the same value as the speedometer z If there is any malfunction replace the front ABS whee...

Page 713: ...MOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 1 Remove the trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVA...

Page 714: ...en the rear ABS wheel speed sensor installation surface and the ABS sensor rotor This is dimension A 3 Calculate the clearance between the front ABS wheel speed sensor and the ABS sensor rotor using t...

Page 715: ...Connecting M MDS To DLC 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Select the following PIDs using the M MDS z WSPD_LR LR ABS wheel speed sensor z WSPD_RR RR ABS wheel speed sensor 5 Start the engine and drive...

Page 716: ...mm 0 038 0 068 in Fig 23 Identifying Clearance Between ABS Sensor Rotor ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SENSOR OUTPUT VALUE INSPECTION 1 Turn the ignition switch off 2 Connect the...

Page 717: ...z If the DSC RSC sensor initialization procedure is not completed it could result in an unexpected accident due to the DSC RSC being inoperative Therefore after the combined sensor is replaced always...

Page 718: ...edure See DSC RSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE Fig 26 Identifying Rear Heat Duct No 4 Floor Covering Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z When separating the floor carpet the wiring harnesses un...

Page 719: ...is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select DataLogger 2 Select Modules 3 Select ABS z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1...

Page 720: ...or is tilted to the right A LAT ACCL changes negatively When the sensor is tilted to the left B LAT_ACCL changes positively Fig 29 Tilting Sensor Right Left Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Longitudina...

Page 721: ...the left and right z If there is any malfunction replace the combined sensor Standard When the sensor is rotated to the right A YAW_RATE changes positively When the sensor is rotated to the left B YA...

Page 722: ...ned sensor Standard When the sensor is tilted to the right A ROLL_RATE changes positively When the sensor is tilted to the left B ROLL RATE changes negatively Fig 32 Tilting Sensor Right Left Courtesy...

Page 723: ...Pipe With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 7 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the I...

Page 724: ...the SST Gauge and the value shown on the M MDS are equal z If the fluid pressures are different replace the DSC RSC HU CM See DSC RSC HU CM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 After the inspection remove the SSTs...

Page 725: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal TCS OFF SWITCH REMOVAL NOTE 1 Access the TCS OFF switch from behind of the dashboard and squeeze the tabs of the switch 2 Remove the...

Page 726: ...y of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 39 Identifying TCS OFF Switch Connector Terminal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Dynamic Stability Control Roll Stability Control Maz...

Page 727: ...compartment MAIN Relay No 1 In main fuse block MAIN Relay No 2 In main fuse block PLG Buzzer Right side of tailgate REAR BLOWER Relay In main fuse block REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER Relay In main fuse block...

Page 728: ...ter console See Fig 20 Seat Weight Sensor Control Module Under front passenger s seat See Fig 46 TCM Left front of engine compartment See Fig 2 Component Location Air Intake Actuator Behind right side...

Page 729: ...ine compartment Brake Fluid Level Sensor Left rear of engine compartment in brake fluid reservoir Cabin Temperature Sensor Under left side of dash Camshaft Position Sensor Left Rear of left cylinder b...

Page 730: ...cation AWD Solenoid Near rear differential Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Under left side of vehicle forward of fuel tank Fuel Injectors No 1 2 3 On right cylinder bank Fuel Injectors No 4 5 6 On left c...

Page 731: ...e of left B pillar Driver Side Side Air Bag Module Left side of driver s seat back Front Power MOS FET Near front blower motor Generator Left front of engine Horn High Left front of engine compartment...

Page 732: ...panel See Fig 38 C 11 56 Pin Under front of center console See Fig 21 C 12 34 Pin Behind left kick panel See Fig 47 C 13 34 Pin Behind right kick panel See Fig 34 C 14 14 Pin At left B pillar See Fig...

Page 733: ...ight assembly See Fig 1 G9 Behind right center of dash See Fig 18 G10 Joint Connector Behind left side of dash See Fig 26 G11 Joint Connector Behind left side of dash See Fig 33 G12 Joint Connector At...

Page 734: ...Fig 1 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 8 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 735: ...Fig 2 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 9 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 736: ...Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 4 Engine Compartment 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 10 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 737: ...ZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 5 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 11 2005 Mitchell Repair Informati...

Page 738: ...Fig 6 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 12 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 739: ...Fig 7 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 13 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 740: ...Fig 8 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 14 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 741: ...Fig 9 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 15 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 742: ...Fig 10 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 16 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 743: ...Fig 11 Engine Compartment Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 17 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 744: ...Fig 12 Right Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 18 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 745: ...Fig 13 Right Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 19 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 746: ...urtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 15 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 20 2005 Mitchell Repair Informatio...

Page 747: ...Fig 16 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 21 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 748: ...Fig 17 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 22 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 749: ...Fig 18 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 23 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 750: ...Fig 19 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 24 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 751: ...Fig 20 Center Console Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 25 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 752: ...Fig 21 Center Console Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 26 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 753: ...Fig 22 Center Console Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 27 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 754: ...Fig 23 Center Console Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 28 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 755: ...Fig 24 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 29 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 756: ...Fig 25 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 30 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 757: ...Fig 26 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 31 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 758: ...Fig 27 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 32 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 759: ...Fig 28 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 33 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 760: ...Fig 29 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 34 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 761: ...Fig 30 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 35 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 762: ...Fig 31 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 36 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 763: ...Fig 32 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 37 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 764: ...Fig 33 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 38 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 765: ...Fig 34 Right Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 39 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 766: ...Fig 35 Right Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 40 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 767: ...Fig 36 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 41 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 768: ...Fig 37 Dash Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 42 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 769: ...Fig 38 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 43 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 770: ...Fig 39 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 44 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 771: ...Fig 40 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 45 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 772: ...Fig 41 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 46 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 773: ...Fig 42 Under Driver s Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 47 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 774: ...Fig 43 Under Driver s Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 48 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 775: ...Fig 44 Driver s Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 49 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 776: ...5 Under Front Passenger s Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 42 AM Page 50 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 777: ...g 46 Front Passenger s Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 51 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 778: ...Fig 47 Left Kick Panel Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 52 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 779: ...ig 48 Right Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 53 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 780: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 50 Right Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 54 2005 Mitchell Rep...

Page 781: ...ig 51 Right Rear Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 55 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 782: ...ehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 53 Roof Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 56 2005 Mitchell Repair I...

Page 783: ...ig 54 Left Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 57 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 784: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 56 Right Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 58 2005 Mitchell Rep...

Page 785: ...ig 57 Left Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 59 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 786: ...Fig 58 Roof Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 60 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 787: ...urtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 60 Roof Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 61 2005 Mitchell Repair Informatio...

Page 788: ...ig 61 Left Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 62 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 789: ...ig 62 Left Side Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 63 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 790: ...urtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 64 Left Rear Of Vehicle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 MAZDA CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 55 43 AM Page 64 2005 Mitchell R...

Page 791: ...Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System M...

Page 792: ...ystem Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL TANK SIDE 2WD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 04 04 AM Page...

Page 793: ...ide 2WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 04 04 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Re...

Page 794: ...uick Release Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November...

Page 795: ...er 3 Connect the manifold assembly part of SST to the long hose as shown 4 Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas cylinder regulator left gauge reads 69 82 kPa 0 71 0 83 kgf cm2 10 12 psi pres...

Page 796: ...T switch to set the left display reading to 0 0 3 Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly part of SST to the manifold assembly and fuel filler cap from the vehicle z If the fuel filler cap is not a gen...

Page 797: ...NENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Remove in the order indicated in the table 3 Install in the reverse order of remova...

Page 798: ...FILTER COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Plug the purge solenoid valve side of the charcoal canister 4 Pressurizing from the fuel tank side of the charcoal canister verify that there is no lea...

Page 799: ...lve Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Pressurizing from the air filter side verify that the CV solenoid valve is open and that there is airflow through the air filter z If...

Page 800: ...terminal B and PCM terminal 1Z CV solenoid valve terminal A and battery Short circuit z If there is continuity there is a short circuit Repair or replace the wiring harness CV solenoid valve terminal...

Page 801: ...SION SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove the purge solenoid valve See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 4 Verify that the airflow is as indicated in the table z If as specifie...

Page 802: ...rt circuit continuity check Fig 15 Identifying Purge Solenoid Valve Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 16 Identifying PCM Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA M...

Page 803: ...B and body ground POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PCV VALVE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 AIRFLOW INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Disconnect the PCV...

Page 804: ...re the resistance between the PCV valve heater control terminals z If within the specification perform out the Circuit Open Short Inspection z If not within the specification replace the PCV valve See...

Page 805: ...Main Relay No 1 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 21 Identifying PCM Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Open circuit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emi...

Page 806: ...er control terminal B and power supply PCV valve heater control terminal B and body ground POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PCV VALVE REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable...

Page 807: ...valve heater fitting connector 3 Measure the resistance between the PCV valve terminals z If within the specification perform out the Circuit Open Short Inspection z If not within the specification r...

Page 808: ...short circuit continuity check Fig 24 Identifying PCV Valve Heater Control Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 25 Identifying Fuse Box Main Relay No 1 Courtesy of MAZDA MO...

Page 809: ...PCV valve heater fitting terminal A and power supply PCV valve heater fitting terminal A and body ground PCV valve heater fitting terminal B and power supply PCV valve heater fitting terminal B and b...

Page 810: ...PECTION MZI 3 7 FUEL SHUT OFF VALVE REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 NOTE z The rollover valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank NOTE z The rollover valve cannot be disassembled and insp...

Page 811: ...lls or leaks from the pressurized fuel system it will cause serious injury or death and facility breakage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete the Fuel Line Safety Proc...

Page 812: ...vinyl sheeting or a similar material to prevent it from scratches or dirt Fig 30 Identifying Quick Release Connector And Retainer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z If the quick release connector is...

Page 813: ...Fig 32 Identifying Release Tab And Stopper Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe and disconnect it 3 Cover the disconnected quick release connector and fu...

Page 814: ...PE A INSTALLATION 1 Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation z If there is any malfunction replace it with a new one 2 Connect the quick release connector CAUTION...

Page 815: ...not to damage the connecting part between the charcoal canister and pipe and the locks between the quick release connector and retainer If any of them are damaged replace the charcoal canister or hose...

Page 816: ...uel pipe further to the quick release connector 3 Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand and then verify that it is connected securely Fig 37 Installing Quick Release Co...

Page 817: ...onnector z Insert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the quick release connector z Push down the retainer using a finger If the retainer cannot be pushed down push the fuel pipe further to the quick...

Page 818: ...Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Emission System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 04 04 AM Page 28 2005 Mitchell Re...

Page 819: ...08 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 07 18 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Inform...

Page 820: ...ring Diagram 1 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 07 18 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 821: ...ring Diagram 2 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 07 18 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 822: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 07 18 AM Page 4 20...

Page 823: ...Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 07 18 AM Page 5 2...

Page 824: ...ng z PCM parameter reset See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING KEYLESS E...

Page 825: ...ON 6 Remove the cowl panel See COWL PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Remove the PCM connector still connected 8 Install the battery and battery tray See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 9 Connect the...

Page 826: ...IGH LOW GENMN GFS 11 89 0 VBAT 50 VBAT 28 VBAT 25 DCV APP1 3 9 3 9 3 5 3 3 DCV APP2 1 6 1 7 1 8 2 1 DCV APP3 1 0 1 0 1 3 1 5 DCV FPM OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ACP 0 8 70 0 86 73 0 9 75 1 0 87 DCV psi MAF 0...

Page 827: ...VBAT OFF VBAT ON A VBAT OFF VBAT OFF DCV ON OFF APP 3 9 0 0 22 APP_FLT NO FAULT NO FAULT NO FAULT NO FAULT FAULT NO FAULT CPP PNP NEUTRAL NEUTRAL DRIVE DRIVE NEUTRAL DRIVE ETC_ACT 7 56 1 27 6 22 12 74...

Page 828: ...3 7 VBAT VBAT VBAT DCV INJ1 0 2 6 3 2 2 5 5 5 3 5 8 5 mS INJ3 0 2 6 3 2 2 5 5 5 3 5 8 5 mS INJ5 0 2 6 3 2 2 5 5 5 3 5 8 5 mS VCTADV 0 031 27 56 30 94 DEG VCTADV2 0 0 27 69 31 06 DEG HTR11 0 1 ON O 0...

Page 829: ...rm the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 Fig 8 Identifying DLC 2 Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER STEERING PRESSURE PSP SWITCH INSPECTION MZI 3 7 CONTINUITY INSPECTION 1 Dis...

Page 830: ...ction CIRCUIT OPEN SHORT INSPECTION Fig 9 Identifying PSP Switch And Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Disconnect the PCM connector See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 I...

Page 831: ...S CORP MASS AIR FLOW MAF SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 VISUAL INSPECTION 1 Verify the following items of the MAF sensor z Damage cracks z Rusted sensor terminal z Bent sensor terminal If there is any malf...

Page 832: ...onitor item status specification reference is not within the specification even though the resistance is within the specification perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection CIRCUIT OPEN SHORT INSPECTIO...

Page 833: ...D and body ground MAF IAT sensor terminal E and power supply INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 RESISTANCE INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the MAF IAT sensor connector 2 Measure the resista...

Page 834: ...ECIFICATION CHART IAT sensor characteristics graph reference Fig 13 Temperature Vs Resistance Graph Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CIRCUIT OPEN SHORT INSPECTION IAT C F Resistance kilohm 10 50 Approx 5...

Page 835: ...ng harness MAF IAT sensor terminal B and body ground MAF IAT sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1AF Short circuit z If there is continuity the circuit is shorted Repair or replace the wiring harness M...

Page 836: ...t the TP1 or TP2 PID voltage changes as shown in the following graph z If not verified perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection If there is no open or short circuit replace the throttle body See INTA...

Page 837: ...ircuit Continuity inspection Open circuit z If there is no continuity there is an open circuit Repair or replace the wiring harness Throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AD Throttle body terminal...

Page 838: ...nge smoothly while throttle valve is gradually opened z If as verified go to next step z If not as verified perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection If there is no open or short circuit replace the t...

Page 839: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Disconnect the PCM connector See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Inspect the following wiring harnesses for open or short circuit Continuity inspection Condition PCM terminal...

Page 840: ...sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal E and body ground APP sensor terminal E and power supply APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal G and power supply CRANKSHAFT P...

Page 841: ...RANKSHAFT POSITION CKP SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 VISUAL INSPECTION 1 Remove the CKP sensor See CRANKSHAFT POSITION CKP SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Verify that there are no metal shavings on...

Page 842: ...specification reference is not within the specification even though the resistance is within the specification perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection CKP sensor resistance 250 1 000 ohms CIRCUIT OP...

Page 843: ...1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the battery 3 Remove the following part for easier access z Remove the resonance chamber and air cleaner assy See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 844: ...ation replace the CMP sensor See CAMSHAFT POSITION CMP SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 z If the monitor item status specification reference is not within the specification even though the resistan...

Page 845: ...and PCM terminal 2C z CMP sensor LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z CMP sensor LH terminal B and PCM terminal 2C Short circuit z CMP sensor RH terminal A and power supply z CMP sensor RH terminal A...

Page 846: ...VAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following part for easier access 1 Remove the cowl panel See COWL PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the HO2S RH connector NO...

Page 847: ...asing the accelerator pedal fully when the engine speed is 3 000 rpm or more 4 Verify that the front H02S outputs a voltage of 0 6 V or more one time or more then verify that the front HO2S voltage PI...

Page 848: ...the HO2S connector 2 Measure the resistance between HO2S terminals C and A z If it is not within the specification replace the HO2S See FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 z...

Page 849: ...t the PCM connector See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short continuity check 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazd...

Page 850: ...2Y HO2S RH terminal C and main relay No 2 terminal D HO2S RH terminal D and PCM terminal 2AL HO2S LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2E HO2S LH terminal B and PCM terminal 2U HO2S LH terminal C and main r...

Page 851: ...C and body ground HO2S LH terminal D and power supply REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 HO2S LH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the...

Page 852: ...I 3 7 REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S VOLTAGE INSPECTION 1 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 2 Using the M MDS monitor the following Vehicle speed PID VSS NOTE z If necessary lubricate...

Page 853: ...s no malfunction in the wiring harness replace the rear HO2S See REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 HO2S HEATER RESISTANCE INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the HO2S connector 2 Measure...

Page 854: ...onnect the PCM connector See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Inspect the following wiring harness for open or short continuity check 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7...

Page 855: ...M terminal 2BG HO2S RH terminal C and main relay No 2 terminal D HO2S RH terminal D and PCM terminal 2AL HO2S LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AO HO2S LH terminal B and PCM terminal 2BC HO2S LH termina...

Page 856: ...lowing part for easier access Perform the following procedure to remove the intake manifold 1 Remove the ventilation hose See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR EMISSION SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Rem...

Page 857: ...the order indicated in the table Fig 36 Identifying Water Inlet Pipe O Ring KS Connector Torque Specifications 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Control System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sun...

Page 858: ...rmal but PID value is out of specification perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection KS resistance 4 39 5 35 Mohms CIRCUIT OPEN SHORT INSPECTION NOTE z Lubricate the new O ring with clean engine coola...

Page 859: ...he wiring harness KS terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q KS terminal B and PCM terminal 2M KS terminal C and PCM terminal 2L KS terminal D and PCM terminal 2G Short circuit z If there is continuity the cir...

Page 860: ...EM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove the fuel hose See QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 4 Remove the fuel distributor See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove th...

Page 861: ...the specification even though the resistance is within the specification perform the Circuit Open Short Inspection Measure the cylinder head temperature sensor resistance approx RESISTANCE SPECIFICATI...

Page 862: ...Harness Side Connector And PCM Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Disconnect the PCM connector See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGIN...

Page 863: ...EMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Plug one end of the evaporative hose component and verify that the output voltage from the fuel tank pressure sensor changes...

Page 864: ...rminal A and PCM terminal 1AB Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1AL Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1U Short circuit z If there is continuity the circuit is s...

Page 865: ...INE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 33 AM Page 1...

Page 866: ...iagram 1 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 33 AM Page 2 2005 Mitch...

Page 867: ...iagram 2 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 33 AM Page 3 2005 Mitch...

Page 868: ...ion check the malfunction indicator lamp MIL indication and diagnostic trouble code DTC then diagnose the malfunction according to following flowchart 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORM...

Page 869: ...er the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initial screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Self Test 2 Select Modules 3 Select PCM z When using the PDS Pocket...

Page 870: ...LE CODE ACCESS PROCEDURE 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initial screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Self...

Page 871: ...Module Tests 2 Select PCM 3 Select Self Test Fig 7 Identifying DLC 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Then select the Retrieve CMDTCs and perform procedures according to directions on the M MDS screen...

Page 872: ...g the IDS laptop PC 1 Select DataLogger 2 Select Modules 3 Select PCM NOTE z If the on board system readiness tests are not completed the PCM stores DTC P1000 NOTE z The PID DATA MONITOR function moni...

Page 873: ...oil control duty value APP Accelerator pedal position APP1 APP sensor No 1 V APP2 APP sensor No 2 V APP3 APP sensor No 3 V ARPMDES Target engine speed RPM AXLE Axle ratio BARO Barometric pressure Pa B...

Page 874: ...1 Front HO2S heater RH Off On HTR12 Rear HO2S heater RH Off On HTR21 Front HO2S heater LH Off On HTR22 Rear HO2S heater LH Off On IAT IAT sensor C V INGEAR Load no load condition Off On LOAD Engine lo...

Page 875: ...HRTFT11 Front short term fuel trim RH SHRTFT2 Short term fuel trim LH SHRTFT21 Front short term fuel trim LH SPARKADV Ignition timing SPKDUR_1 Spark duration of cylinder No 1 sec SPKDUR_2 Spark durati...

Page 876: ...according to the directions on the screen SIMULATION FUNCTION PROCEDURE 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initial screen of the M M...

Page 877: ...ere is an open or short circuit in the wiring harness relay motor or solenoid or sticking and operation malfunction AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 After the vehicle...

Page 878: ...om the initial screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Self Test 2 Select Modules 3 Select PCM z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Module Tests 2 Select PCM 3 Select Self Test...

Page 879: ...ode procedure is not completed correctly z Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive Mode z The M MDS can be used at anytime through the cour...

Page 880: ...PCM NOTE z The following events occur when the continuous DTCs and the emission monitors information is cleared from the PCM Clears the number of DTCs and the DTCs Clears the freeze frame data Clears...

Page 881: ...le the engine for 2 min with the selector lever in the D range Executes the idle air control portion of the CCM CCM Transaxle 9 z Stop the vehicle z In overdrive moderately accelerate to 81 km h 50 mp...

Page 882: ...Bypass procedure must be followed Determines if a pending code is preventing the clearing of the DTC P1000 NOTE z The DTC P1000 will be stored if any of the OBD II monitors does not complete EVAP Mon...

Page 883: ...st current DC A4 80 Cylinder No 3 Type A Misfire Rate engine 200 rpm A4 81 Cylinder No 3 Type B Misfire Rate engine 1000 rpm A5 0B Cylinder No 4 average misfire counts for last 10 DC A5 0C Cylinder No...

Page 884: ...ircuit high input ON 2 See DTC P0103 MZI 3 7 P0104 MAF circuit intermittent erratic OFF 1 See DTC P0114 MZI 3 7 P0111 IAT sensor circuit range performance ON 2 See DTC P0111 MZI 3 7 P0112 IAT sensor c...

Page 885: ...ector circuit open cylinder No 1 ON 2 See DTC P0201 MZI 3 7 P0202 Injector circuit open cylinder No 2 ON 2 See DTC P0202 MZI 3 7 P0203 Injector circuit open cylinder No 3 ON 2 See DTC P0203 MZI 3 7 P0...

Page 886: ...0355 0356 MZI 3 7 P0352 Ignition coil No 2 primary secondary circuit ON 2 See DTC P0351 0352 0353 0354 0355 0356 MZI 3 7 P0353 Ignition coil No 3 primary secondary circuit ON 2 See DTC P0351 0352 035...

Page 887: ...pected ON 2 See DTC P0507 MZI 3 7 P050E Cold start engine exhaust temperature out of range ON 2 See DTC P050E MZI 3 7 P053A PCV valve heater control circuit open OFF 1 See DTC P053A MZI 3 7 P0579 Crui...

Page 888: ...relay control circuit open OFF 1 See DTC P0685 MZI 3 7 P0689 ECM PCM power relay sense circuit low OFF 1 See DTC P0689 MZI 3 7 P0690 ECM PCM power relay sense circuit high OFF 1 See DTC P0690 MZI 3 7...

Page 889: ...3 7 P2104 Throttle actuator control system forced idle ON 2 2 See DTC P2104 P2105 P2106 P2110 MZI 3 7 P2105 Throttle actuator control system forced engine shutdown OFF 2 1 See DTC P2104 P2105 P2106 P2...

Page 890: ...7 P2272 Rear HO2S LH signal stuck lean ON 2 See DTC P2270 P2272 MZI 3 7 P2273 Rear HO2S LH signal stuck rich ON 2 See DTC P2271 P2273 MZI 3 7 P260F Evaporative emission system monitoring processor pe...

Page 891: ...DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0010 CMP actuator circuit open RH DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the OCV RH circuit to the PCM for high and low voltage...

Page 892: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 34 AM Page 28 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 893: ...for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT OCV RH z Inspect the...

Page 894: ...re any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 9 INSPECT OCV RH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch off z Measure the resistance betw...

Page 895: ...ition POSSIBLE CAUSE z OCV RH malfunction z Spool valve in OCV RH is stuck in advanced position z Improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA H...

Page 896: ...om the PCM memory using the M MDS z Turn the ignition switch off z Start the engine and warm it up completely z Is the same DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INS...

Page 897: ...nosis according to the available Service Bulletins z If the vehicle is not repaired go to the next step No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE z Start the engine z Does the oil pressure w...

Page 898: ...rform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0016 P0016 CK...

Page 899: ...NAL STATUS z Start the engine and warm up completely z Access VT ACT1 P0016 or VT ACT2 P0018 PID using the M MDS z Is PID reading normal 14 46 Yes Go to the next step No Replace the OCV then go to Ste...

Page 900: ...the OCV LH circuit to the PCM for high and low voltage The test fails if the voltage exceeds or falls below a calibrated limit for a calibrated amount of time POSSIBLE CAUSE z OCV LH malfunction z Co...

Page 901: ...ATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to t...

Page 902: ...tor terminal A wiring harness side and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 10 6 INSPECT OCV LH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY...

Page 903: ...UBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0020 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using th...

Page 904: ...LABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Servi...

Page 905: ...BLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0022 CMP timing over retarded LH DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the variable valve timing position for over retarded camshaft timing The test fail...

Page 906: ...NSTALLATION MZI 3 7 Yes Go to the next step No Reinstall the timing chain then go to Step 6 5 INSPECT OCV LH z Inspect the OCV LH See OIL CONTROL VALVE OCV INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunctio...

Page 907: ...PCM harness connector STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order...

Page 908: ...R PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0053 P0053 Front HO2S RH heater res...

Page 909: ...DTC P0060 Open circuit between rear HO2S LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AO z HO2S heater malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Micro...

Page 910: ...the next step 3 INSPECT FOR POWER SUPPLY IN WIRING HARNESS z Disconnect the suspect HO2S connector z Perform the KOEO self test z Measure the voltage between the suspect HO2S connector terminal A and...

Page 911: ...A z For DTC P0054 Measure resistance between PCM terminal 2AS and rear HO2S RH terminal A z For DTC P0059 Measure resistance between PCM terminal 2E and front HO2S LH terminal A z For DTC P0060 Measur...

Page 912: ...MISFIRE DTC HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Sta...

Page 913: ...ailability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bulletins z If vehicle is not repaired go to next step No Go to next step 3 VERIF...

Page 914: ...any DTCs present Yes Replace the malfunctioning part then go to the next step No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to the next step 8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0068 HAS BEE...

Page 915: ...terminal A and main relay No 1 terminal D z Open circuit wiring harness between MAF sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AJ z Open circuit wiring harness between MAF sensor terminal D and PCM terminal...

Page 916: ...to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available 2008 Mazda CX 9 Gran...

Page 917: ...sition Engine off z Measure the voltage between MAF sensor terminal A and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 10 5 INSPECT PCM CO...

Page 918: ...PEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between MAF sensor terminal B and body ground z Are there continuity Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 10 9 INSPECT THE MAF S...

Page 919: ...DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0103 MAF circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION z The MAF sensor circuit is monitored by the PCM for high air flow or voltage input through the CCM...

Page 920: ...A HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Ma...

Page 921: ...Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage between MAF sensor terminal D wiring harness side and body ground z Is voltage B No Repair or replace suspected part then go to...

Page 922: ...circuit intermittent erratic DETECTION CONDITION z A concern exists in the MAF sensor circuit or the air tube containing the sensor causing an incorrect air flow reading POSSIBLE CAUSE z Air leaks in...

Page 923: ...function STEP INSPECTION ACTION VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Su...

Page 924: ...ion Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part then go to Step 10 No Go to next step 5 INSPECT MAF SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the MAF IAT senso...

Page 925: ...s Repair or replace the malfunctioning part then go to Step 10 No Go to next step 9 INSPECT MAF SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the PCM connector z Disconne...

Page 926: ...gic after an engine off and a calibrated soak period typically 6 hours This soak period allows IAT and CHT to stabilize and not differ by more than a calibrated value DTC P0111 is set when the IAT at...

Page 927: ...resent Yes Replace PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE...

Page 928: ...No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 20...

Page 929: ...o Step 6 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect PCM connector z Inspect continuity between MAF IAT sensor terminal F wiring...

Page 930: ...r signal is more than the self test maximum The IAT sensor maximum is 4 6 V or 50 C 58 F POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit between MAF IAT sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AL z Open circuit between MAF...

Page 931: ...No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 20...

Page 932: ...nd z Is voltage 4 5 5 5 V Yes Inspect the IAT sensor See INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Replace if necessary then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL...

Page 933: ...reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Start engine and warm it up completely z Is same DTC present Yes Replace the...

Page 934: ...r poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins and corrosion z Is there any malfunction Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 6 4 INTERMITTENT INSPECTION z Tur...

Page 935: ...le DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0116 CHT sensor circuit range performance DETECTION CONDITION z Indicates the engine coolant temperature logic test has failed...

Page 936: ...DTC z Verify the related PENDING CODE or stored DTCs z Are other DTCs present Yes Go to appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT CHT SENSOR z Inspect the CHT...

Page 937: ...ION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED...

Page 938: ...rving the PID wiggle shake and bend small sections of the wiring harness while working from the sensor to the PCM z Is there a large change in the voltage reading Yes Repair if necessary then go to St...

Page 939: ...ection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0122 TP sensor No 1 circuit low input DETECTION CONDITION z The TP sensor No 1 circuit was flagged as a concern by the PCM indicating a l...

Page 940: ...ep No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 2008...

Page 941: ...to the next step 5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the PCM connector z Inspect for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are...

Page 942: ...xt step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes...

Page 943: ...No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 20...

Page 944: ...o to the next step 5 INSPECT TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure the voltage between Throttle body connector terminal F wirin...

Page 945: ...TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0128 Coolant thermostat coolant temp below thermostat regulating temperature DETECTION CONDITION z P0128 Indicates that the thermostat monitor has not...

Page 946: ...on the cap using the cloth turn it and remove it Yes Go to the next step No Inspect for a loss of engine coolant Repair if necessary See ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Go to Step 5 4 INSPECT...

Page 947: ...ooting completed DTC P0132 P0132 Front HO2S RH circuit high voltage DTC P0138 P0138 Rear HO2S RH circuit high voltage DTC P0152 P0152 Front HO2S LH circuit high voltage DTC P0158 P0158 Rear HO2S LH ci...

Page 948: ...7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE STEP INSPECTION ACTION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 35 AM Page 84 2005 Mi...

Page 949: ...harness Check the connector both halves for contamination Make sure the connector pins are fully seated z Is a concern present NOTE z Disconnect the HO2S wiring harness connector Yes Repair if necessa...

Page 950: ...HO2S z For DTC P0132 Inspect the front HO2S RH z For DTC P0138 Inspect the rear HO2S RH z For DTC P0152 Inspect the front HO2S LH z For DTC P0138 Inspect the rear HO2S LH See FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENS...

Page 951: ...E See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0133 P0133 Front HO2S RH circuit slow respons...

Page 952: ...ess side z Short to ground in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A wiring harness side and battery negative terminal z Short to ground in wiring harness between HO2S terminal A wiring harness side a...

Page 953: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 35 AM Page 89 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 954: ...engine is at normal operating temperature z Perform the KOER self test z Are DTCs P0040 P0041 or P1127 present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next ste...

Page 955: ...terminal 2U wiring harness side and front HO2S LH terminal B wiring harness side PCM terminal 2BC wiring harness side and rear HO2S LH terminal B wiring harness side PCM terminal 2AL wiring harness si...

Page 956: ...cles in cold weather Use of unapproved cleaning agents z Is a concern present Yes Repair the source of the contamination Change the engine oil and oil filter Then go to Step 17 No Go to the next step...

Page 957: ...en go to Step 17 10 INSPECT HO2S CONTROL CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the HO2S connector z Perform the KOEO self test z Measure the voltage between HO2S connec...

Page 958: ...nd rear HO2S RH terminal A For DTC P0139 measure resistance between PCM terminal 2E and front HO2S LH terminal A For DTC P0159 measure resistance between PCM terminal 2AO and rear HO2S LH terminal A z...

Page 959: ...S INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunction Yes Replace the HO2S See FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 See REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 Th...

Page 960: ...cuit DETECTION CONDITION z During testing the heated oxygen sensor heaters are checked for open and short circuits and excessive current draw z The test fails when the current draw exceeds a calibrate...

Page 961: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 35 AM Page 97 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 962: ...as potential sources of HO2S contamination Use of unapproved silicon sealers Fuel contaminated by silicon additives Excessive oil consumption Glycol leaking internally in the engine Lead contaminated...

Page 963: ...WIRING HARNESS z Measure the resistance between the following terminals HO2S terminal A wiring harness side and HO2S terminal C wiring harness side HO2S terminal A wiring harness side and HO2S termina...

Page 964: ...istance between the suspect HO2S terminal A and body ground z Is the resistance more than 10 kilohms Yes Go to the next step No Replace HO2S See FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZ...

Page 965: ...AUSE z Severely restricted fuel filter z Severely restricted fuel supply line z Damaged or worn fuel pump z Damaged or contaminated MAF sensor STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEE...

Page 966: ...xt step 4 INSPECT ALL SYSTEM RELATED DEVICES SENSOR DAMPER OR REGULATOR FOR LEAKAGE z Turn the ignition switch off z Connect the fuel pump connector z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engin...

Page 967: ...the next step 6 INSPECT FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN WIRING HARNESS z Disconnect the fuel pump connector z Measure the resistance between fuel pump connector terminal D wiring harness...

Page 968: ...mmHg 10 0 inHg of the recorded reading after 1 min NOTE z When the fuel pump is commanded off the fuel pressure may substantially decrease and then stabilize NOTE z During output state control the fu...

Page 969: ...position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Start the engine and run it at idle z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace PC...

Page 970: ...asket or mating gaskets before or near the HO2S Intake Air System z Air leaks after the MAF sensor z Vacuum leaks z PCV system is leaking or the valve is stuck open z Improperly seated engine oil dips...

Page 971: ...nections Damage or cracks Damaged or cracked vacuum vacuum hose joint z Verify the integrity of the positive crankcase ventilation system z Verify that the PCV valve part number is correct z Is a conc...

Page 972: ...calculating the total fuel correction in the following steps if LONGFT1 equals 13 and SHRTFT1 equals 23 the total fuel correction for bank 1 equals 36 If LONGFT2 equals 24 and SHRTFT2 equals 3 the to...

Page 973: ...ect the intake air system for a vacuum leak in the intake manifold or intake gaskets Repair if necessary Then go to the next step 7 VACUUM LEAK REPAIR VERIFICATION z Access the PCM and monitor the SHR...

Page 974: ...urn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine running z Allow the fuel pressure to stabilize z Turn the ignition switch off z Access the PCM and control the FP PID z Run the fuel pump to obtain ma...

Page 975: ...ect the HO2S circuit for exposed wiring contamination corrosion and correct assembly Repair if necessary z Measure the voltage between HO2S terminal B and D on the component side z Increase the engine...

Page 976: ...PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 14 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go to the applica...

Page 977: ...orm repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins z If the vehicle is not repaired go to the next step No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR STORED DTCS z Turn the...

Page 978: ...pressure within the range for the vehicle being diagnosed WARNING z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes...

Page 979: ...signal PID z Wiggle shake and bend small sections of the wiring harness while working from the sensor to the PCM z While monitoring the HO2S PID does the HO2S stop switching Yes Isolate the concern a...

Page 980: ...ors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE CAUSE z Fuel injector No 1 malfunction z Connector or terminal malfuncti...

Page 981: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 982: ...und z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel inje...

Page 983: ...Injector circuit open cylinder No 2 DETECTION CONDITION z The CCM monitors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE...

Page 984: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 985: ...e B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel injector No 2 terminal...

Page 986: ...pen cylinder No 3 DETECTION CONDITION z The CCM monitors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE CAUSE z Fuel inject...

Page 987: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 988: ...und z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 3 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel inje...

Page 989: ...Injector circuit open cylinder No 4 DETECTION CONDITION z The CCM monitors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE...

Page 990: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 991: ...e B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 4 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel injector No 4 terminal...

Page 992: ...pen cylinder No 5 DETECTION CONDITION z The CCM monitors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE CAUSE z Fuel inject...

Page 993: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 994: ...und z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 5 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel inje...

Page 995: ...Injector circuit open cylinder No 6 DETECTION CONDITION z The CCM monitors the operation of the fuel injector drivers in the PCM The test fails if the fuel injector circuitry is inoperative POSSIBLE...

Page 996: ...RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bul...

Page 997: ...e B Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 6 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO 6 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect continuity between fuel injector No 6 terminal...

Page 998: ...ECTION CONDITION z The TP sensor No 2 circuit was flagged as a concern by the PCM indicating a low voltage or open circuit POSSIBLE CAUSE z TP sensor No 2 malfunction z Connector or terminal malfuncti...

Page 999: ...p No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 2008...

Page 1000: ...ing harness side and body ground z Are there continuity Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition sw...

Page 1001: ...z Is same DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE Se...

Page 1002: ...z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Di...

Page 1003: ...connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT TP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIR...

Page 1004: ...o the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0230 FP primary circuit DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the fuel pump circuit output from the PCM The tes...

Page 1005: ...2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Se...

Page 1006: ...then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage between fuel pump r...

Page 1007: ...ent Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step No Go to the next step 11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present...

Page 1008: ...ep 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available...

Page 1009: ...o Step 9 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage between fuel pump relay conne...

Page 1010: ...s voltage on the fuel pump monitor circuit while the fuel pump is commanded OFF The fuel pump monitor circuit is wired to a pull up voltage inside the PCM The fuel pump monitor circuit goes high if wi...

Page 1011: ...ep 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available...

Page 1012: ...lace suspected part then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT FUEL PUMP MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage b...

Page 1013: ...OER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is same DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step No Go to the next step 11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR P...

Page 1014: ...rmal Then go to the next step No Clear DTCs and refer to DIAGNOSTIC INDEX if customer had any drive ability concerns See QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART MZI 3 7 4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0297 HAS BEEN C...

Page 1015: ...es that a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter or affect emission performance has occurred POSSIBLE CAUSE z CMP sensor malfunction z CKP sensor malfunction z Ignition coil malfunction z Ig...

Page 1016: ...CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS KEY TO ON IDLE z Access APP1 APP2 APP3 ECT IAT MAF RPM TP_REL and VSS PIDs using the M MDS See PCM INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any signal that is far out of specificatio...

Page 1017: ...ioning part according to the spark test results then go to Step 18 9 INSPECT MAF PID z Start the engine z Access the MAF PID using the M MDS z Verify that the MAF PID changes quickly according to the...

Page 1018: ...the following z Foreign material or staining inside the fuel filter Perform the following actions as a result z If foreign material or staining is found inside the fuel filter low pressure side clean...

Page 1019: ...to the next step 17 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT PASSAGE WARNING z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is running or when the engine and radiat...

Page 1020: ...the M MDS z Perform the KOER SELF TEST using the M MDS See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLA...

Page 1021: ...malfunction z Air suction in intake air system between dynamic chamber and cylinder head z Inadequate engine compression due to engine internal malfunction z Related connector or terminal malfunction...

Page 1022: ...z Check the spark plug condition Cracks Excess wear Gap Wet z Is any problem found on the spark plug Yes z If the spark plug is wet fuel flooding is suspected Go to Step 9 z If the spark plug has a c...

Page 1023: ...e the suspected part then go to Step 13 No Go to the next step 11 INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT PASSAGE WARNING z Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the en...

Page 1024: ...e ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Start the engine and run it at idle z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this...

Page 1025: ...No Go to the next step 3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR STORED DTCs z Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position Engine off z Verify related pending code or stored DTCs z Are other DTCs pres...

Page 1026: ...per assembly Then go to the next step No Go to the next step 6 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0315 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition swit...

Page 1027: ...ndicates that 2 successive erratic PIP pulses occurred POSSIBLE CAUSE z Loose wires connectors z Arcing secondary ignition components coil wires or plugs z On board transmitter 2 way radio STEP INSPEC...

Page 1028: ...o to the next step 4 INSPECT CKP SENSOR SIGNAL SENT TO PCM z Disable the inertia switch z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Access the PCM and monitor the RPM PID z Crank the en...

Page 1029: ...INSPECT CKP WIRING HARNESS SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Measure the resistance between CKP_SHLD assembly connector wiring harness side and ground z Is the resistance less than 5 ohms NOTE z T...

Page 1030: ...negative CKP sensor connector B on the wiring harness side and battery negative z Are the resistances more than 10 kilohms Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part Then go to Step...

Page 1031: ...he KS detects vibrations upon increase and decrease in engine RPM The KS generates a voltage based on this vibration A DTC is set if the voltage goes outside a calibrated level POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open c...

Page 1032: ...step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Servi...

Page 1033: ...cted part then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT KS RH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Inspect for continuity between the following t...

Page 1034: ...t step 9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0325 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER sel...

Page 1035: ...rminal A and PCM terminal 2Q z Short to ground circuit between KS terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q z Open circuit wiring harness between KS terminal B and PCM terminal 2M z Short to power supply in wiri...

Page 1036: ...t for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT KS LH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...

Page 1037: ...air or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 8 INSPECT THE KS LH z Inspect the KS LH See KNOCK SENSOR KS INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there malfunction Yes Replace the KS then go to the next step See KN...

Page 1038: ...ignal from the CMP sensor RH POSSIBLE CAUSE z Connector or terminal malfunction z CMP sensor RH malfunction z Short to ground circuit between CMP sensor RH terminal A and PCM terminal 2X z Short to po...

Page 1039: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1040: ...e radio frequency interference and CKP concerns should be considered Yes Go to the next step No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to Step 11 4 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR EXCESSIVE...

Page 1041: ...ss side and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT CMP SENSOR RH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition...

Page 1042: ...OUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0340 COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z St...

Page 1043: ...or RH terminal A and PCM terminal 2X z Short to power supply between CMP sensor RH terminal A and PCM terminal 2X z Open circuit between CMP sensor RH terminal A and PCM terminal 2X z Open circuit bet...

Page 1044: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1045: ...e radio frequency interference and CKP concerns should be considered Yes Go to the next step No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to Step 11 4 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR EXCESSIVE...

Page 1046: ...ss side and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT CMP SENSOR RH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition...

Page 1047: ...ERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0344 COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M...

Page 1048: ...terminal 2AB z Short to power supply between CMP sensor LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z Open circuit between CMP sensor LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z Open circuit between CMP sensor LH te...

Page 1049: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1050: ...e radio frequency interference and CKP concerns should be considered Yes Go to the next step No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to Step 11 4 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR EXCESSIVE...

Page 1051: ...ss side and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT CMP SENSOR LH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition...

Page 1052: ...TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0345 COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z...

Page 1053: ...or LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z Short to power supply between CMP sensor LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z Open circuit between CMP sensor LH terminal A and PCM terminal 2AB z Open circuit...

Page 1054: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1055: ...e radio frequency interference and CKP concerns should be considered Yes Go to the next step No Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to Step 11 4 CHECK THE GENERATOR FOR EXCESSIVE...

Page 1056: ...ss side and body ground z Is the voltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT CMP SENSOR LH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition...

Page 1057: ...e next step 11 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0349 COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Turn ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM mem...

Page 1058: ...oil No 1 terminal C and PCM terminal 2A z Short to power supply between ignition coil No 2 terminal C and PCM terminal 2F z Short to power supply between ignition coil No 3 terminal C and PCM terminal...

Page 1059: ...0356 MZI 3 7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE STEP INSPECTION ACTION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 37 AM Pag...

Page 1060: ...cted part then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Disconnect the ignition coil connector z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position...

Page 1061: ...Ignition coil No 1 terminal C wiring harness side and PCM terminal 2A wiring harness side Ignition coil No 2 terminal C wiring harness side and PCM terminal 2F wiring harness side Ignition coil No 3...

Page 1062: ...11 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshoo...

Page 1063: ...he next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair informat...

Page 1064: ...TC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Start the engine and run it at idle z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See...

Page 1065: ...recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on...

Page 1066: ...on or valve visually evident Yes Repair or install a new component if necessary Go to Step 13 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT FOR SMALL LEAKS AT FUEL FILLER CAP z Turn the ignition switch to the ON p...

Page 1067: ...a leak detected Yes Repair or replace the component if necessary Go to Step 13 No Discontinue pressurizing the system Go to the next step 11 INSPECT FOR SMALL LEAK FROM EVAP RETURN TUBE TO CHARCOAL C...

Page 1068: ...est results normal Yes Go to the next step No Leakage still exists Locate leak point and repair Repeat this step 14 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0442 P0456 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disco...

Page 1069: ...lenoid valve terminal A z Short to power supply between purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 1 BC z Open circuit between purge solenoid valve terminal B and PCM terminal 1 BC z PCM malfunc...

Page 1070: ...Step 10 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage between purge solenoid valve terminal A and b...

Page 1071: ...p No Repair or replace suspected part then go to the Step 10 9 INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE z Inspect the purge solenoid valve See PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunction Ye...

Page 1072: ...mum or maximum allowable calibrated parameters for a specified canister vent duty cycle by PCM command POSSIBLE CAUSE z CV solenoid valve malfunction z Connector or terminal malfunction z Short to gro...

Page 1073: ...TED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to th...

Page 1074: ...HORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure the voltage between CV solenoid valve control terminal B and body ground z Is voltage B Yes Repair or replace su...

Page 1075: ...OID VALVE AIR FILTER COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0446 COMPLETED z Make sure to reconnect all disconnected connect...

Page 1076: ...rminal malfunction z PCM malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA o...

Page 1077: ...No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT THE FUEL TANK PRESSURE z Inspect the MAF sensor See FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there malfunction Yes Replace evaporative hose component then go...

Page 1078: ...Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC P0452 Fuel tank pressure sensor low input DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the evaporative emission...

Page 1079: ...EZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANC...

Page 1080: ...ND z Turn the ignition switch off z Inspect for continuity between fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A wiring harness side and body ground z Is there continuity Yes Repair or replace suspected part t...

Page 1081: ...nspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0453 Fuel tank pressure sensor high input DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the evaporative emission EVAP control system fuel tan...

Page 1082: ...EZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANC...

Page 1083: ...z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure the voltage between the following terminals Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A wiring harness side and body ground Fuel tank press...

Page 1084: ...e more than 10 kilohms Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 8 INSPECT FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR z Inspect the fuel tank pressure sensor See FUEL TANK PRESSURE...

Page 1085: ...or malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go...

Page 1086: ...TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0455 Evaporative emission system leak detected gross leak no flow DETECTION CONDITION z P0455 indicates that a substantial leak or blockage has been det...

Page 1087: ...E OR STORED DTCs z Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position Engine off z Verify related pending code or stored DTCs z Are other DTCs present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting S...

Page 1088: ...sure stay above 1 99 kPa PID FTP_H2O displays 8 Yes Go to the next step No Verify that the fuel filler cap is installed correctly Repair or install a new components if necessary Go to Step 8 6 INSPECT...

Page 1089: ...xt step No Leakage still exists Locate leak point and repair Repeat this step 9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0455 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn...

Page 1090: ...MATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the avai...

Page 1091: ...TC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Start the engine and run it at idle z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See...

Page 1092: ...ility z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins If the vehicle is not repaired go to the next step No Go to the next ste...

Page 1093: ...ZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0461 Fuel gauge sender unit range performance problem DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM monitors the fuel level input communications network message for a concern...

Page 1094: ...other DTCs present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER No Go to the next step 5 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0461 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconne...

Page 1095: ...ir order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis...

Page 1096: ...EDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0463 Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION...

Page 1097: ...TORED DTC IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER z Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position Engine off z Verify stored DTCs in instrument cluster z Is other DTCs present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspe...

Page 1098: ...2 terminal B and PCM terminal 1AM Short to power supply between fan control module No 2 terminal B and PCM terminal 1AM Short to ground circuit between fan control module No 2 terminal B and PCM termi...

Page 1099: ...n relay terminal E Open circuit between fan control module terminal 1A and body ground 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Nov...

Page 1100: ...next step No Go to the next step 3 INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect fan control module connector z Inspect for poor connection such...

Page 1101: ...ng harness side and body ground Fan control module No 2 terminal C wiring harness side and body ground Single fan control module Fan control module terminal 1A wiring harness side and body ground z Ar...

Page 1102: ...minal B wiring harness side and body ground Single fan control module Fan control module terminal 1B wiring harness side and body ground z Are there continuity Yes Repair or replace suspected part the...

Page 1103: ...ext step 10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0480 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER...

Page 1104: ...ION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY...

Page 1105: ...ression See COMPRESSION INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is the engine compression normal Yes Go to the next step No Overhaul the engine then go to the next step 8 INSPECT FOR RESTRICTION IN EXHAUST SYSTEM AND TW...

Page 1106: ...oncern z Intake air restriction z Exhaust restriction z Sludged throttle body z Vacuum leakage z Throttle body malfunction z PCM malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN...

Page 1107: ...g part then go to Step 7 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE z Is the throttle body clogged Yes Clean or replace the throttle body passage then go to the next step No Go to the next...

Page 1108: ...he repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bul...

Page 1109: ...Is PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR...

Page 1110: ...STORED DTCs z Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position Engine off z Verify related pending code or stored DTCs z Is other DTCs present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting See DT...

Page 1111: ...ng the M MDS z Perform the KOEO and KOER self test See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next st...

Page 1112: ...terminal B and PCM terminal 2BL z Short to power circuit between PCV valve heater fitting terminal B and PCM terminal 2AU z Open circuit between PCV valve heater control terminal B and PCM terminal 2...

Page 1113: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 39 AM Page 249 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 1114: ...V valve heater control and PCV valve heater fitting connector z Inspect for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part t...

Page 1115: ...replace suspected part then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect PCM connector z Inspect for poor connection su...

Page 1116: ...Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER self test using the M MDS See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is the PENDING CODE for the DTC present Yes Replace the PCM th...

Page 1117: ...1AT z Short to power supply between cruise control switch terminal C and PCM terminal 1 AP z Short to ground circuit between cruise control switch terminal B and PCM terminal 1AT z Short to ground ci...

Page 1118: ...TED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to th...

Page 1119: ...spected part then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition switch off z Inspect for continuity between the following terminal...

Page 1120: ...TING OF DTC P0579 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M...

Page 1121: ...pen circuit between cruise control switch terminal C and PCM terminal 1AP z Short to power supply between cruise control switch terminal B and PCM terminal 1 AT z Short to power supply between cruise...

Page 1122: ...itch connector z Inspect for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 4 IINSP...

Page 1123: ...ep 8 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0581 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the...

Page 1124: ...Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins z If the vehicle is not repaired go to the next step No Go to the next step 3 INSPECT FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION z Disconnect al...

Page 1125: ...icle ID block POSSIBLE CAUSE z Vehicle ID data corrupted by the M MDS during vehicle ID reprogramming STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been r...

Page 1126: ...AIR PROCEDURE z Perform the After Repair Procedure See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed...

Page 1127: ...RDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagno...

Page 1128: ...rosion z Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 7 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect t...

Page 1129: ...L INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PRECAUTION See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable D...

Page 1130: ...from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO and KOER self test See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM...

Page 1131: ...ected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO and KOER self test See KOEO KOER SELF T...

Page 1132: ...VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF P0606 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memo...

Page 1133: ...e is not repaired go to the next step No Perform PCM reprograming using the M MDS then go to next step 3 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0607 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connector...

Page 1134: ...t step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repai...

Page 1135: ...CM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO and KOER self test See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go t...

Page 1136: ...DTC troubleshooting See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT FOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE CONCERNS z Inspect the PCM wiring harness for damage z Verify the correct operation of the sensors usin...

Page 1137: ...o the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P0610 Control module vehicle options error DETECTION CONDITION z Indicates a PCM vehicle options error POSSIBLE C...

Page 1138: ...ent Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the After Repair Procedure See AFTER REPAIR PROCE...

Page 1139: ...oting See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION z Disconnect all the PCM connectors z Visually inspect for Pushed out pins Corrosion z Connect all the PCM connec...

Page 1140: ...other DTCs which are causing the FMEM Diagnose other DTCs first STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Re...

Page 1141: ...ll disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO and KOER self test z Retrieve...

Page 1142: ...line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins z If the vehicle is not repaired go to th...

Page 1143: ...OOTING OF DTC P061C HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors are reconnected z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the...

Page 1144: ...t between generator terminal LI and PCM terminal 2AG z Open circuit between generator terminal B and battery positive terminal z Short to ground between generator terminal LI and PCM terminal 2AG z Sh...

Page 1145: ...A HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Maz...

Page 1146: ...o Step 12 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure voltage between generator terminal LI wiring h...

Page 1147: ...Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 12 11 INSPECT GENERATOR z Inspect the generator See GENERATOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunction Yes Replace the gene...

Page 1148: ...ates the input is lower than the load should be in normal operation The load input could be low when no generator output exists POSSIBLE CAUSE z Drive belt damaged z Generator malfunction z Short to g...

Page 1149: ...A HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Maz...

Page 1150: ...xt step 5 INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Inspect for continuity between the following terminal Generator terminal RC wiring harness side and body ground Generator terminal LI wiring h...

Page 1151: ...M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER self test using the M MDS See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is the PENDING CODE for the DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTA...

Page 1152: ...power supply between generator terminal RC and PCM terminal 2S z Short to power supply between generator terminal LI and PCM terminal 2AG z Connector or terminal malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Tou...

Page 1153: ...o the next step 4 INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure the voltage between the following terminals Generator terminal...

Page 1154: ...tep 9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P0626 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER self t...

Page 1155: ...minal 1U z Fuel tank pressure sensor malfunction z Connector or terminal malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA Yes Go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE P...

Page 1156: ...lfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 7 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the PCM connector z Insp...

Page 1157: ...e PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are...

Page 1158: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1159: ...on such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 7 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR S...

Page 1160: ...y control circuit output from the PCM The test fails when the PCM grounds the A C relay control circuit excessive current draw is detected on the A C relay control circuit or with the A C relay contro...

Page 1161: ...TIC PROCEDURE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 40 AM Page 297 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 1162: ...o ACCS input to PCM is requesting A C Inspect A C system operation then go to Step 12 See DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE NUMBER INSPECTION See TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX 4 INSPECT A C RELAY CONNECTOR FOR POOR CON...

Page 1163: ...r connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 12 No Go to the next step 9 INSPECT A C RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR...

Page 1164: ...See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 13 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to th...

Page 1165: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 40 AM Page 301 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 1166: ...main relay No 1 terminal A wiring harness side and body ground z Is there continuity Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 5 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT FOR CORRECT PCM OPERATION z...

Page 1167: ...y sense circuit low DETECTION CONDITION z This DTC sets when the passive anti theft system PATS system indicates the key is in ON or START position and the ignition switch position run circuit indicat...

Page 1168: ...0689 MZI 3 7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 40 AM Page 304 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 1169: ...r PATS DTCs been diagnosed Yes Go to the next step No See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY AD...

Page 1170: ...the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 8 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z A...

Page 1171: ...0690 MZI 3 7 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 40 AM Page 307 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 1172: ...ITION AND CLEARING KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM z Have all other PATS DTCs been diagnosed Yes Go to the next step No See IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING ADVANCED KEYLESS SYS...

Page 1173: ...TION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspecti...

Page 1174: ...DTCs received with P1000 NOTE z DTC P1000 indicates that all of the OBD II monitors have not yet been successfully tested to clear DTC P1000 Yes Repair other DTCs Go to the applicable DTC Troubleshoo...

Page 1175: ...ded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line...

Page 1176: ...Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the After Repair Procedure See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE...

Page 1177: ...t wiring harness between MAF sensor terminal C wiring harness side and PCM terminal 1AJ wiring harness side z Connector or terminal malfunction z MAF sensor malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 2008 Maz...

Page 1178: ...e M MDS z Is the voltage between 0 46 2 44 V Yes Perform the INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING Then go to Step 10 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT MAF SENSOR AND PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z...

Page 1179: ...s the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Go to the next step No The system is correctly Go to the next step 10 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P1101 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected...

Page 1180: ...ITY z Verify related Service Bulletins availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bulletins z If vehicle is not repaired g...

Page 1181: ...nitors the throttle angle and air flow If the air flow is determined to be less than expected the PCM adjusts the throttle angle to compensate The air flow reduction is typically the result of sludge...

Page 1182: ...ctors are reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOER self test z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Replace the thrott...

Page 1183: ...INSPECTION ACTION 1 VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2...

Page 1184: ...rts or Start Stalls verify intermittent PATS faults Then go to the next step NOTE z PATS cannot stall the engine after 1 second of operation For intermittent Stalls while driving verify the M MDS test...

Page 1185: ...gine overheat condition was sensed by the CHT sensor z P1299 indicates that an engine overheat condition was detected by the CHT sensor z Fail safe function was activated to cool the engine POSSIBLE C...

Page 1186: ...it and slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first stop Step back while the pressure escapes z When you are sure all the pressure is gone press down on the cap using the cloth turn it and remove it...

Page 1187: ...t step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go...

Page 1188: ...overheat the go to Step 7 5 INSPECT CHT SENSOR z Inspect the CHT sensor See CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHT SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunction Yes Replace the CHT sensor then go to Ste...

Page 1189: ...MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P1289 CHT sensor circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION z Indicates a CHT sensor circuit open POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit in wiring harness between CHT sens...

Page 1190: ...p No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 2008...

Page 1191: ...oltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Disconnect the PCM connector z Inspect for poor connection such as...

Page 1192: ...he PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 9 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are an...

Page 1193: ...p No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service Bulletins 2008...

Page 1194: ...CT CHT SENSOR z Inspect the CHT sensor See CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHT SENSOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 z Is there any malfunction Yes Replace the CHT sensor then go to the next step No Go to the next step...

Page 1195: ...tep 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair o...

Page 1196: ...on z Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 7 INSPECT CKP SENSOR z Inspect the CKP sensor See CRANKSHAFT POSITION CKP SENSOR INSPECTION...

Page 1197: ...ry using the M MDS z Start the engine z Is the same DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDUR...

Page 1198: ...ee QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART MZI 3 7 z If there is any malfunction repair or replace malfunctioning part then go to the next step No Replace the battery then go to the next step 4 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING...

Page 1199: ...EEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED z Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMA...

Page 1200: ...SPECT WHETHER CV SOLENOID VALVE IS STUCK CLOSED z Open the purge solenoid valve using the EVMV PID z Does the pressure drop immediately Yes Go to the next step No Check to see if the CV solenoid valve...

Page 1201: ...esent Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z See AFTER REPAIR PROC...

Page 1202: ...2BL z Open circuit between PCV valve heater fitting B and PCM terminal 2AU z Connector or terminal malfunction z PCV valve heater control malfunction z PCV valve heater fitting malfunction 2008 Mazda...

Page 1203: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 08 41 AM Page 339 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 1204: ...t PCV valve heater control and PCV valve heater fitting connector z Inspect for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected pa...

Page 1205: ...V VALVE HEATER FITTING FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Inspect for continuity between the following circuit PCV valve heater control terminal B wiring harness side and PCM terminal 2BL wiring harness side PCV valv...

Page 1206: ...FY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshootin...

Page 1207: ...being requested to turn on the A C Inspect the A C system See DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE NUMBER INSPECTION Then go to the next step No The ACCS PID indicates that the ACCS input to the PCM is low Go to...

Page 1208: ...EPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according...

Page 1209: ...is set and the test aborts POSSIBLE CAUSE z Noise on the vehicle speed input signal from radio frequency interference electro magnetic interference z External sources such as ignition wires the chargi...

Page 1210: ...E for the DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 5 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See...

Page 1211: ...REEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Micros...

Page 1212: ...OPEN CIRCUIT z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect battery cables z Disconnect PCM connector z Check continuity between battery positive terminal harness side and PCM terminal 1BB wiring harness...

Page 1213: ...D REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis accordi...

Page 1214: ...o the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P1639 Vehicle ID block corrupted that not programmed DETECTION CONDITION z This DTC indicates that the VID block...

Page 1215: ...to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC pres...

Page 1216: ...INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information availability z Is any related Service Bulletins available Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to av...

Page 1217: ...n such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT PSP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT z Ins...

Page 1218: ...e any DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P1674 Control module software corrupted DETECTION CONDITION z Indicates that an error...

Page 1219: ...C present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR...

Page 1220: ...p No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to available Service Bulletins 2008 Mazd...

Page 1221: ...s or blake taillight then go to Step 10 5 INSPECT THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION z Check for cruise control operation z Does the cruise control operate correctly Yes Go to next step No Repair or replace...

Page 1222: ...Pushed out pins Corrosion z Connect all the PCM connectors and verify that they seat correctly z Retrieve DTCs using the M MDS z Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present Yes Go to the next step No The...

Page 1223: ...Connector or terminal malfunction z Open circuit wiring harness between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2BO z Short to power supply in wiring harness between throttle body terminal A and PC...

Page 1224: ...the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service B...

Page 1225: ...the next step 5 INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect the PCM connector z Inspect for poor connection such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Is the...

Page 1226: ...ted part then go to the next step No Go to the next step 9 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC P2100 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM mem...

Page 1227: ...range performance DETECTION CONDITION z A PCM malfunction flag is set indicating the motor circuit is open and may require cycling the key POSSIBLE CAUSE z Throttel actuator circuit are cross wired 20...

Page 1228: ...or stored DTCs z Is other DTCs present Yes Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT THROTTLE BODY AND PCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION z Turn...

Page 1229: ...to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P2104 P2104 Throttle actuator control system forced idle DTC P2105 P2105 Throttle actuator control system forced...

Page 1230: ...inspect the following for obvious signs of damage Throttle body PCM z Is a concern present Yes Isolate the concern and repair if necessary Then go to Step 6 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT ACCELERAT...

Page 1231: ...le actuator control module processor DETECTION CONDITION z The throttle actuator control area of the PCM failed the self test POSSIBLE CAUSE z Throttle body malfunction z Throttle actuator control cir...

Page 1232: ...o the next step 2 VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION AVAILABILITY z Verify related Service Bulletins and or on line repair information Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available Service...

Page 1233: ...ctuator terminal B wiring harness side and body ground z Are there voltage B Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL CIRCUITS...

Page 1234: ...the engine z Clear DTC from PCM memory using M MDS z Perform the KOEO KOER Self Test See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is same DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL...

Page 1235: ...tle actuator control circuits are cross wired z Throttle actuator control circuits are shorted each other z PCM malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZ...

Page 1236: ...floor and releasing Pedal fully released TP1 is 3 7 4 7 V Pedal fully released TP2 is 0 3 1 9 V Pedal fully depressed TP1 is 0 7 2 9 V Pedal fully depressed TP2 is 4 1 4 7 V z Are both PIDs within th...

Page 1237: ...Ds z Wiggle shake and bend the wiring harness from the TP to the PCM z Are the voltages between 0 49 4 65 V Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 7 INSPECT THRO...

Page 1238: ...n go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 10 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC...

Page 1239: ...HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Ma...

Page 1240: ...9 V Pedal fully depressed TP2 is 4 1 4 7 V z Are both PIDs within the specification Yes Go to the Step 5 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT FOR OBSTRUCTION OF THROTTLE BODY z Turn the ignition switch of...

Page 1241: ...Go to the next step No Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 9 7 INSPECT THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR VISUALLY z Turn the ignition switch off z Inspect the throttle actuator control moto...

Page 1242: ...DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P2121 APP sensor No 1 circuit range performance DTC P2126 APP sensor No 2 circuit range performance DTC P2131 APP sensor No 3 circ...

Page 1243: ...minal 1 AG P2131 Open circuit wiring harness between APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1 AC Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1 AC Short to power supply in wi...

Page 1244: ...n recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR Perform repair or diagnosis according to the 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Tou...

Page 1245: ...S z Access the PCM and monitor the APP1 APP2 and APP3 PIDs z Verify the following values of the PIDs when depressing the accelerator pedal fully to the floor APP1 0 48 1 79 V APP2 2 95 4 62 V APP3 2 4...

Page 1246: ...side E and D or F 600 1 370 ohms E and C or G 720 1 660 ohms E and H 1 300 2 960 ohms E and B 1 250 2 860 ohms H and D or F 750 1 720 ohms H and C or G 660 1 520 ohms H and B 1 230 2 810 ohms B and D...

Page 1247: ...ORT TO POWER SUPPLY z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off z Measure the voltage between the following terminals P2121 APP sensor terminal E and body ground P2126 APP sensor terminal...

Page 1248: ...26 or P2131 HAS BEEN COMPLETED z Verify that all disconnected connectors reconnected z Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M MDS z Perform the KOEO or KOER self test using the M MDS See KOEO K...

Page 1249: ...nge low POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1BA z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Y z Short to ground circui...

Page 1250: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1251: ...ect for continuity between the following terminals APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body grou...

Page 1252: ...DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC P2123 APP sensor No 1 circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION z APP sensor No 1 is out of self test range high POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit wirin...

Page 1253: ...nal C and PCM terminal 1 AH z Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1 AK z Connector or terminal malfunction z APP sensor malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 G...

Page 1254: ...n such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT APP SENSOR NO 1 z Inspect APP sensor No...

Page 1255: ...een the following terminals wiring harness side APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body ground...

Page 1256: ...t range low POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1BA z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Y z Short to ground ci...

Page 1257: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1258: ...ect for continuity between the following terminals APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body grou...

Page 1259: ...DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC P2128 APP sensor No 2 circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION z APP sensor No 2 is out of self test range high POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit wirin...

Page 1260: ...inal C and PCM terminal 1AH z Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal H and PCM terminal 1 AG z Connector or terminal malfunction z APP sensor malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 G...

Page 1261: ...such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT APP SENSOR NO 2 z Inspect APP sensor No 2...

Page 1262: ...een the following terminals wiring harness side APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body ground...

Page 1263: ...range low POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 1BA z Short to ground circuit between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1Y z Short to ground cir...

Page 1264: ...E FRAME DATA been recorded Yes Go to the next step No Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order then go to the next step VERIFY RELATED REPAIR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE...

Page 1265: ...ect for continuity between the following terminals APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body grou...

Page 1266: ...DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC P2133 APP sensor No 3 circuit high input DETECTION CONDITION z APP sensor No 3 is out of self test range high POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit wirin...

Page 1267: ...nal C and PCM terminal 1 AH z Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal B and PCM terminal 1 AC z Connector or terminal malfunction z APP sensor malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 G...

Page 1268: ...such as damaged pulled out pins corrosion z Are there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected part then go to Step 8 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT APP SENSOR NO 3 z Inspect APP sensor No 3...

Page 1269: ...een the following terminals wiring harness side APP sensor terminal F and body ground APP sensor terminal D and body ground APP sensor terminal G and body ground APP sensor terminal C and body ground...

Page 1270: ...2 voltage correlation DETECTION CONDITION z The PCM flagged a concern indicating that TP sensor No 1 and TP sensor No 2 disagree by more than a calibrated limit POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to power supply...

Page 1271: ...TION ACTION VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED Yes Go to the next step 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE On Board Diagnostic MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15...

Page 1272: ...terminal F and E 1 300 2 800 ohms Throttle body terminal C and D 1 000 2 400 ohms Throttle body terminal C and E 500 1 500 ohms Throttle body terminal D and E 700 2 100 ohms z Are all the resistances...

Page 1273: ...e next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 7 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform the AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTCs present Y...

Page 1274: ...ing procedure See PCM CONFIGURATION MZI 3 7 Then go to the next step 3 VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE OR STORED DTCs z Turn the ignition switch off then to the ON position Engine off z Verify the related...

Page 1275: ...AIR SUCTION z Visually inspect for looseness cracks or damage to the hoses in the intake air system z Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part then go to Step 13 No Go to...

Page 1276: ...UEL LEAKAGE z Visually inspect for fuel leakage in the fuel system z Is there fuel leakage Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part then go to the next step No Replace the fuel pump unit then go...

Page 1277: ...of time POSSIBLE CAUSE z Front HO2S malfunction z Fuel injector malfunction z Insufficient fuel line pressure z Leakage exhaust gas z Air suction at intake air system malfunction z Leakage fuel z MAF...

Page 1278: ...NT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS z Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 z Verify the following PIDs See PCM INSPECTION MZI 3 7 APP1 APP2 APP3 ECT MAF TP_REL VSS z Are the PIDs normal Yes Go to the next step No Inspec...

Page 1279: ...ace the HO2S then go to Step 11 No Go to the next step 9 INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR z Inspect the fuel injector for the right bank with DTC P2196 or the left bank with DTC P2198 See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTIO...

Page 1280: ...ep See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 12 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go to the...

Page 1281: ...7 No Go to the next step 4 IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME DATA z Is DTC P2270 or P2272 on the FREEZE FRAME DATA Yes Go to the next step No Go to the troubleshooting for the DTC on the FREEZE F...

Page 1282: ...E z Perform AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE See AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE MZI 3 7 z Are any DTC present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Troubleshooting completed DTC P2271 P2271 R...

Page 1283: ...eshooting for the DTC on the FREEZE FRAME DATA See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 5 INSPECT REAR HO2S z For DTC P2271 Inspect the rear HO2S RH z For DTC P2273 Inspect the rear HO2S LH See REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR...

Page 1284: ...controls the engine off natural vacuum EONV leak check monitor is separate from the main processor within the PCM POSSIBLE CAUSE z Module communications network concerns z PCM calibration level z PCM...

Page 1285: ...6 No Go to the next step 5 INSPECT FOR SELF TEST DTC P260F z Idle the engine 2 min z Perform the KOEO KOER self test z Is DTC P260F present Yes Go to the next step No Troubleshooting completed 6 INSP...

Page 1286: ...using the M MDS See KOEO KOER SELF TEST MZI 3 7 z Is the PENDING CODE for the DTC present Yes Replace the PCM then go to the next step See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 9 VE...

Page 1287: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Service Tools MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Service Tools MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009...

Page 1288: ...vice Tools 2 Of 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Service Tools MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 02 35 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Inf...

Page 1289: ...1 6 L 12 3 US qt 10 2 lmp qt Cooling system cap valve opening pressure 93 2 122 6 kPa 0 95 1 25 kgf cm2 13 5 17 8 psi Thermostat initial opening temperature 79 5 83 3 C 175 2 181 9 F Thermostat full o...

Page 1290: ...voltage 13 0 15 0 V both engine and generator are hot Generator rotor resistance between slip rings 20 C 68 F 1 8 2 2 ohm Generator brush length Standard 22 5 mm 0 89 in Minimum 5 0 mm 0 20 in Generat...

Page 1291: ...ter commutator Standard 0 5 mm 0 02 in Minimum 0 2 mm 0 008 in Starter brush length Standard 12 3 mm 0 48 in Minimum 5 5 mm 0 22 in Starter brush spring force Standard 15 0 20 4 N 1 53 2 08 kgf 3 38 4...

Page 1292: ...08 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 1 2005 Mitc...

Page 1293: ...ring Diagram 1 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchel...

Page 1294: ...ring Diagram 2 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchel...

Page 1295: ...unction check the malfunction indicator lamp MIL indication and diagnostic trouble code DTC then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE...

Page 1296: ...EX No TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION PAGE 1 Melting of main or other fuses NO 1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES MZI 3 7 2 MIL illuminates The MIL is illuminated incorrectly See NO 2 MIL ILLUMINATES M...

Page 1297: ...st idle after warm up The engine runs after the ignition switch is turned off See NO 9 FAST IDLE RUNS ON MZI 3 7 10 Low idle stalls during deceleration The engine stops unexpectedly at the beginning o...

Page 1298: ...ns test See NO 15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE MZI 3 7 16 High oil consumption leakage The oil consumption is excessive See NO 16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION LEAKAGE MZI 3 7 17 Cooling system concerns Overheating The...

Page 1299: ...E CONDITIONS MZI 3 7 26 Exhaust sulphur smell Rotten egg smell sulphur from exhaust See NO 26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL MZI 3 7 27 Fuel refill concerns The fuel tank does not fill smoothly See NO 27 FUEL...

Page 1300: ...hart 1 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 9 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 1301: ...art 2 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 10 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 1302: ...art 3 Of 4 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 10 04 AM Page 11 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 1303: ...HER FUSES MZI 3 7 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS NO 1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES 1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Symptom Troubleshooting MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Micros...

Page 1304: ...l module Cooling fan relay No 1 Dual fan control module Fan control module No 1 Dual fan control module z FAN2 fuse Cooling fan relay Single fan control module Fan control module Single fan control mo...

Page 1305: ...UMP fuse z Fuel pump relay Fuel pump PCM z INJ fuse PCM Fuel injector No 1 Fuel injector No 2 Fuel injector No 3 Fuel injector No 4 Fuel injector No 5 Fuel injector No 6 FAN1 FAN 1 fuse z Fan relay Fa...

Page 1306: ...valve RH z Oil control valve LH z Mass air flow intake air temperature sensor z Purge solenoid valve z Brake switch No 2 ENG BAR2 ENG BAR2 fuse z A C relay z PCV valve heater fitting z PCV valve heate...

Page 1307: ...ster malfunction NOTE z If the MIL blinks at steady rate misfire condition could possibly exist STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posit...

Page 1308: ...arter malfunction z Seized hydrolocked engine drive plate z Immobilizer system and or circuit malfunction z Immobilizer system operating properly Ignition key is not registered z Advanced keyless entr...

Page 1309: ...C PCM B1342 U0073 U0155 Instrument cluster B1213 B1600 B1601 B1602 B1681 B2103 B2139 B2431 U0100 U0214 Keyless control module with advanced keyless entry system B1681 B2103 B1213 Yes Go to appropriate...

Page 1310: ...onnectors z Between PCM terminal 1BG and instrument cluster terminal 1W z Between PCM terminal 1BL and instrument cluster terminal 1X Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace suspected wiring ha...

Page 1311: ...n go to step 11 14 Inspect the following harnesses Between starter relay and Battery Between starter relay and Starter Are they normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace as required Then go...

Page 1312: ...nostic index to service any additional symptoms See SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX MZI 3 7 If malfunction remains inspect related Service Bulletins and or On line Repair Information and perform repair or di...

Page 1313: ...ngs before servicing the fuel system z Fuel vapor is hazardous It can easily ignite causing serious injury and damage Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are da...

Page 1314: ...e ignition coil related wiring harness condition intermittent open or short circuit for all cylinders Are wiring harness conditions normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair the wiring harnesses 5 Insp...

Page 1315: ...ff See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Yes Go to the next step No Inspect the fuel injector See FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION MZI 3 7 If the fuel injector is normal replace the fuel pump unit See FUE...

Page 1316: ...LS AFTER START AT IDLE DESCRIPTION z Engine stops unexpectedly z A C system operation is improper z Air leakage from intake air system parts z Purge solenoid valve malfunction z Improper operation of...

Page 1317: ...ous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION and AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION described...

Page 1318: ...control module with advanced keyless entry system Are any of the following DTCs displayed DTC PCM B1342 U0073 U0155 Instrument cluster B1213 B1600 B1601 B1602 B1681 B2103 2139 B2431 U0110 U0214 Keyle...

Page 1319: ...nectors z Between PCM terminal 1BG and instrument cluster terminal 1W z Between PCM terminal 1BL and instrument cluster terminal 1X Is there any malfunction Yes Repair or replace the suspected wiring...

Page 1320: ...minal F PCM terminal 1 AD APP sensor terminal G PCM terminal 1AG APP sensor terminal H 11 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Access the TP1 TP2 PID Crank the engine with accelerator pedal released Are the...

Page 1321: ...ne run smoothly at part throttle Yes Inspect electronic throttle control system operation See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 14 Connect the M MDS to the DLC...

Page 1322: ...nspect the exhaust system part Is there any deformed exhaust system part Yes Replace the suspected part No Go to the next step 21 Install the fuel pressure gauge between the fuel pipe and the fuel dis...

Page 1323: ...at intake air system components while racing the engine to higher speed Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part No Go to the next step 26 Inspect variable valve timing control system operation S...

Page 1324: ...z Low engine compression z Engine overheating z Vacuum leakage z Erratic signal to ignition coil z Improper air fuel mixture ratio control z Poor fuel quality z PCV valve malfunction z Restriction in...

Page 1325: ...ick release connector without cleaning it may cause damage to fuel pipe and quick release connector Always clean quick release connector joint area before disconnecting connecting and make sure that i...

Page 1326: ...stem B1681 B2103 B1213 Yes Go to the appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 6 Inspect the following wiring harnesses and connectors With advanced keyless entry system...

Page 1327: ...epair or replace the suspected wiring harness and connector No Go to the next step 9 Verify the following z Vacuum connection z External fuel shut off or accessory such as kill switch alarm z Fuel qua...

Page 1328: ...Poor connection of vehicle body GND No No DTC is displayed Go to the next step 11 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Access the APP1 and APP2 APP3 PIDs Crank the engine with accelerator pedal released Are...

Page 1329: ...p 28 No Go to the next step 14 Will the engine start and run smoothly at part throttle Yes Inspect the electronic throttle control system operation See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION MZI 3...

Page 1330: ...step 20 Remove and shake the PCV valve Does the PCV valve rattle Yes Go to the next step No Replace the PCV valve 21 visually inspect the exhaust system part Is there any deformed exhaust system part...

Page 1331: ...ect the variable valve timing control system operation See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Does variable valve timing control function properly Yes Go to the next step No Repair or...

Page 1332: ...s normal range but ECT PID is not same as temperature gauge reading inspect CHT sensor If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates cold range but ECT PID is normal inspect temperature gauge a...

Page 1333: ...ion z Improper valve timing z Improper variable valve timing control system operation z Erratic signal from CKP sensor z Improper air fuel mixture ratio control operation abnormal signal form MAF sens...

Page 1334: ...tor without cleaning it may cause damage to fuel pipe and quick release connector Always clean quick release connector joint area before disconnecting connecting and make sure that it is free of forei...

Page 1335: ...pressure side lines Start engine and idle it Turn the A C switch on Measure low side and high side pressures Are pressures within specifications See REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK NOTE z The following tes...

Page 1336: ...o the next step No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to electronic throttle control system operation inspection results 12 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel pipe and fuel dist...

Page 1337: ...there any deformed exhaust system part Yes Replace the suspected part No Go to the next step 18 Visually inspect the CMP sensor and teeth of camshaft Are the CMP sensor and teeth of camshaft normal Y...

Page 1338: ...to the DLC 2 Access ECT PID Start and warm up engine to normal operating temperature Is ECT PID between 82 112 C 180 234 F Yes Go to the next step No ECT PID is higher than 112 C 234 F Go to symptom t...

Page 1339: ...celerator pedal position sensor 5 z Verify test results If normal return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms See SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX MZI 3 7 If malfunction remains inspect rela...

Page 1340: ...oes the A C magnetic clutch engage Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No 24 A C is always on or A C compressor runs continuously See NO 24 A C IS ALWAYS ON OR A C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY MZI 3 7 N...

Page 1341: ...PID Inspect VSS 8 Access and monitor BOO TR PIDs Are PIDs values normal See PCM INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Yes Go to the next step No If the BOO PID is not normal z Inspect brake switch and related wiring ha...

Page 1342: ...Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration z Momentary minor irregularity in engine output z Improper A C system operation z Erratic signal or no signal from CMP sensor z Air...

Page 1343: ...diagnosis and repair procedures Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system z Fuel vapor is hazardous It can easily ignite causing serious injury and damage Always keep sparks and fl...

Page 1344: ...the next step 3 Is engine overheating Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No 17 Cooling system concerns Overheating No Go to the next step 4 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Access APP1 APP2 APP3 RPM VPW...

Page 1345: ...spection results 9 Visually inspect deformed exhaust system part Is there any deformed exhaust system part Yes Replace the suspected part No Go to the next step 10 Install fuel pressure gauge between...

Page 1346: ...g part 14 Inspect the front HO2S See FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Is the front HO2S normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the front HO2S See REAR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S RE...

Page 1347: ...nal diagnostic information is not available replace the PCM See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 12 LACK LOSS OF POWER ACCELERATION CRUISE DESCRIPTION Performance is poor under load such as power down...

Page 1348: ...r procedures Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system z Fuel vapor is hazardous It can easily ignite causing serious injury and damage Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel...

Page 1349: ...ine overheating Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No 17 Cooling system concerns Overheating No Go to the next step 4 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Access APP1 APP2 APP3 RPM MAF TP1 TP2 IAT and VSS PI...

Page 1350: ...ottle control system operation inspection results 9 visually inspect deformed exhaust system part Is there any deformed exhaust system part Yes Replace the suspected part No Go to the next step 10 Ins...

Page 1351: ...N INSPECTION MZI 3 7 No Go to the next step 14 Visually inspect the CMP sensor and projections of camshaft pulley Are the CMP sensor and projections of camshaft pulley normal Yes Go to the next step N...

Page 1352: ...contains the fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system z Fuel vapor is hazardous It can easily ignite causing serious injury and damage A...

Page 1353: ...spect for cause 5 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel pipe and fuel distributor Start the engine and idle it Measure fuel line pressure during idle Is fuel line pressure correct during idle See F...

Page 1354: ...tion z PCV valve malfunction z Brake dragging z Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing chain z Contaminated MAF sensor z Improper engine compression z Exhaust system clogging WARNING The f...

Page 1355: ...on switch to the ON position Engine off Retrieve any DTCs Are there any DTCs displayed Yes DTC is displayed Go to the appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No No DTC is displayed Go to the...

Page 1356: ...exhaust system part Is there any deformed exhaust system Yes Replace the suspected part No Go to the next step 9 Inspect for contaminated MAF sensor Is there any contamination Yes Go to the next step...

Page 1357: ...harness z Catalyst converter malfunction z Engine internal parts malfunction z Excessive carbon is built up in combustion chamber z Improper engine compression z Improper valve timing WARNING The foll...

Page 1358: ...onnect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off Retrieve any DTCs Are there any DTCs displayed Yes DTC is displayed Go to appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE...

Page 1359: ...TALLATION MZI 3 7 High Replace the fuel pump unit See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 9 Remove and shake the PCV valve Does the PCV valve rattle Yes Go to the next step No Replace the PCV...

Page 1360: ...nction z Improper dipstick z Improper engine oil viscosity z Engine internal parts malfunction STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION 1 Remove and shake the PCV valve Does the PCV valve rattle Yes Go to the n...

Page 1361: ...than normal temperature overheats POSSIBLE CAUSE z Improper coolant level z Blown fuses z Coolant leakage z Excessive A C system pressure z A C system operation is improper z Improper water anti freez...

Page 1362: ...t in wiring harness between A C relay and PCM terminal 1N z Seized A C magnetic clutch z A C magnetic clutch malfunction If all items are normal go to the next step 4 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Ac...

Page 1363: ...r blockage No Access ECT PID Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge readings If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates normal range but ECT PID is not same as temperature gauge read...

Page 1364: ...Yes Access ECT PID Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature gauge on instrument cluster readings If the temperature gauge on the instrument cluster indicates normal range but ECT PID is not the same...

Page 1365: ...Ignition system malfunction WARNING The following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures Read following warnings before servicing fuel system z Fuel vapor is...

Page 1366: ...e following z Damaged valve guide stems or valve seals z Blocked oil drain passage in cylinder head z Piston ring is not seated seized or worn z Damaged cylinder bore If other driveability symptoms ar...

Page 1367: ...OVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 High Replace the fuel pump unit See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 7 Perform the spark test See ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Is strong blue...

Page 1368: ...eyes To prevent this always complete BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION and AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION described in this manual See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 CAUTION...

Page 1369: ...propriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No No DTC is displayed Inspect charcoal canister for fuel saturation If excess amount of liquid fuel is present replace the charcoal canister 5 z Verify...

Page 1370: ...er P S fluid level Rap or roar noise z Dynamic dumper looseness z Exhaust system looseness z Intake air system looseness Other noise z Camshaft friction gear noise or MLA noise z Timing chain noise ST...

Page 1371: ...oise present Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No 13 Knocking pinging See NO 13 KNOCKING PINGING ACCELERATION CRUISE MZI 3 7 No If the noise comes from the engine internal inspect for friction gear ti...

Page 1372: ...eels z ATX z Driveline z Suspension No Readjust or retighten engine mount installation position Service if necessary for other parts 2 z Verify test results If normal return to diagnostic index to ser...

Page 1373: ...GND condition of magnetic clutch on A C compressor If GND condition is normal inspect for open circuit magnetic clutch coil No Go to the next step 3 Disconnect refrigerant pressure switch connector C...

Page 1374: ...vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available replace the PCM See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 24 A C IS ALWAYS ON OR A C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY DESCRIPTION A...

Page 1375: ...frigerant pressure switch and PCM terminal 1R No Go to the next step 4 Reconnect refrigerant pressure switch connector Turn off A C switch Does A C remain working NOTE z A C should not work when turni...

Page 1376: ...ssor disengage when the A C switch is turned off Yes Go to the next step No Go to symptom troubleshooting NO 24 A C IS ALWAYS ON OR A C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY 2 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 Tu...

Page 1377: ...lames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete BE...

Page 1378: ...nit See FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 5 Inspect the charcoal canister for fuel saturation Is excess amount of liquid fuel present in canister Yes Replace the charcoal canister No Inspect...

Page 1379: ...eyes To prevent this always complete BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION and AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION described in this manual See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 CAUTION...

Page 1380: ...air or diagnosis z If vehicle is repaired troubleshooting completed z If vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available replace the PCM See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI...

Page 1381: ...e ignition switch to the ON position Engine off Retrieve any DTCs Are there any DTCs displayed Yes DTC is displayed Go to the appropriate DTC inspection See DTC TABLE MZI 3 7 No No DTC is displayed Go...

Page 1382: ...njection volume z Compression No compression low compression z Malfunction spark plug Grayish white with specific plug z Air fuel mixture Insufficient fuel injection volume z Malfunction spark plug We...

Page 1383: ...nector joint area before disconnecting connecting and make sure that it is free of foreign material STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION 1 Remove all the spark plugs Inspect spark plug condition Is spark pl...

Page 1384: ...ircuit in injector z Leakage z Injection volume No Zero or low Inspect the fuel pump relay and fuel pump circuit Inspect the fuel line for clogging If there is no malfunction replace the fuel pump uni...

Page 1385: ...See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Yes Go to the next step No Zero or low Inspect the fuel pump relay and fuel pump circuit Inspect the fuel line for clogging If there is no malfunction replace...

Page 1386: ...dy GND using a jumper wiring Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Engine off Is fuel line pressure correct with the ignition switch at ON See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Yes Inspect t...

Page 1387: ...vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available replace the PCM See PCM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 NOTE z There are several reasons vehicle or engine vibration could ca...

Page 1388: ...D value is unstable inspect for poor connection Fig 10 Inspection Method For Sensor Connectors Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Inspection Method for Sensors 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 Turn the i...

Page 1389: ...RINKLING METHOD If malfunction occurs only under high humidity or rainy snowy weather perform the following steps 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches NOTE z If t...

Page 1390: ...place the malfunctioning part 4 Confirm that the irregular signal is no longer detected Finding irregular signals While referring to use the PID DATA monitor and record function to inspect the input s...

Page 1391: ...re the same inspect for the following points concerning the sensor connector Female terminal opening is loose Coupler pin holder damage CAUTION z Compare the M MDS monitor voltage with the measurement...

Page 1392: ...loose or disconnected GND system inspection for variable resistance type 1 z Confirm that terminal sensor 5 is at 0 V If it is at 0 V inspect the sensor z If necessary replace the sensor If not inspec...

Page 1393: ...mp is loose or disconnected 2 Measure the 2 sensor terminal voltage z If there is a 0 5 V or more difference between the sensor and the M MDS voltages inspect the wiring harness for open or short circ...

Page 1394: ...se Coupler pin holder damage Pin discoloration blackness Harness pin crimp is loose or disconnected 2 Measure the 2 sensor terminal voltage z If there is a 0 5 V or more difference between the sensor...

Page 1395: ...EM INSPECTION Engine coolant temperature compensation inspection 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 Access the following PIDs z ECT z IAT z RPM 3 Verify that the engine is cold then start the engine 4...

Page 1396: ...z If the PID reading is out of range perform the following Remove the air duct from the throttle valve body Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal is depressed z If the thrott...

Page 1397: ...nders not heard Go to the next step Some cylinders not heard Go to Step 3 2 Perform main relay operation inspection Is main relay operation normal Yes Inspect the following z Fuel injector power syste...

Page 1398: ...gine speed to 4 000 rpm 2 Quickly release the accelerator pedal brake pedal is not depressed and verify that the wave profile constant B and appears wave when the engine speed drops below 2 200 rpm z...

Page 1399: ...the following procedure FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM INSPECTION CHART WARNING z High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can result in serious injury Avoid direct contac...

Page 1400: ...coil See IGNITION COIL INSPECTION MZI 3 7 No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part then go to Step 1 5 z Measure the voltage at terminal A in each ignition coils z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the n...

Page 1401: ...or the EVAPCP PID using the M MDS and drive the vehicle approx 2 000 rpm for 30 sec or more z If the EVAPCP PID is 0 inspect the following MAF APP1 APP2 APP3 TP_REL and LOAD PIDs If simulation functio...

Page 1402: ...minal 1N A C related parts APP1 APP2 APP3 PIDs COOLING FAN CONTROL SYSTEM INSPECTION 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 3 Perform the KO...

Page 1403: ...trol module See FAN CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 Cooling fan motor No 2 does not operate z Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and the cooling fan motor No 2 z Poor con...

Page 1404: ...lley with built in variable valve timing actuator For left bank 1 Disconnect OCV LH connector 2 Warm up the engine to idle 3 Apply the battery voltage to the OCV and verify that the engine idles rough...

Page 1405: ...s test consists of three stages and each stage is performed automatically as follows Stage 1 test Test for large leak or blockage z M MDS send the stage 1 test start signal to the PCM z PCM controls t...

Page 1406: ...est signal to the PCM to turn off the CV solenoid for check the blockage of EVAP system z M MDS detect blockage of the CV solenoid valve or air filter if the tank pressure does not arrive at the targe...

Page 1407: ...detected in the EVAP system at this time z M MDS can not detect VERY SMALL LEAK To identify the leak point please use the leak tester or ultrasonic leak detector Evaporative system test procedure 1 V...

Page 1408: ...hould read 331 381 mm 13 15 in of water z If the gauge is not reading in this range adjust the pressure by turning the black knob on the low pressure regulator at the nitrogen bottle 5 Turn the contro...

Page 1409: ...hose assembly part of the SST and to the fuel filler neck 5 Connect the vehicle interface hose part of the SST to the center fitting of the vehicle cap test hose assembly part of the SST 3 Connect th...

Page 1410: ...ystem has large leakage Check for leakage and repair as necessary 9 Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative emissions leak NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK z The fl...

Page 1411: ...ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 01 56 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Comp...

Page 1412: ...mponents Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ENGINE TUNE UP MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 01 56 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell...

Page 1413: ...UP PREPARATION 2 Verify that the ignition timing M MDS SPARKADV is within the specification using M MDS function Ignition timing Approx BTDC 13 3 Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine...

Page 1414: ...GNITION TIMING INSPECTION See IDLE SPEED INSPECTION 3 Insert an exhaust gas analyzer into the tailpipe 4 Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within the specified regulation z If not within th...

Page 1415: ...OIL PUMP DRIVE BELT 1 Visually inspect the power steering oil pump drive belt for damage and cracks z If there is power steering oil pump drive belt damage and cracks replace the power steering oil pu...

Page 1416: ...ECTION MZI 3 7 z If the drive belt auto tensioner indicator mark is not within the limit replace the generator and A C drive belt 9 Install the splash shield RH 10 Install the front wheel and tire RH...

Page 1417: ...eering oil pump drive belt and the power steering oil pump pulley NOTE z Hold the SST by hand until it is lodges between the power steering oil pump pulley and power steering oil pump drive belt Fig 6...

Page 1418: ...he SST and the power steering oil pump Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z If there is power steering oil pump drive belt damage and cracks replace the power steering oil pump drive belt NOTE z There...

Page 1419: ...generator and A C drive belt Fig 9 Identifying Power Steering Oil Pump Drive Belt With Pulleys Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION MZI 3 7 1 Remove the engine cover See...

Page 1420: ...ve belt auto tensioner pulley by hand and verify that it rotates smoothly z Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if necessary Tightening torque 8 9 12 1 N m 91 123 kgf cm 79 107 in lbf Fig 10 Turning...

Page 1421: ...E AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 5 Remove the dynamic chamber and throttle body as a single unit See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 6 Disconnect the wiring harness 7 Remove th...

Page 1422: ...A shown in the figure z If it is not within the specification replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the median value of the standard Fig 13 Identifying Valve Clearance Gap Courtesy of M...

Page 1423: ...ation replace the tappet and adjust the valve clearance to the median value of the standard Fig 15 Locating Crank Pulley Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Standard valve clearance Engine cold IN 0 15...

Page 1424: ...dous It can very easily ignite causing serious injury and damage Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injures or...

Page 1425: ...ering oil pump See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Follow the TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION procedure and removal the timing chain See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 10 R...

Page 1426: ...is will position the No 1 cylinder at TDC CAUTION z Do not rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise The timing chains may bind causing engine damage NOTE z Verify that there are timing marks in three lo...

Page 1427: ...lockwise Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Verify that there are timing marks in two locations on the camshaft timing chain If any timing marks are missing mark the camshaft timing chain z If re...

Page 1428: ...Remove the timing chain in the following order 1 Chain tensioner 2 Timing chain 3 Tensioner arm 4 Chain guide 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday N...

Page 1429: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise until the keyway is in the 9 o clock position 6 Slowly compress the camshaft timing chain tensioner LH piston by hand 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand To...

Page 1430: ...Paper Clip Into Camshaft Timing Chain Tensioner LH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Install the SST onto the camshafts LH Fig 25 Identifying SST Onto Camshafts LH NOTE z The camshaft sprocket is integr...

Page 1431: ...RS CORP 12 Install the SST onto the camshafts RH 13 Remove the variable valve timing actuator camshaft timing chain and the exhaust camshaft sprocket of the RH bank as a single unit Fig 27 Identifying...

Page 1432: ...CORP LH 2 Install the variable valve timing actuator camshaft timing chain and the exhaust camshaft sprocket of the RH bank as a single unit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3...

Page 1433: ...3 Tighten to 10 N m 102 kgf cm 89 in lbf 4 Tighten to 90 5 Install the variable valve timing actuator camshaft timing chain and the exhaust camshaft sprocket of the LH bank as a single unit Fig 30 Lo...

Page 1434: ...sition This will position the No 1 cylinder at TDC 9 Follow the TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION procedure and install the timing chain See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 10 Remove the SST...

Page 1435: ...nect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the OCV See OIL CONTROL VALVE OCV REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Verify that the spool valve in the OCV is in the maximum valve timing retard position as indic...

Page 1436: ...CONTROL VALVE OCV REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 7 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE z When applying battery positive voltage between the OCV terminals the connection can be either of the fol...

Page 1437: ...sconnect the wiring harness 8 Remove the ignition coils See IGNITION COIL REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 9 Remove the dipstick 10 Remove the cylinder head cover See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI...

Page 1438: ...ression Pressure Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Repeat the test on each cylinder cranking the engine approximately the same number of compression strokes 4 The indicated compression pressures are con...

Page 1439: ...6 1 544 15 73 224 1 158 11 81 168 938 9 56 136 703 7 17 102 1 145 11 67 166 855 8 72 124 1 351 13 77 196 1 014 10 34 147 1 558 15 88 226 1 165 11 88 169 952 9 70 138 717 7 31 104 1 158 11 80 168 869 8...

Page 1440: ...0 118 1 296 13 21 188 972 9 91 141 1 503 15 32 218 1 124 11 46 163 1 710 17 43 248 1 202 12 26 186 1 103 11 24 160 827 8 43 120 1 310 13 35 190 979 9 98 142 1 517 15 46 220 1 138 11 60 165 1 724 17 57...

Page 1441: ...t See DRIVE BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 8 Remove the power steering oil pump See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Remove in the order indicated in the table 10 Install in the rever...

Page 1442: ...0 Identifying Engine Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 01...

Page 1443: ...nkshaft pulley lock bolt install a suitable spacer thickness approx 14 mm 0 55 in diameter approx 30 mm 1 18 in similar to front shock absorber lower nut to the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and install...

Page 1444: ...screwdriver as shown Fig 44 Removing Front Oil Seal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the cylinder head cover bolts in the order shown RH 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand To...

Page 1445: ...attachment hole seals using the SSTs and hammer NOTE z Inspect the OCV attachment hole seals and spark plug tube attachment hole seals Remove the any damaged seals z The OCV attachment hole seals rem...

Page 1446: ...ts finger tightened into the 4 threaded holes in the engine front cover Fig 48 Identifying Engine Front Cover No 3 Engine Mount Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Tighten the bolts one turn at a...

Page 1447: ...ion bolts in the order shown in the figure RH Fig 50 Identifying OCV Component Bolts RH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LH Fig 51 Identifying OCV Component Bolts LH 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 EN...

Page 1448: ...The timing chains may bind causing engine damage NOTE z Verify that there are timing marks in three locations Yellow 1 Black 2 on the timing chain If any timing marks are missing mark the timing chai...

Page 1449: ...t Sprocket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OCV COMPONENT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Tighten the OCV component installation bolts in the order shown in the figure RH 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Me...

Page 1450: ...NOTE 1 Verify that the crankshaft keyway is at 11 o clock position NOTE z Of the three marked locations on the timing chain align the mark that has a different color to the crankshaft sprocket side t...

Page 1451: ...ng chain tensioner and release the plunger lock Fig 57 Identifying Timing Chain Component Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z The plunger should retract with minimal force If binding occurs remove th...

Page 1452: ...1 5 mm 0 059 in thick wire or paper clip where the link plate hole and the tensioner body hole overlap to fix the link plate and lock the plunger 7 Install the timing chain in the following order 1 C...

Page 1453: ...f Fig 62 Identifying Crankshaft Sprocket Tensioner Arm Timing Chain Chain Tensioner Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Remove the retaining wire Fig 63 View Of Retaining Wire 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Tourin...

Page 1454: ...figure Fig 64 Identifying Engine Front Cover Sealant Area Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Tightening Torque TIGHTENING TORQUE SPECIFICATION CAUTION z Install the engine front cover and No 3 engine mount...

Page 1455: ...02 kgf cm 89 in lbf 2 Tighten to 20 28 N m 2 1 2 8 kgf m 15 20 ft lbf Fig 66 Identifying Engine Front Cover Bolts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Install the engine front c...

Page 1456: ...TION NOTE 1 Apply silicone sealant Loctite 5900 to the mating faces as shown RH Fig 68 Applying Silicone Sealant To Mating Faces RH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LH 2 Install the cylinder head cover w...

Page 1457: ...TION z Install the cylinder head cover installation bolt and studs within 5 min of applying the silicone sealant Fig 69 Applying Silicone Sealant To Mating Faces LH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008...

Page 1458: ...r diameter 58 70 mm 2 3 2 7 in Inner diameter 56 58 mm 2 3 2 2 in Tube with board thickness 2 mm 0 079 in or more Fig 72 Tapping Front Oil Seal With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CRANKSHAFT PULLEY...

Page 1459: ...gure to lock the crankshaft rotation 2 Tighten the new crankshaft pulley lock bolt in four steps 1 Tighten to 140 N m 14 kgf m 103 ft lbf 2 Loosen 360 one full turn in reverse order 3 Tighten to 47 53...

Page 1460: ...keep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injures or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this al...

Page 1461: ...NG CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION procedure and removal the timing chain See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 15 Remove in the order indicated in the table 16 Install in the reverse order of remo...

Page 1462: ...position This will position the No 1 cylinder at TDC CAUTION z Do not rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise The timing chains may bind causing engine damage NOTE z Verify that there are timing marks...

Page 1463: ...ig 77 Turning Crankshaft Clockwise Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Verify that there are timing marks in two locations on the camshaft timing chain If any timing marks are missing mark the camsha...

Page 1464: ...Timing Chain Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP RH 4 Remove the timing chain in the following order 1 Chain tensioner 2 Timing chain 3 Tensioner arm 4 Chain guide Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda C...

Page 1465: ...ZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise until the keyway is in the 9 o clock position 6 Slowly compress the camshaft timing chain tensioner LH piston by hand 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Tou...

Page 1466: ...the camshaft LH approx 3 to a neutral position Fig 83 Inserting Wire Or Paper Clip Into Camshaft Timing Chain Tensioner LH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z The cylinder head and the camshaft bear...

Page 1467: ...ner RH piston by hand Fig 85 Identifying Camshaft Cap Bolts Loosen Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 12 Insert an approx 1 0 mm 0 039 in thin wire or paper clip into the camshaft timing chain ten...

Page 1468: ...gure and remove the camshaft cap 15 Remove the camshaft camshaft sprocket camshaft timing chain and camshaft timing chain tensioner of the RH bank as a single unit NOTE z The cylinder head and the cam...

Page 1469: ...Front Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Tighten the cylinder head bolts in the order in 6 steps in the order shown in the figure NOTE z The cylinder head bolts must...

Page 1470: ...the camshaft timing chain by aligning the colored links on the camshaft timing chain with Step Installation position Tightening torque 1 1 16 20 N m 2 0 kgf m 15 ft lbf 2 1 16 35 N m 3 6 kgf m 26 ft...

Page 1471: ...position as shown Fig 93 Identifying Timing Mark Of Crankshaft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install the RH bank camshaft caps and temporarily tighten the camshaft cap bolts evenly in the order show...

Page 1472: ...ing Wire Into Camshaft Timing Chain Tensioner RH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Using the RH bank camshaft sprocket installation bolt at the position shown in the figure rotate the RH bank camshaft c...

Page 1473: ...ing Camshaft Component LH Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LH Fig 98 Locating Camshaft Timing Chain Marks Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Position the camshafts onto the cylinder head LH in the neutral p...

Page 1474: ...101 in lbf Fig 100 Identifying Camshaft Cap Bolts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Remove the retaining wire inserted into the camshaft timing chain tensioner LH Fig 101 Identifying...

Page 1475: ...ION 7 Position the front stabilizer control link lower side RH out of the way See FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Position the tie rod end ball joint RH out of the way See FRONT CROSSMEMBER RE...

Page 1476: ...Fig 103 Identifying Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Crankshaft Pulley Oil Seal Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CRANKSHAFT PULLEY LOCK BOLT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the cover as shown in...

Page 1477: ...nkshaft rotation 3 Remove the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and washer Fig 105 Removing Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NO 3 ENGINE MOUNT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Loosen the No 1 engine...

Page 1478: ...E REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 The cowl panel See COWL PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 The air cleaner See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 5 The front cooler pipe installation bolt position the...

Page 1479: ...o the right side CAUTION z Refer to the SST instruction manual for the basic handing procedure NOTE z When installing the SST adjust the position of each shaft so that they do not interfere with the v...

Page 1480: ...that they are the same height left and right and horizontal 5 Make sure each joint is securely tightened Fig 111 View Of Left Right Front Shaft Of SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Support the engin...

Page 1481: ...approx 30 mm 1 18 in similar to front shock absorber lower nut to the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and install the crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft Fig 113 Identifying Crankshaft Pulley L...

Page 1482: ...OTE 1 Push the front oil seal slightly in by hand 2 Tap the front oil seal in evenly using the SST and a hammer Substitution SST z 49G028 203 Outer diameter 58 70 mm 2 3 2 7 in Inner diameter 56 58 mm...

Page 1483: ...t Fig 117 Identifying Crankshaft Pulley Washer SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Tighten the SST nut and install the crankshaft pulley NOTE z Lubricate the contact surface exterior area of inner dia...

Page 1484: ...n the order of A B Fig 119 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Tighten the No 1 engine mount bolt C at the specified torque No 1 engine mount through bolt tightening...

Page 1485: ...NING TORQUE SPECIFICATION Fig 122 Identifying No 3 Engine Mount Bolt Nuts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Remove the SST 49 C017 5A0 7 Install the following parts 1 Install the fro...

Page 1486: ...ANKSHAFT PULLEY LOCK BOLT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Rotate the crankshaft clockwise and set a wrench to the drive plate bolt at the position shown in the figure to lock the crankshaft rotation 2 Tighten the...

Page 1487: ...1 Remove the automatic transaxle See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 2 Remove the drive plate See DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 3 Remove in the order ind...

Page 1488: ...l seal slightly in by hand 2 Tap the rear oil seal in evenly using the SST and a hammer Substitution SST z 49W011 101 Outer diameter 105 mm 4 13 in or more Inner diameter 93 105 mm 3 7 4 1 in Tube wit...

Page 1489: ...AL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 10 Remove the resonance chamber See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 11 Remove the both front wheels and tires See GENERAL PROCEDURES SUSPENSION 12 Remove the spl...

Page 1490: ...ELEASE CONNECTOR EMISSION SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 25 Disconnect the wiring harness 26 Remove the A C compressor with the pipes connected and secure the A C compressor using wire or rope so...

Page 1491: ...ransaxle Engine Mount Bracket Engine Mount Rubber Torque 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 01 58 AM Page 81 2005 Mitchell Rep...

Page 1492: ...bolts A and B as shown Fig 130 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bracket Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Remove the No 1 engine mount No 1 engine mount bracket and the front crossmember as a single...

Page 1493: ...11 6 17 3 ft lbf CAUTION z Remove the engine and transaxle carefully holding it steady If the transaxle falls it could be damaged or cause injury NOTE z When lowering the engine slightly move it to t...

Page 1494: ...ine mount bolts and nuts in the order shown in the figure 4 Temporarily tighten the No 4 engine mount bracket in two passes Fig 136 Identifying No 3 Engine Mount Bolts Nuts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 1495: ...g 138 Identifying No 4 Engine Mount Bracket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install the No 1 engine mount No 1 engine mount bracket and the front crossmember as a single unit See FRONT CROSSMEMBER REM...

Page 1496: ...aft installation bolt and disconnect the steering shaft See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL INSTALLATION Fig 141 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 9 Install the transv...

Page 1497: ...in the figure Tightening Torque TIGHTENING TORQUE SPECIFICATION Installation Position Tightening Torque 1 2 7 74 5 104 9 N m 7 60 10 6 kgf m 55 0 77 3 ft lbf 3 4 5 6 43 1 74 N m 4 40 7 54 kgf m 31 8 5...

Page 1498: ...OVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 8 Remove the intake air system See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 9 Remove the exhaust system See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 10 Remove the th...

Page 1499: ...LLATION NOTE 1 Tighten the No 3 engine mount stay engine front cover side in the order shown in the figure Tightening torque 21 6 30 4 N m 2 21 3 09 kgf m 16 0 22 4 ft lbf 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Tourin...

Page 1500: ...MOTORS CORP WATER INLET PIPE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Apply clean engine coolant to the O ring 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Mechanical MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 0...

Page 1501: ...2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 05 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair In...

Page 1502: ...ourtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAR NAVIGATION SYSTEM REAR ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 05 AM...

Page 1503: ...omponents Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR VIEW MONITOR 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 05 AM Page 3 200...

Page 1504: ...Camera Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ANTENNA FEEDER 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 05 AM Page 4 2005 Mitchell Rep...

Page 1505: ...T CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front console box See FRONT CONSOLE BOX...

Page 1506: ...tesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AUDIO UNIT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY STANDARD AUDIO CAUTION z When installing the Audio unit make sure that the wiring harness and antenna feeder are not caught between the unit a...

Page 1507: ...the left and right to switch the action illumination ON OFF May or may not be equipped depends on the vehicle Fig 8 Turning Audio Control Dial To Left Right Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP put the disa...

Page 1508: ...SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Third row seat RH See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Rear scuff plate inner RH See REAR SCUFF PLATE REM...

Page 1509: ...ct Programmable Module Installation 2 Select AM 4 Perform the configuration according to the directions on the screen 5 Retrieve DTCs by the M MDS then verify that there is no DTC present z If a DTC s...

Page 1510: ...der of removal FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Remove the speaker with the wiring harness passing through the groove of the front door module FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION CAUTION z If the spea...

Page 1511: ...door speaker Fig 14 Identifying Front Door Speaker Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the inner sail garnis...

Page 1512: ...rear door speaker Resistance Standard 4 ohms Bose 2 ohms 2 Connect a 1 5 V battery to the rear door speaker and verify that noise is heard from the rear door speaker z If no noise is heard replace the...

Page 1513: ...ront Speaker Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal FRONT SPEAKER INSPECTION 1 Verify the resistance between front speaker terminals z If the resistance is...

Page 1514: ...SOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 20 Identifying Center Speaker Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 1515: ...AT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Rear scuff plate inner See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Trunk sid...

Page 1516: ...replace the rear speaker Fig 23 Identifying Rear Speaker Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ROOF SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the RES unit cover...

Page 1517: ...CORP TWEETER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the cover from the dashboard using a flathead screwdriver wrapped with protective tape 3 Remove the solar radiation...

Page 1518: ...CORP SPEAKER CONNECTION INSPECTION WITH BOSE 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position 2 While pressing the POWER button simultaneously press the AUDIO button for 2 s or more 3 Input diagn...

Page 1519: ...ide box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 30 Identifying Bass Box Components T...

Page 1520: ...N 2 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Third row seat belt lower a...

Page 1521: ...NSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 33 View Of Audiopilot Microphone Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install in the reverse order of re...

Page 1522: ...ntifying Noise Filter Remove Install Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install in the reverse order of removal NOISE FILTER INSPECTION 1 Verify the resistance and continuity between the noise...

Page 1523: ...between the glass antenna terminals using an ohmmeter z If not as specified replace the glass antenna See FILAMENT REPAIR Fig 37 Glass Antenna Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 1524: ...nna feeder No 1 is integrated in the instrument panel wiring harness z GPS antenna feeder No 2 is integrated in the rear wiring harness 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainmen...

Page 1525: ...ndicated in the table replace the front antenna feeder Fig 39 Identifying Antenna Feeder Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda...

Page 1526: ...d in the table replace the rear antenna feeder Fig 42 Rear Antenna Feeder Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 43 Identifying Rear Antenna Feeder Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MO...

Page 1527: ...1 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front...

Page 1528: ...ig 47 Identifying Audio Control Switch Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION WITHOUT HF TEL SYSTEM 1 Verify the resistance...

Page 1529: ...z If the resistance and continuity are not as indicated in the tables replace the audio control switch HF TEL SWITCH Switch position Resistance ohm VOL button ON 51 56 VOL button ON 140 154 SEEK butto...

Page 1530: ...S CORP R Resistance See the table RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION MICROPHONE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable Switch position Resistance ohm VOL button ON 51 56 VOL button ON 140...

Page 1531: ...RES UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 54 Identifying RES Unit Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS...

Page 1532: ...s with the positive pole and negative pole as shown in the figure 4 Install the headphone battery cover and screw Fig 56 Inserting AAA Size Batteries Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REMOTE CONTROLLER BA...

Page 1533: ...ce Fig 58 Identifying Battery Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AUXILIARY TERMINAL UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove auxiliary terminal unit panel See TRUNK SIDE T...

Page 1534: ...Power Supply Socket Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INVERTER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 S...

Page 1535: ...terminal z If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage Table inspect the parts under inspection item s and related wiring harnesses 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 If the syst...

Page 1536: ...Connected to Measured condition Voltage V Continuity Inspection item s A B AC power supply output Power supply socket AC 115 V Ignition switch is at ACC or ON position AC 103 5 126 5 z Power supply s...

Page 1537: ...A MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL INSTALLATION FRONT 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATI...

Page 1538: ...order of removal REAR 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Trunk...

Page 1539: ...y of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install in the reverse order of removal ACCESSORY SOCKET REMOVAL NOTE 1 While pressing a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver against the cap projection pull the accessory socket...

Page 1540: ...A MOTORS CORP AUXILIARY JACK REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the console cover See CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the auxiliary jack connector 4...

Page 1541: ...iliary Jack Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Entertainment Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 06 AM Page 41 2005 Mitchell Repair Inform...

Page 1542: ...TION MZI 3 7 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 4 Install in the reverse order of removal WARNING z When the engine and exhaust system are hot they can badly burn Turn off the engine and wai...

Page 1543: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER WU TWC RH REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Exhaust System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009...

Page 1544: ...IC CONVERTER WU TWC LH INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the WU TWC LH insulator 2 Temporarily tighten WU TWC LH bracket 3 Temporarily tighten WU TWC LH bracket L type engine side 4 Install the WU TWC LH 5...

Page 1545: ...e See ENGINE REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 7 Install the insulator See STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Install the joint shaft See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 9 Install the WU...

Page 1546: ...SSORIES BODY CAB Exterior Trim Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Exterior Trim Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 44 03 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Inf...

Page 1547: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Exterior Trim Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 44 03 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 1548: ...Remove the front bumper retainers 5 Remove the fasteners 6 Remove the screws A 7 Remove the grille bracket 8 Remove the screws B 9 Remove the tabs D 10 Remove the ornament 11 Remove the radiator grill...

Page 1549: ...ide cowl grille 6 Pull the cowl grille in the direction of arrow 1 so that it is free from the pins pull tabs A in the direction of arrow 2 and then remove the windshield 7 Disconnect the windshield w...

Page 1550: ...ctive tape wrapped flathead screwdriver 7 Lift partially peeling back the front beltline molding in the direction of the arrow and then remove tabs B 8 Remove the clip C 9 Remove the front beltline mo...

Page 1551: ...ING REMOVAL INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1 Fully lower the rear door glass 2 Remove the clip A using a protective tape wrapped flathead screwdriver 3 Lift partially peeling back the rear beltline molding in t...

Page 1552: ...Install the clip C 4 Install the rear beltline molding Fig 8 Identifying Rear Beltline Molding With Clips And Tab Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ROOF MOLDING REMOVAL 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008...

Page 1553: ...ud And Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ROOF MOLDING INSTALLATION 1 Attach the roof molding to the T stud at the front portion of section A 2 Hook the roof molding to clips B C and press it in to a...

Page 1554: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Trunk side trim See...

Page 1555: ...6 Remove the dynamic damper Fig 12 Identifying Dynamic Damper With Bolts Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Disconnect the request switch connector and the rear mount camera connect...

Page 1556: ...the procedure below 1 Remove the adhesive remaining on the body using razor 2 Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion surface of the body 2 When reusing the rear sash molding follow the procedure...

Page 1557: ...g of the double sided Fig 15 Identifying Double Sided Adhesive Tape Applying To Rear Sash Molding Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Hook tab B to the body in the position where tabs A and D align with t...

Page 1558: ...connector 4 Remove the nuts 5 Detach the clips and remove the rear spoiler 6 Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION z Do not press the rear sash molding in any place other than the rubber ar...

Page 1559: ...ction shown by the arrow and remove it 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 18 Identifying Rear Door Garnish With Screw Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OVER FENDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION FRONT 1...

Page 1560: ...ove the fastener 2 Remove the clips A 3 Remove the clips B 4 Remove the clip C 5 Remove the rear over fender 6 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BO...

Page 1561: ...FRONT UNDER COVER A 1 Remove the bolts 2 Remove the screws 3 Remove the front under cover A 4 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Exterior...

Page 1562: ...ront Under Cover B With Screws And Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the front over fender See OVER FENDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the bolts 3 Remov...

Page 1563: ...Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SIDE GARNISH REMOVAL FRONT 1 Pull the side garnish and remove clip A from the vehicle body 2 Slide the side garnish to the vehicle rear and remove clips B and C fr...

Page 1564: ...ve the side garnish 4 Remove clips B and C from the body then install it to the side garnish Fig 26 Identifying Rear Side Garnish With Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SIDE GARNISH INSTALLATION FRO...

Page 1565: ...of the way 2 Remove the tow fasteners shown in the figure and set the front over fender out of the way 3 Slide the side step molding in the direction of the arrow and detach clips A and B 4 Remove the...

Page 1566: ...ng With Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT SASH MOLDING REMOVAL 1 Remove the power outer mirror See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL INSTALLATION WARNING z Using a razor with bare hands can cause inj...

Page 1567: ...TION 2 Front door trim See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Inner sail garnish See INNER SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Rear door trim See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front beltli...

Page 1568: ...urface of the front sash molding and the body 3 Apply primer to the bonding area of the front sash molding 4 Affix double sided adhesive tape A to the front sash molding as shown in the figure Fig 32...

Page 1569: ...To Front Sash Molding Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Hook tab A to the body in the position where tabs B align with the sash holes 5 Press the front sash molding in the direction of the arrow and ins...

Page 1570: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Do not press the front sash molding in any place other than the rubber areas NOTE z After installing the front sash molding verify that tabs A and B are connected pr...

Page 1571: ...mm or more 0 08 in or more b 3 0 5 0 mm 0 12 0 19 in 4 Peel off the transparent protective film on the door sash film 5 Install the following parts 1 Rear door garnish See REAR DOOR GARNISH REMOVAL I...

Page 1572: ...emove it 2 While cutting the double sided adhesive tape using a flathead screwdriver or a razor separate the rear sash molding from the body 3 Remove the tab D 4 Rotate the rear sash molding in the di...

Page 1573: ...R FENDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the screws 6 Pull the extractor chamber in the direction shown by the arrow and remove it 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 39 Identifying Extractor...

Page 1574: ...e the wheel bearing axial excessive play z If it exceeds the maximum specification replace the wheel hub bearing Front wheel bearing maximum play 0 05 mm 0 002 in 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DR...

Page 1575: ...See FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT CAUTION z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring harness if it is pulled by mi...

Page 1576: ...the crimped portion of the locknut outward using a small chisel and a hammer 3 Remove the locknut 4 Install a spare nut onto the drive shaft so that the nut is flush with the end of the drive shaft 2...

Page 1577: ...5 Tapping Drive Shaft Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BRAKE CALIPER REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the brake caliper component from the steering knuckle and suspend it out of the way using a cable Fig 6 Identif...

Page 1578: ...ce remains on the front wheel hub component grind a section of the bearing inner race until approx 0 5 mm 0 02 in remains Then remove it using a chisel Fig 8 Grinding Wheel Hub Courtesy of MAZDA MOTOR...

Page 1579: ...knuckle for proper installation Fig 10 Identifying Dust Cover Mark Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Remove the dust cover using a chisel NOTE z The dust cover does not need to be removed unle...

Page 1580: ...rtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WHEEL HUB BOLT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the new hub bolt using a press NOTE z The hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand...

Page 1581: ...Marks Of Dust Cover And Knuckle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install the new dust cover using the SSTs Substitution SST z 49 G033 107 A Inner diameter 98 108 mm 3 9 4 2 in Tube with board thickness...

Page 1582: ...1 3 2 in z 49 F027 009 Outer diameter 77 82 mm 3 1 3 2 in Fig 16 Pressing Wheel Bearing Installation Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WHEEL HUB INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the wheel hub using th...

Page 1583: ...DA MOTORS CORP FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT 1 Remove the brake calliper component from the steering knuckle and suspend it out of the way using a cable 2 Remove the disc plate 3 Tap the dust cover...

Page 1584: ...Wheel Hub Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized washer on the hub and tightening the nut as shown in the figure Fig 21 Holding Wheel Hub Courtesy of MAZ...

Page 1585: ...the harness if it is pulled by mistake Before performing the following procedures remove the ABS wheel speed sensor axle side and fix it to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by...

Page 1586: ...everse order of removal 7 Inspect for front wheel alignment and adjust it as necessary See FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT Fig 2 Identifying ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Brake Hose Clip Cap Nut Torque Specifications...

Page 1587: ...Mounting Rubber With Mark On Body Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Install the front shock absorber installation bolts from the following directions LH Insert the bolts from the vehicle rear RH Insert...

Page 1588: ...ock Absorber Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PISTON ROD NUT DISASSEMBLY NOTE WARNING z Removing installing the piston rod nut is dangerous The shock absorber and spring...

Page 1589: ...ig 8 Installing Shock Absorber Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP UPPER SPRING SEAT ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Install the upper spring seat so that the notch is facing to the out side of the vehicle WARNING z Removi...

Page 1590: ...OCK ABSORBER INSPECTION 1 Remove the front shock absorber See FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING REMOVAL INSTALLATION See FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 2 Inspect for dama...

Page 1591: ...ste oil according to the waste disposal law Fig 11 Identifying Drilling Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2 Insta...

Page 1592: ...y malfunction replace the lower arm 3 Rotate the ball joint stud 5 times Install the SST and M6 x 1 0 bolt bolt length measured from below the head 20 mm 0 79 in to the ball joint stud measure the rot...

Page 1593: ...ransverse member See TRANSVERSE MEMBER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the intermediate shaft installation bolt and disconnect the steering shaft See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Rem...

Page 1594: ...zer bar so that the identification mark is on the left side of the vehicle Fig 15 Identifying Stabilizer Bar Identification Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP STABILIZER BUSHING INSTALLATION NOTE 2008...

Page 1595: ...NTROL LINK INSPECTION 1 Remove the stabilizer control link from the vehicle 2 Inspect for bending and damage 3 Measure the ball joint starting torque 1 Rock the ball joint stud side to side 10 times 2...

Page 1596: ...See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal 8 Inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it as necessar...

Page 1597: ...ROD END BALL JOINT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the tie rod end ball joint locknut 2 Disconnect the tie rod end ball joint using the SST 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Front Suspension Mazda...

Page 1598: ...sconnect the following parts Pressure hose eye connector Return hose clamp steering gear side Pressure hose bracket Return hose clamp tank side WARNING z Removing the crossmember component is dangerou...

Page 1599: ...et Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Remove the No 1 engine mounting bracket bolts 5 Lower the steering gear and linkage front stabilizer front lower arm and front crossmember component slightly 2008 Ma...

Page 1600: ...FRONT CROSSMEMBER MOUNTING RUBBER REAR INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install so that the larger end of the outer diameter is pointing up Fig 26 Identifying Front Crossmember Mounting Rubber Rear Installation C...

Page 1601: ...lowing parts Pressure hose eye connector Return hose clamp steering gear side Pressure hose bracket Return hose clamp tank side Tightening torque Pressure hose eye connector 29 4 44 1 N m 3 00 4 49 kg...

Page 1602: ...ngine Mounting Bracket Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install the steering gear and linkage front stabilizer front lower arm and front crossmember component 6 Tighten the No 1 engine mount bolt...

Page 1603: ...the identification mark facing the rear right of the vehicle Fig 31 Identifying Transverse Member With Identification Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION F...

Page 1604: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL TANK SIDE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsof...

Page 1605: ...Fuel Pump Unit Quick Release Connector 2WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 04 45 AM Page...

Page 1606: ...Quick Release Connector AWD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 04...

Page 1607: ...from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete the following...

Page 1608: ...s leakage replace the fuel hoses and clips z If there is damage on the seal on the fuel pipe side replace the fuel pipe WARNING z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause s...

Page 1609: ...nect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump 5 Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the pressurized parts z If there is leakage replace the fuel hoses and clips z If there is damage...

Page 1610: ...4 Turn the SST lever so that it is 90 to the hose as shown in the figure 5 Make sure the lever of fuel pressure gauge is turned fully clockwise then connect the SST to the schrader valve 6 Verify tha...

Page 1611: ...CORP Without using M MDS 1 Remove the fuel pump relay 2 Using a jumper wire short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block 3 Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pum...

Page 1612: ...1 70 3 psi 9 Stop the fuel pump using the following procedure Using M MDS 1 Stop the fuel pump using the FP simulation function Using M MDS 1 Turn the ignition switch off 2 Disconnect the negative ba...

Page 1613: ...e spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this do not damage the sealing surface of the fuel pum...

Page 1614: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP Without using M MDS 1 Remove the fuel pump relay 2 Using a jumper wire short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block 3 Connect the negative battery cable and operate...

Page 1615: ...MP UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 12 Siphon the fuel from the fuel tank 13 Remove in the order indicated in the table 14 Install in the reverse order of removal 15 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAU...

Page 1616: ...RP Fuel filler pipe protector removal note 1 Remove the rear tire LH 2 Remove the splash shield LH 3 Remove the fuel filler pipe protector Fuel filler pipe removal note 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1617: ...ehicle 2 Complete the BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 3 Disconnect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 4 Remove the engine cover See ENG...

Page 1618: ...the fuel pump CAUTION z Short the specified terminals because shorting the wrong terminal of the main fuse block may cause malfunctions CAUTION z The fuel pump could be damaged if it is operated fuel...

Page 1619: ...L INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION Fig 19 Identifying Presilencer Insulator Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Rear heat duct No 3 See REAR HEAT...

Page 1620: ...RP Fuel filler pipe protector removal note 1 Remove the rear tire LH 2 Remove the splash shield LH 3 Remove the fuel filler pipe protector Fuel filler pipe removal note 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1621: ...ng parts 1 Second row seat LH See SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Edge cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Rear heat duct No 3...

Page 1622: ...e is airflow from port A and the pressure is 0 3 kPa 0 22 mmHg 0 0 8 inHg z If malfunction replace the fuel tank 12 Apply a pressure of 0 5 kPa 3 8 mmHg 0 1 inHg to port B and wait for a while Fig 22...

Page 1623: ...lace the fuel tank 16 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 Fig 24 Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Plug 4WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION MZI...

Page 1624: ...I 3 7 facility breakage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete the Fuel Line Safety Procedure while referring to the BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION NOTE z Nonreturn valve is i...

Page 1625: ...explosion resulting in death or serious injury Before draining fuel make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the vehicle body CAUTION z Because the fuel tank is constructed such that the...

Page 1626: ...tive battery cable and operate the fuel pump CAUTION z Short the specified terminals because shorting the wrong terminal of the main fuse block may cause malfunctions CAUTION z The fuel pump could be...

Page 1627: ...duct No 3 See REAR HEAT DUCT COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Remove in the order indicated in the table 12 Install in the reverse order of removal 13 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER...

Page 1628: ...Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Fig 31 Identifying Fuel Filter Body Pressure Regulator O Ring Fuel Pump Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION MZI 3 7 CAUTION z It is nor...

Page 1629: ...ned from OFF to ON z If the operation sound cannot be verified measure the voltage at fuel pump wiring harness side connector terminal B If as specified inspect the following z Fuel pump continuity If...

Page 1630: ...ate the fuel pump 5 Verify that operation sound is heard from the fuel pump when ignition switch turn to the ON position Fig 34 Identifying Main Fuse Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS COR...

Page 1631: ...le cover remove the following parts 1 Second row seat See SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Edge cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 1632: ...ing Main Fuse Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 38 Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Open circuit z If there is no continuity...

Page 1633: ...surfaces before performing any work operations See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 2 Move the retainer upward using a small flathead screwdriver or a similar tool 3 Pull out the fuel hose straight f...

Page 1634: ...ector z Push down the retainer using a finger If the retainer cannot be pushed down push the fuel pipe further to the quick release connector 3 Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few...

Page 1635: ...Quick Release Connector Wiring Harness Retainer Fuel Injector Connectors Clip Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install in the reverse order of removal WARNING z Fuel is very flamm...

Page 1636: ...ing to the following 1 Grasp the clip with a pair of pliers Fig 44 Identifying Clip Fingers Notch CAUTION z Use of a deformed injector retaining clip will cause the injector to not engage correctly Al...

Page 1637: ...ctor connector position is correct and press the injector and clip into the injector cup Continue pressing until the clip contacts the lower surface of the injector cup 6 Verify that the injector and...

Page 1638: ...Measure the resistance of the fuel injector z If not as specified replace the fuel injector See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 z If as specified but Operation Test is failed carry out the...

Page 1639: ...e Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 50 Identifying PCM Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Open circuit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel Sys...

Page 1640: ...rcuit z If there is continuity the circuit is short Repair or replace the harness No 1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and body ground No 2 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and body ground No 3 cyl...

Page 1641: ...TION See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 NOTE z Due to the adoption of the mechanical returnless fuel system the pressure regulator cannot be inspected separately 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1642: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL TANK SIDE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsof...

Page 1643: ...Fuel Pump Unit Quick Release Connector 2WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 00 01 AM Page...

Page 1644: ...Quick Release Connector AWD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 00...

Page 1645: ...from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete the following...

Page 1646: ...s leakage replace the fuel hoses and clips z If there is damage on the seal on the fuel pipe side replace the fuel pipe WARNING z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause s...

Page 1647: ...nect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pump 5 Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the pressurized parts z If there is leakage replace the fuel hoses and clips z If there is damage...

Page 1648: ...4 Turn the SST lever so that it is 90 to the hose as shown in the figure 5 Make sure the lever of fuel pressure gauge is turned fully clockwise then connect the SST to the schrader valve 6 Verify tha...

Page 1649: ...CORP Without using M MDS 1 Remove the fuel pump relay 2 Using a jumper wire short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block 3 Connect the negative battery cable and operate the fuel pum...

Page 1650: ...1 70 3 psi 9 Stop the fuel pump using the following procedure Using M MDS 1 Stop the fuel pump using the FP simulation function Using M MDS 1 Turn the ignition switch off 2 Disconnect the negative ba...

Page 1651: ...e spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this do not damage the sealing surface of the fuel pum...

Page 1652: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP Without using M MDS 1 Remove the fuel pump relay 2 Using a jumper wire short fuel pump relay terminals C and D in the main fuse block 3 Connect the negative battery cable and operate...

Page 1653: ...MP UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 12 Siphon the fuel from the fuel tank 13 Remove in the order indicated in the table 14 Install in the reverse order of removal 15 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAU...

Page 1654: ...RP Fuel filler pipe protector removal note 1 Remove the rear tire LH 2 Remove the splash shield LH 3 Remove the fuel filler pipe protector Fuel filler pipe removal note 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1655: ...ehicle 2 Complete the BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 3 Disconnect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 4 Remove the engine cover See ENG...

Page 1656: ...the fuel pump CAUTION z Short the specified terminals because shorting the wrong terminal of the main fuse block may cause malfunctions CAUTION z The fuel pump could be damaged if it is operated fuel...

Page 1657: ...L INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION Fig 19 Identifying Presilencer Insulator Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Rear heat duct No 3 See REAR HEAT...

Page 1658: ...RP Fuel filler pipe protector removal note 1 Remove the rear tire LH 2 Remove the splash shield LH 3 Remove the fuel filler pipe protector Fuel filler pipe removal note 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1659: ...ng parts 1 Second row seat LH See SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Edge cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Rear heat duct No 3...

Page 1660: ...e is airflow from port A and the pressure is 0 3 kPa 0 22 mmHg 0 0 8 inHg z If malfunction replace the fuel tank 12 Apply a pressure of 0 5 kPa 3 8 mmHg 0 1 inHg to port B and wait for a while Fig 22...

Page 1661: ...lace the fuel tank 16 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 Fig 24 Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Plug 4WD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION MZI...

Page 1662: ...I 3 7 facility breakage Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes To prevent this always complete the Fuel Line Safety Procedure while referring to the BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION NOTE z Nonreturn valve is i...

Page 1663: ...explosion resulting in death or serious injury Before draining fuel make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the vehicle body CAUTION z Because the fuel tank is constructed such that the...

Page 1664: ...tive battery cable and operate the fuel pump CAUTION z Short the specified terminals because shorting the wrong terminal of the main fuse block may cause malfunctions CAUTION z The fuel pump could be...

Page 1665: ...duct No 3 See REAR HEAT DUCT COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Remove in the order indicated in the table 12 Install in the reverse order of removal 13 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER...

Page 1666: ...Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Fig 31 Identifying Fuel Filter Body Pressure Regulator O Ring Fuel Pump Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION MZI 3 7 CAUTION z It is nor...

Page 1667: ...ned from OFF to ON z If the operation sound cannot be verified measure the voltage at fuel pump wiring harness side connector terminal B If as specified inspect the following z Fuel pump continuity If...

Page 1668: ...ate the fuel pump 5 Verify that operation sound is heard from the fuel pump when ignition switch turn to the ON position Fig 34 Identifying Main Fuse Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS COR...

Page 1669: ...le cover remove the following parts 1 Second row seat See SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Edge cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 1670: ...ing Main Fuse Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 38 Identifying Fuel Pump Unit Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Open circuit z If there is no continuity...

Page 1671: ...surfaces before performing any work operations See BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 2 Move the retainer upward using a small flathead screwdriver or a similar tool 3 Pull out the fuel hose straight f...

Page 1672: ...ector z Push down the retainer using a finger If the retainer cannot be pushed down push the fuel pipe further to the quick release connector 3 Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few...

Page 1673: ...Quick Release Connector Wiring Harness Retainer Fuel Injector Connectors Clip Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install in the reverse order of removal WARNING z Fuel is very flamm...

Page 1674: ...ing to the following 1 Grasp the clip with a pair of pliers Fig 44 Identifying Clip Fingers Notch CAUTION z Use of a deformed injector retaining clip will cause the injector to not engage correctly Al...

Page 1675: ...ctor connector position is correct and press the injector and clip into the injector cup Continue pressing until the clip contacts the lower surface of the injector cup 6 Verify that the injector and...

Page 1676: ...Measure the resistance of the fuel injector z If not as specified replace the fuel injector See FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 z If as specified but Operation Test is failed carry out the...

Page 1677: ...e Block Fuel Pump Relay Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 50 Identifying PCM Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Open circuit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE Fuel Sys...

Page 1678: ...rcuit z If there is continuity the circuit is short Repair or replace the harness No 1 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and body ground No 2 cylinder fuel injector terminal A and body ground No 3 cyl...

Page 1679: ...TION See FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 NOTE z Due to the adoption of the mechanical returnless fuel system the pressure regulator cannot be inspected separately 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2...

Page 1680: ...A MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Control System HVAC Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Control System HVAC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 12 35 A...

Page 1681: ...l System Location Index 2 Of 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Control System HVAC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 12 35 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell R...

Page 1682: ...the fuse block out of the way Fig 3 Detaching Fuse Block Tab Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 4 Identifying Air Intake Actuator Removal Order Courtesy of...

Page 1683: ...TION DRIVER SIDE 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Dashboard under cover Driver side See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOV...

Page 1684: ...5 Dashboard under cover See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Console panel See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Console cover See CONSOL...

Page 1685: ...brake switch from the brake pedal with the brake switch connector connected See BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove the selector lever component See SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION...

Page 1686: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 10 Inspecting Front Air Mix Actuator Driver Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Verify that the resistance between terminals A and E and E and C matches the front air mix actua...

Page 1687: ...uator operates as shown in the table z If the operation condition is not normal replace the front air mix actuator FRONT AIR MIX ACTUATOR OPERATION Fig 12 Front Air Mix Actuator Circuit Diagram Passen...

Page 1688: ...de front seat to the maximum forward end 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See F...

Page 1689: ...terminal F or G connect terminal G or F to ground and then verify that the rear air mix actuator operates as shown in the table z If the operation condition is not normal replace the rear air mix actu...

Page 1690: ...the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL I...

Page 1691: ...UMN REMOVAL INSTALLATION 24 A pillar trim See A PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 25 Side panel See SIDE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the front door wiring harness connector Driver side See...

Page 1692: ...perates as shown in the table z If the operation condition is not normal replace the front airflow mode actuator FRONT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR OPERATION Fig 20 Front Airflow Mode Actuator Circuit Diagra...

Page 1693: ...front seat to the maximum forward end 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRO...

Page 1694: ...al F or G connect terminal G or F to ground and then verify that the rear airflow mode actuator operates as shown in the table z If the operation condition is not normal replace the rear airflow mode...

Page 1695: ...w Mode Actuator Operation Terminals A E With E C Resistance Graph Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the dashboard u...

Page 1696: ...on panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front console box...

Page 1697: ...0 Inspecting Rear Blower Motor Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR POWER MOS FET REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2...

Page 1698: ...CTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR POWER MOS FET INSPECTION 1 Verify that the continuity between the front power MOS FET terminals is as indicated in the table z If there is any malfunction replace the fron...

Page 1699: ...X REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Dashboard under cover See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Console panel See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Co...

Page 1700: ...r power MOS FET z If the blower motor operation is not normal even though no malfunction can be verified inspect the front climate control unit REAR POWER MOS FET TERMINALS CONTINUITY CHART Tester lea...

Page 1701: ...s shown in the figure and remove the bolt When Using SST Fig 36 Removing Pressure Plate Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP When Using Filter Wrench 2 Insert an appropriate bolt into the pressure plate...

Page 1702: ...OTORS CORP 4 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly 5 Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance See MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT SNAP RING INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Install the snap ring so that the tapered...

Page 1703: ...Verify that the dial gauge graduation is within the standard z If the clearance is not within the specification adjust the clearance by changing the type or number of shims Fig 40 Adjusting Magnetic C...

Page 1704: ...e battery cable 2 Remove the cover from the dashboard using a fiathead screwdriver wrapped with protective tape 3 Detach the solar radiation sensor connector tab in the position shown in the figure an...

Page 1705: ...radiation sensor terminal B or C and negative lead to terminal A then measure the resistance z If the resistance is not normal replace the solar radiation sensor Resistance infinity ohms no continuit...

Page 1706: ...rtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION 1 Measure the temperature around the ambient temperature sensor and measure the resistance be...

Page 1707: ...ATION 3 Console panel LH See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Hood release lever See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Lower panel See LOWER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove t...

Page 1708: ...in temperature sensor terminal z If the characteristics of the cabin temperature sensor are not as shown in the graph replace the cabin temperature sensor Fig 48 Cabin Temperature Sensor Temperature R...

Page 1709: ...tment See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Disconnect the front evaporator temperature sensor connector 9 Measure the temperature at the blower inlet 10 Measure the resistance between the fron...

Page 1710: ...SOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Console cover See CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Console See CONSOLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the rear evaporator temperature sensor connector and remo...

Page 1711: ...ERANT PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Discharge the refrigerant from the system See REFRIGERANT RECOVERY See REFRIGERANT CHARGING 3 Grasp the piping bloc...

Page 1712: ...isconnect the refrigerant pressure switch connector 3 Verify the high pressure side reading of the gauge and continuity between the refrigerant pressure switch terminals z If there is any malfunction...

Page 1713: ...r panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front console box See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the screws 4 Remove the fr...

Page 1714: ...e V Inspection item s 1A Motor operation Driver side front air mix actuator Temperature control dial driver side Moving towards COLD 1 0 or less z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climate...

Page 1715: ...Moving towards COLD B z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climate control unit driver side front air mix actuator 1A G 1F F z Driver side front air mix actuator Temperature control dial d...

Page 1716: ...low mode actuator Temperature control dial rear side Moving towards HOT B z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climate control unit Rear airflow mode actuator 1L G 1N F z Rear airflow mode...

Page 1717: ...2nd Approx 4 6 3rd Approx 3 7 4th Approx 2 9 5th Approx 2 0 6th Approx 1 1 7th 1 0 or less 1Q Rear window defroster switch Rear window defroster relay Rear window defroster switch on 1 0 or less z Wir...

Page 1718: ...short circuit Front climate control unit rear power MOS FET 1T D 1V C 2 Wiring harness continuity Rear power MOS FET body ground A ground 3 Rear power MOS FET 4 Rear blower motor 5 Rear blower relay 6...

Page 1719: ...limate control unit ground 1X ground 2A ECT sensor signal Instrument cluster Because this terminal is for communication good no good judgment by terminal voltage is not possible 2B 5V z Driver side fr...

Page 1720: ...ontrol dial rear side Moving towards HOT Approx 4 3 2E Potentiometer input Front airflow mode actuator Mode switch Moving towards VENT Approx 1 0 z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climat...

Page 1721: ...porator temperature sensor Refer to z Wiring harness continuity Front climate control unit front evaporator temperature sensor 2H B 2P A z Wiring harness short circuit Front climate control unit front...

Page 1722: ...sor Natural sunlight shined directly on the solar radiation sensor 4 0 z Wiring harness continuity Front climate control unit solar radiation sensor 2M C 2B A z Front climate control unit terminal vol...

Page 1723: ...rature sensor z Front evaporator temperature sensor z Rear air mix actuator z Rear airflow mode actuator z Rear evaporator temperature sensor Under any condition Inspect for continuity to ground 1 0 o...

Page 1724: ...E Rear fan control volume Rear climate control unit Airflow volume control dial Off 1 0 or less z Front climate control unit terminal voltage 1T z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climate...

Page 1725: ...ront climate control unit ground 3H ground 3I Ground Rear climate control unit Under any condition Inspect for continuity to ground 1 0 or less z Wiring harness continuity Front climate control unit r...

Page 1726: ...INSTALLATION 3 Remove the rear cooler duct See REAR COOLER DUCT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the screws 5 Remove the rear climate control unit 6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 59 Identi...

Page 1727: ...e found to be normal replace the rear climate control unit TERMINAL VOLTAGE TABLE REFERENCE Fig 60 Identifying Rear Climate Control Unit Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TERMINAL VOLTAGE REFERE...

Page 1728: ...ar climate control unit z Front climate control unit terminal voltage 2B Temperature control dial Moving towards medium temperature Approx 2 5 Temperature control dial Moving towards HOT Approx 4 2 D...

Page 1729: ...y Front climate control unit Rear control switch on B z Wiring harness continuity Front climate control unit rear climate control unit 3C F Rear control switch off 1 0 or less z Wiring harness short c...

Page 1730: ...the TNS position B H TNS signal Front climate control unit Turn the headlight switch to the off position 1 0 or less z Wiring harness continuity short circuit Front climate control unit rear climate...

Page 1731: ...goggles If refrigerant splashes into the eyes immediately wash them with clean water and consult a doctor STORING REFRIGERANT z The refrigerant container is highly pressurized If it is subjected to hi...

Page 1732: ...oil on the vehicle A drop of compressor oil on the vehicle surface can eat away at the paint If oil gets on the vehicle wipe it off immediately z DENSO OIL8 compressor oil PAG oil has a higher moistur...

Page 1733: ...cuum pump hose to the center joint of the manifold gauge 4 Connect the vacuum pump hose to the vacuum pump 5 Connect the charging hose to the refrigerant tank 6 Place the refrigerant tank on the scale...

Page 1734: ...manifold gauge are at 101 kPa 760 mmHg 29 9 inHg Close each valve of the manifold gauge CAUTION z Close the manifold gauge valve immediately after stopping the vacuum pump If the valve is left open th...

Page 1735: ...mosphere In order to prevent the accidental release of refrigerant which can destroy the ozone layer in the stratosphere follow the proper procedures and charge with only a small amount of refrigerant...

Page 1736: ...for leakage again z If there is no leakage after tightening the joint go to the next step z If there is still a leakage at the same joint discharge the refrigerant and then repair the joint Repeat th...

Page 1737: ...scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure you Therefore do not open the high pressure side valve while the engine is running WARNING z If charging the system with ref...

Page 1738: ...the next step 2 Inspect for leakage again z If there is no leakage after tightening the joint go to the next step z If there is still leakage at the same joint discharge the refrigerant and then repai...

Page 1739: ...easure the ambient temperature and high and low pressure side reading of the manifold gauge 10 Verify that the intersection of the pressure reading of the manifold gauge and ambient temperature is in...

Page 1740: ...Stabilized condition z The A C compressor repeatedly turns on and off at regular intervals 11 After the blower air is stabilized read the dry bulb thermometer 12 Verify the ambient temperature 13 Ver...

Page 1741: ...ume approx quantity ml cc fl oz 160 160 5 41 CONTROL SYSTEM A C compressor Magnetic clutch clearance mm in 0 35 0 65 0 014 0 025 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Technical Data HVAC Mazda CX 9...

Page 1742: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting HVAC Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting HVAC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 14...

Page 1743: ...t airflow mode does not change when switching front mode switch 2 Amount of air blown from front vents does not change z Malfunction in front blower system z Amount of air blown front vents does not c...

Page 1744: ...blowing rear vents does not change when switching front and or rear climate control unit airflow volume control dial 8 Air from front rear vents not cold enough z Malfunction in A C basic system z Mag...

Page 1745: ...ng deformation and air leakage then go to Step 9 No Install the duct securely in the proper position then go to Step 9 5 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN FRONT HEAT MODE OR FRONT DEFROSTER MOD...

Page 1746: ...hange DESCRIPTION z Malfunction in front blower system z Amount of air blown front vents does not change when switching front climate control unit airflow control dial POSSIBLE CAUSE z Front A C unit...

Page 1747: ...r relay and A C 7 5A HEATER 50 A fuse then go to Step 15 6 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN FRONT BLOWER RELAY AND GROUND OR ELSEWHERE z Measure the voltage...

Page 1748: ...he voltage approx 0 V Yes Go to the next step No Repair the wiring harness between the front power MOS FET and ground then go to Step 15 11 INSPECT FRONT A C UNIT z Inspect the fan for following Is th...

Page 1749: ...5 14 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING HARNESS SHORT TO GROUND IN WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FRONT POWER MOS FET AND FRONT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT z Inspect for continui...

Page 1750: ...ormal Yes Go to the next step No Go to Step 4 3 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATO...

Page 1751: ...UNCTION IS IN WIRING HARNESS SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR ELSEWHERE z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position z Inspect for continuity at the following...

Page 1752: ...if the malfunction recurs 4 No temperature control with front climate control unit DESCRIPTION z Malfunction in A C unit and or front climate control unit air mix system z Temperature does not change...

Page 1753: ...ove obstruction then go to Step 9 No Go to the next step 6 INSPECT A C UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR z Is the A C unit air intake door securely and properly installed Yes Inspect the air intake door for cracks...

Page 1754: ...ions to the specified torque Repair or replace the heater piping then go to the next step 9 VERIFY REPAIR z Does the unit operate in every temperature setting Yes Troubleshooting completed Explain rep...

Page 1755: ...tuator for followings Is there grease on the link Is the link securely and properly positioned Is the link free of obstructions z Are the above items normal Yes Go to the next step No Apply grease or...

Page 1756: ...trol unit then go to Step 14 9 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN FRONT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR FOR CONTINUITY z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position z Is there continuity be...

Page 1757: ...DOOR IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY z Is the A C unit air intake door securely and properly positioned Yes Inspect the air intake door for cracks or damage then go to the next step No Install th...

Page 1758: ...front terminal D rear Terminal 31 front terminal E rear Terminal 3C front terminal F rear z Is there any open short or poor connection of terminals Yes Repair or replace malfunctioning part then go to...

Page 1759: ...climate control unit terminal F rear airflow mode actuator Terminal 1L front climate control unit terminal G rear airflow mode actuator z Is there any open short or poor connection of terminals Yes R...

Page 1760: ...assage then go to Step 13 3 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN REAR BLOWER RELAY SYSTEM OR REAR POWER MOS FET z Turn the ignition switch to ON position z Turn the rear fan switch to OFF position...

Page 1761: ...wer motor terminal Terminal A blower motor operation signal z Is the voltage approx 12 V Yes Go to the next step No Replace the rear blower motor then go to Step 13 8 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTIO...

Page 1762: ...FET then go to the next step No Repair or replace for open circuit between the rear power MOS FET and the front climate control unit then go to Step 13 12 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN REA...

Page 1763: ...unction symptoms No Go to the next step 3 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A C UNIT INTAKE AND CONDENSER OR ELSEWHERE z Are the refrigerant high pressure and low pressure values both high Yes...

Page 1764: ...malfunction occur after the A C compressor turns on Yes Go to the next step No Replace the condenser and vacuum the refrigerant line more than 30 min by the vacuum pump add refrigerant to the specifi...

Page 1765: ...hen go to Step 20 No If the piping is damaged or cracked replace it Then go to Step 20 If there is no damage go to the next step 12 INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING CONNECTION IN A C UNIT FOR LOOSE z Are the...

Page 1766: ...roubleshooting completed Explain to customer that cause was insufficient compressor oil No Replace the A C compressor then go to Step 20 Cause is defective A C compressor 17 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MAL...

Page 1767: ...r position Yes Replace the expansion valve then go to the next step Since the valve opens too much replacement is necessary No Install the heat sensing tube securely in the proper position then go to...

Page 1768: ...ate Yes Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No 7 No Go to the next step 3 INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM z Inspect for DTCs related to the PCM onboard diagnostic system z Are any DTCs displayed Yes Go to ap...

Page 1769: ...then go to Step 16 No Replace refrigerant pressure switch then go to Step 16 9 INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION SHORT CIRCUIT IS IN A C CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT BETWEEN A C RELAY AND PCM OR ELSEWHERE...

Page 1770: ...e at the following terminal of A C relay Terminal D magnetic clutch operation signal z Is voltage approx 12 V Yes Inspect wiring harness between A C relay and magnetic clutch z If above wiring harness...

Page 1771: ...FERENCE NOISE z Is there a rattling or vibrating sound interference noise Yes Go to Step 18 No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION NOISE z Is there a clicking sound magnetic clutch...

Page 1772: ...tester z Are above items okay Yes Go to the next step No If piping or A C component s is damaged or cracked replace then go to Step 19 If there is gas leakage repair or replace connection and replace...

Page 1773: ...k malfunction symptoms 14 CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN A C COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE z Is noise heard immediately after A C compressor is stopped Yes Replace A C compressor then go to Step 19...

Page 1774: ...ore replacement of the receiver drier is necessary 11 Dual A C control function does not operate DESCRIPTION z Driver or passenger side temperature control does not operate individually POSSIBLE CAUSE...

Page 1775: ...4 INSPECT FRONT AIR MIX ACTUATOR z Inspect the suspect side front air mix actuator z Is the front air mix actuator normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the suspect front air mix actuator then go...

Page 1776: ...minal C each side front air mix actuator position sensor z Is there any open short or poor connection of terminals Yes Repair or replace malfunction part then go to Step 9 No Replace the front climate...

Page 1777: ...nd front passenger seat No symptoms then repeat from Step 1 if malfunction recurs 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Symptom Troubleshooting HVAC Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 1...

Page 1778: ...g 2008 HVAC Basic System Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Basic System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 11 59 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC Mi...

Page 1779: ...asic System Location Index FRONT A C UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Basic System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 11 59 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair...

Page 1780: ...TION 15 Lower column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 16 Driver side air bag module See DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 17 Steering wheel See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOV...

Page 1781: ...nuts 15 Remove the bracket 16 Remove the bolts 17 Remove the dashboard bracket Fig 2 Identifying Dashboard Bracket Nuts Bolts Torque Specifications 18 Remove the hose clips 19 Remove the front heater...

Page 1782: ...pill CAUTION z If moisture or foreign material enters the refrigeration cycle cooling ability will be lowered and abnormal noise or other malfunction could occur Always plug open fittings immediately...

Page 1783: ...SASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Basic System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Nov...

Page 1784: ...2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 HVAC Basic System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 11 59 AM Page 7 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 1785: ...panel See COWL PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front cooler pipe No 1 bracket installation nut Fig 8 Identifying Front Cooler Pipe No 1 Bracket Installation Nut Torque Specifications 6 Nut 7 Front coole...

Page 1786: ...ifying Front Expansion Valve Bolts Torque Specifications AIR FILTER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the glove compartment service hole cover 2 Remove the cover in the direction of the arrow Fig 9 Identi...

Page 1787: ...r FRONT EVAPORATOR INSPECTION 1 Inspect the front evaporator for damage cracks and oil leakage z If there is any malfunction replace the front evaporator 2 Visually inspect the fins for bending z If t...

Page 1788: ...ee DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Front console box See FRONT...

Page 1789: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 14 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 15 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 16 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 17 Third row seat...

Page 1790: ...cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Cut away the floor covering as shown in the figure 4 Turn floor covering over 5 Remove the rear heat duct No 3 6 Install in the reverse order of removal N...

Page 1791: ...See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Cut away the floor covering as shown in the figure 4 Turn floor covering over 5 Remove the rear heat duct No 4 6 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE z...

Page 1792: ...egative battery cable 2 Evacuate the refrigerant from the system See REFRIGERANT RECOVERY See REFRIGERANT CHARGING 3 Drain the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 4 Remove the follow...

Page 1793: ...e the rear cooler pipe No 1 Do not allow compressor oil to spill 7 Jack up the vehicle 8 Remove the hose clip 9 Remove the rear heater hose No 1 and No 2 CAUTION z If moisture or foreign material ente...

Page 1794: ...GERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST Fig 22 Identifying Rear A C Unit Removal Order Torque Specifications REAR A C UNIT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in t...

Page 1795: ...ect for bent fins z If any are bent use a flathead screwdriver to straighten them REAR HEATER CORE INSPECTION 1 Inspect for cracks damage and coolant leakage z If any are found replace the rear heater...

Page 1796: ...INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Rotate new A C compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a clean measuring device Use this refrigerant oil to refill new compressor Do not allo...

Page 1797: ...L INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Discharge the refrigerant See REFRIGERANT CHARGING 3 Drain the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 4 Remove the air cleaner a...

Page 1798: ...See REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST CONDENSER INSPECTION 1 Inspect the condenser for cracks damage and oil leakage z If there is any malfunction replace the condenser 2 Visually inspect the fins...

Page 1799: ...OWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Windshield wiper motor See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Cowl panel See COWL PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table F...

Page 1800: ...Insert the heater pipe into the heater hose until the hose reaches the bracket or the protrusion on the pipe z When the rear heater pipe is removed bleed the air from the rear heater pipe thoroughly...

Page 1801: ...F oil cooler hose from the radiator 6 Remove the radiator See RADIATOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 7 Remove the condenser See CONDENSER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Remove the coolant reserve tank retainin...

Page 1802: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front console box See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Dashboard under cover See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATI...

Page 1803: ...pecifications 13 Remove the nuts and disconnect the presilencer and middle pipe 14 Disconnect the rubber hanger 15 Remove the bolts and presilencer insulator 16 Remove the bolts 17 Remove the nut and...

Page 1804: ...COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 25 Inspect the ATF level See AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID ATF INSPECTION AW6A EL AW6AX EL 26 Perform the refrigerant system performance test See REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERF...

Page 1805: ...EFRIGERANT LINE INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Temporarily tighten the joint bolt by hand 2 Connect the block joint type pipes by grasping the female side of the block with pliers or similar tool and holding fir...

Page 1806: ...ble 5 Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION z Apply small amount of the specified dielectric grease to the inside of the ignition coils then install the ignition coils to the spark plugs Spe...

Page 1807: ...ION MZI 3 7 2 Using a tester measure the resistance between the ignition coil terminal A and ignition coil boot socket z If not within the specification replace the ignition coil Ignition coil seconda...

Page 1808: ...CTION 1 Measure the spark plug gap using a wire type plug gap gauge z If not within the specification replace the spark plug CAUTION z If a spark plug that is not as specified is installed engine perf...

Page 1809: ...the carbon by performing no load racing of the engine z When performing the no load racing apply the side brake and foot brake move the selector lever to P position to prevent an accident and serious...

Page 1810: ...he figure z If not within the specification replace the spark plug Spark plug resistance 2 20 kilohms Fig 5 Measuring Resistance Of Spark Plug With Tester Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 1811: ...OTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Instrumentation Driver Info Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Instrumentation Driver Info Mazda CX 9 Microso...

Page 1812: ...TALLATION 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 2 Identifying Instrument Cluster Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal 6 When replacing the inst...

Page 1813: ...ifying Proper Position Of Instrument Cluster Display Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Use the IDS laptop PC because the PDS Pocket PC does not support the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION z If all...

Page 1814: ...Y ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table NOTE z During the odometer data writing procedure As Built Data VIN and Vehicle Data input is requested Obtain the As Built Sheet for the v...

Page 1815: ...1 Adjust the tire pressure to the specification 2 Using a speedometer tester verify that the tester reading is as indicated in the table below SPEEDOMETER TESTER INDICATION AND ALLOWABLE RANGE REFEREN...

Page 1816: ...the IDS laptop PC 1 Select DataLogger 2 Select Modules 3 Select IC z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Module Tests 2 Select IC 3 Select DataLogger 3 Compare the data monitor item IC_TACHO with th...

Page 1817: ...T CHECK MODE CHECK CODE TABLE CHECK CODE TABLE NOTE z In this mode it is possible to verify the items in the following chart Check code Check item Related items 08 TNS relay z Lights on reminder warni...

Page 1818: ...pect a check code with a number smaller than the code number you are currently inspecting terminate the check mode then repeat the inspection from the beginning z If a speed signal is input to the ins...

Page 1819: ...of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z When inspecting more than two check codes begin with the code with the 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Instrumentation Driver Info Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 1820: ...the instrument cluster z If the voltage is not as specified inspect the following parts TNS relay Wiring harness Battery TNS relay instrument cluster 2 Turn the headlight switch off TNS relay OFF Ver...

Page 1821: ...o approx 60 km h or 60 mph The speedometer is normal Except above Replace the instrument cluster Check code 13 Tachometer operation signal INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION After selecting check cod...

Page 1822: ...hing signal INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION After selecting check code 16 wait for approx 2 s Fuel level warning light flashes three times The fuel level warning light is normal Except above Repla...

Page 1823: ...and 1R Go to the next step Except above Go to the Step 6 4 Using the SST Fuel and thermometer checker or resistor input 60 ohms between instrument cluster terminals 1D and 1R Go to the next step Exce...

Page 1824: ...the wiring harness or connector z If there is no malfunction replace the instrument cluster Check code 23 Fuel gauge operation signal INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION After selecting check code 23...

Page 1825: ...e is normal Except above Replace the instrument cluster Replace the instrument cluster Check code 26 Odometer tripmeter display signal INSPECTION CONDITION DISPLAY ACTION z Display is normal z Warning...

Page 1826: ...light Washer fluid level warning light ETC warning light Fuel cap warning light AWD warning light AT warning light z The odometer tripmeter is normal z Warning and indicator is normal Except above Rep...

Page 1827: ...ION DISPLAY ACTION Turn the headlight switch to the TNS position After selecting check code 57 wait for approx 2 s Illumination light hazard warning switch center panel unit etc flashes three times Th...

Page 1828: ...ction After Fuel Pump Unit Installation z A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion resulting in death or serious injury Before draining fuel make sure to discharge stat...

Page 1829: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Start the fuel pump using the following procedure Using M MDS 1 Connect the negative battery cable 2 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 3 Using the simulation function FP start the f...

Page 1830: ...dentifying Data Link Connector 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z The fuel pump could be damaged if it is operated fuel pump idling while there is no fuel in the fuel tank Verify the amount of...

Page 1831: ...P 12 Install in the reverse order of removal 13 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION 1 Move the float to the topmost and bottomm...

Page 1832: ...the oil pressure warning light does not illuminate or remains illuminated inspect the BCM and related wiring harness If the BCM and related wiring harness are normal inspect the oil pressure See OIL P...

Page 1833: ...T CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 14 Identifying Information Display Components Courtesy of MAZDA...

Page 1834: ...ent cluster z Related wiring harness LCD LCD NOTE z The check codes are displayed in numerical order While performing the inspection if you want to inspect a check code with a number smaller than the...

Page 1835: ...ormation display is normal CAN system communication error DTC U2516 See DTC TABLE MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Check code 02 z Communication status to audio unit z Communication status to climate co...

Page 1836: ...ON SYSTEM Vehicle without audio unit Climate control unit Communication to climate control unit is normal Communication error to climate control unit DTC U0164 See DTC TABLE MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SY...

Page 1837: ...the headlight switch off TNS relay OFF Verify that the voltage of the information display terminal C is 1 0 V or less z If the voltage is as specified replace the information display z If the voltage...

Page 1838: ...display 2 Turn the ignition switch off Verify that the voltage of the information display terminal E is 1 0 V or less z If the voltage is as specified replace the information display z If the voltage...

Page 1839: ...instrument cluster 2 Turn the dimmer cancel switch off Verify that the voltage of the information display terminal F is B z If the voltage is as specified replace the information display z If the vol...

Page 1840: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BLIND SPOT MONITORING BSM CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION 1 Remove the trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the seat side box BSM control module LH only See SE...

Page 1841: ...er due to its water resistance processing therefore the short wiring harness connector is used for measuring the terminal voltage z If the terminal voltage is not as indicated in the table inspect the...

Page 1842: ...M OFF switch Ignition switch at ON BSM OFF switch is pressed 1 0 or less z BSM OFF switch z Related wiring harnesses BSM OFF switch is not pressed B D 2 E F CAN_L Because this terminal is for communic...

Page 1843: ...ity is not as indicated in the table replace the short wiring harness connector 2 BSM control module LH only NOTE z Terminal voltage of both the left and right BSM control modules is equivalent 2008 M...

Page 1844: ...t the negative battery cable 2 Remove the dashboard under cover LH See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the hood release lever See HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand...

Page 1845: ...ard BLIND SPOT MONITORING BSM OFF SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Remove the BSM OFF switch See BLIND SPOT MONITORING BSM OFF SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table...

Page 1846: ...OVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the nuts 6 Remove the BSM bracket 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 23 Identifying Blind Spot Monitoring Bracket Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS C...

Page 1847: ...est cannot be performed correctly if obstructions which interfere with radar emitting adhere to the BSM control module or the rear bumper Perform the following procedure before performing the radar te...

Page 1848: ...r position at the front of the vehicle and mark the center position on the floor surface CAUTION z If an obstruction such as a drain lid or a person is within a 3 500 mm 137 8 in radius from the BSM c...

Page 1849: ...emblem indicates the center position at the front of the vehicle z A commercially available plum bob weight 150 g 5 29 oz can be substituted for the SST Fig 27 Identifying Center Position Of Vehicle...

Page 1850: ...Fig 29 Identifying BSM Control Module Radius Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 9 Set the SST reflector installation surface level using the bubble level built into the SST tripod Fig 30 Identifying SST R...

Page 1851: ...SST plum bob is positioned over the marked position Fig 32 Identifying Center Plumbob Over Floor Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 12 Perform the BSM radar test according to the screen instructions u...

Page 1852: ...S display z TEST PASSED is displayed Radar is normal z TEST FAILED is displayed Perform the inspection according to the following table Fig 34 Identifying Data Link Connector 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTOR...

Page 1853: ...TEST z Is TEST PASSED displayed Yes Replace the rear bumper See REAR BUMPER REMOVAL INSTALLATION No Go to the next step 4 INSPECT BSM CONTROL MODULE FOR INCORRECT INSTALLATION AND DISTORTION AT VEHIC...

Page 1854: ...ASSED displayed REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Instrumentation Driver Info Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 42 27 AM Page 44 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 1855: ...YSTEM DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System MZI 3 7 Mazda C...

Page 1856: ...TORS CORP INTAKE AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 05 41 AM...

Page 1857: ...il they are cool before removing the intake air system z Fuel vapor is hazardous It can easily ignite causing serious injury and damage Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills...

Page 1858: ...able 5 Install in the reverse order of removal 6 Complete the AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION See AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION MZI 3 7 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System MZI...

Page 1859: ...take Air System Torque Specification 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System MZI 3 7 Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 05 41 AM Page 5 2005 Mitchell Repai...

Page 1860: ...4 Disconnect the two water hose from the thermostat component 5 Disconnect the thermostat component side of the water inlet pipe which is under the intake manifold 6 Remove the intake manifold and the...

Page 1861: ...76 101 in lbf Fig 7 Identifying Intake Manifold Bolts Tighten Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DYNAMIC CHAMBER INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Tighten the dynamic chamber installation bolts in the order sh...

Page 1862: ...ve battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Remove the engine cover See ENGINE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Disconnect the throttle body connector 4 Measure the resistance betw...

Page 1863: ...ollowing wiring harnesses for open or short continuity check Fig 10 Identifying Throttle Body Wiring Harness Side Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ENGINE PERF...

Page 1864: ...y terminal B and power supply Throttle body terminal B and ground ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable See BATTERY REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 2 Remo...

Page 1865: ...DY ACCESSORIES Interior Trim Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Interior Trim Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 43 25 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Informati...

Page 1866: ...Trim Location 1 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Interior Trim Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 43 25 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 1867: ...Trim Location 2 Of 3 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Interior Trim Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 43 25 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Repa...

Page 1868: ...R COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Console panel See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Console cover See CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Console See...

Page 1869: ...EMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the front door wiring harness connector Driver side See FRONT DOOR MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Disconnect the dashboard harness connectors 5 Remove the brake switch...

Page 1870: ...d when closing the front door resulting in damage to the front door When closing the front door verify that bolt D is completely inserted WARNING z Removing the dashboard without supporting it can be...

Page 1871: ...les Without Bose See TWEETER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Center speaker See CENTER SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Keyless receiver See KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 10 Keyless antenna See KEYLESS A...

Page 1872: ...ALLATION LOWER COLUMN COVER 1 Remove the screws 2 Pull down the tilt wheel release lever 3 Remove the lower column cover in the direction of the arrow 4 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Ma...

Page 1873: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Push the rubber in the direction of the arrow while pinching part A of the rubber CAUTION z Remove the rubber by pressing it from the backside of the upper column cover The rubber...

Page 1874: ...remove the upper column cover 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 11 Identifying Rubber Pushing Direction Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP UPPER COLUMN COVER INSTALLATION Fig 9 Identifying Rub...

Page 1875: ...TALLATION 3 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front console box See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the screws 4 Detach clips A by pulling them in the directio...

Page 1876: ...the shaded areas shown in the figure Therefore if a wiring harness is in the areas it could get caught and damaged When installing the center panel completely press in the wiring harnesses of the haza...

Page 1877: ...Vehicles with PLG 9 Disconnect the cabin temperature sensor connector and air hose 10 Remove the lower panel 11 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 15 Identifying Lower Panel Components Court...

Page 1878: ...ee CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Upper column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Detach clips A and pins B by pulling them in the direction of the arrow 3 Remove the meter hood 4 Inst...

Page 1879: ...the glove compartment service hole and detach the stoppers while holding the instrument panel Fig 19 Identifying Glove Compartment Service Hole Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Lower the glove compart...

Page 1880: ...4 Front console box See FRONT CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Upper column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the screws 4 Re...

Page 1881: ...rrow 6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 22 Identifying Ventilator Grille With Hook Screw Passenger Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CENTER 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove...

Page 1882: ...move the ventilator grille in the direction of the arrow 6 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 24 Identifying Ventilator Grille Center Panel With Screw Rear Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INNER...

Page 1883: ...in the reverse order of removal Fig 26 Identifying Side Wall Hook Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION DRIVER SIDE 1 Remove the fasteners 2 Detach tab A and h...

Page 1884: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MA...

Page 1885: ...etach clips A and tabs B and C by pulling them in the direction of the arrow 3 Remove the indicator panel 4 Install in the reverse order of removal indicator Fig 30 Identifying Indicator Panel With Cl...

Page 1886: ...he reverse order of removal Fig 32 View Of Front Console Box Mat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z The rubber may deform if it is pried with a flathead screwdriver Therefore fully insert a tape...

Page 1887: ...connector 6 Remove the front console box 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 33 Identifying Front Console Box Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Dis...

Page 1888: ...oard under cover See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Console panel See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Console cover See CONSOLE COVER...

Page 1889: ...isassemble in the order indicated in the table Fig 36 Identifying Console Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly DECORATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Maz...

Page 1890: ...rse order of removal Fig 38 Identifying Decoration Panel With Pin Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION RH 1 Remove the decoration panel RH See DECORATION PANEL REMOVA...

Page 1891: ...wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the fastener 5 Detach clips A and B and hooks by pulling them in the direction of the arrow 6 Remove the console panel 7 Install in the reverse order o...

Page 1892: ...ction of the arrow shown in the figure and remove the A pillar trim from clip B Fig 42 Sliding A Pillar Trim Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Rotate and pull clip B in the direction of the arrow shown...

Page 1893: ...een Body Grommet Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the front scuff plate inner See FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Partially peel back the seaming we...

Page 1894: ...s C by pulling them in the direction of the arrow 6 Remove the B pillar lower trim 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 46 Identifying B Pillar Lower Trim With Tab Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOT...

Page 1895: ...r Upper Trim With Pin Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Remove the B pillar upper trim in the direction of the arrow 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 48 Identifying B Pillar Upper Tri...

Page 1896: ...LLATION 5 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Rear scuff plate inner See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Trunk side trim See TRUNK...

Page 1897: ...ON 2 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Third row seat belt lower...

Page 1898: ...the direction of the arrow 6 Remove the D pillar trim 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 53 Identifying D Pillar Trim With Fasteners Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT SCUFF PLATE RE...

Page 1899: ...the reverse order of removal Fig 55 Identifying Front Scuff Plate Outer With Clips Tab Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION REAR SCUFF PLATE INNER 1 Pull the rear scuff...

Page 1900: ...rse order of removal Fig 57 Identifying Rear Scuff Plate Outer With Tab Clips Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INNER GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Detach clips A and hook B by pulling them in the direct...

Page 1901: ...ORP TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Detach clips A and pin B by pullin...

Page 1902: ...p holder upward and detach clips A pins B and tabs C Vehicles without RES 4 Pull the auxiliary terminal unit panel upward and detach clips A pins B and tabs C Vehicles with RES 5 Disconnect the power...

Page 1903: ...ATION 6 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt RH See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Pull the cup holder upward and detach clips A pins B and tabs C 4 Remove the cup holder 5 R...

Page 1904: ...mrest garnish in the direction of the arrow 5 Remove the bolt 6 Detach clips A from the front door using a fastener remover 7 Pull the front door trim upward and detach tabs B from the front door Fig...

Page 1905: ...window subswitch connector Passenger side 12 Disconnect the courtesy light connector 13 Remove the front door trim 14 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 65 Turning Inner Handle Cover Courtesy...

Page 1906: ...4 Pull up the cover B and remove the screw 5 Detach clips A from the front door using a fastener remover 6 Pull the front door trim upward and detach tabs B from the front door Fig 67 Identifying Rea...

Page 1907: ...stall in the reverse order of removal Fig 69 Turning Inner Handle Cover Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Open the trunk board 2 Remove the fasteners 3 Remove the trunk bo...

Page 1908: ...n the reverse order of removal Fig 71 Identifying Seat Side Box With Clips Tab Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WITHOUT BOSE 1 Remove the trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Detach pins by pul...

Page 1909: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the liftgate upper trim See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the PLG arm band Vehicles with PLG 3 Remove the...

Page 1910: ...nsert a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver into the position shown in the figure and pull the screwdriver in the direction of the arrow to detach clips A 5 Detach tabs B and remove the liftgate recess...

Page 1911: ...EMOVAL 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and remove the assist handle covers Fig 77 Removing Assist Handle Covers Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Insert a tape wrapped flathead scr...

Page 1912: ...cover assembled to install the assist handle Fig 79 Pushing Assist Handle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SUNVISOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION CAUTION z When inserting a flathead screwdriver be careful not to...

Page 1913: ...ng two tape wrapped flathead screwdrivers and remove the center adaptor 8 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 81 Pressing Center Adaptor Tabs Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP HEADLINER REMOVAL IN...

Page 1914: ...nk side trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 14 Roof side trim See ROOF SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 15 Second row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See SECOND ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL...

Page 1915: ...SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Edge cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 long slider cover See LONG SLIDER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Seat s...

Page 1916: ...ff plate inner See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 22 Front seat belt lower anchor installation bolt Driver side See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 23 B pillar lower trim See B PILLAR LOWE...

Page 1917: ...DY ACCESSORIES Lighting Systems Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Lighting Systems Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 39 05 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell Repair Inf...

Page 1918: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SERVICE WARNINGS 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Lighting Systems Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 39 05 AM Page 2...

Page 1919: ...d bulb When turning on the discharge headlights while working always leave the headlights in the vehicle installed condition to prevent electrical shock Fig 2 Precaution For Discharge Headlight Bulb S...

Page 1920: ...15 min or more turned off for approx 1 min and then turned on again conditions Inspect the headlight illumination in the period from directly after cold illumination until they are uniformly illuminat...

Page 1921: ...creen 5 Set the headlights 3 m 9 8 ft from the white screen 6 Place an object in front of the headlight not being adjusted to block its light beam 7 Start the engine so that the battery remains charge...

Page 1922: ...RESERVE TANK REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 7 Identifying Halogen Headlight Bulb Connector Cover Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z A halogen bulb...

Page 1923: ...ill build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened When replacing the bulb hold the metal flange not the glass WARNING z Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electrical...

Page 1924: ...tes extremely high heat when it is illuminated If the surface of the bulb is soiled excessive heat will build up and the life of the bulb will be shortened When replacing the bulb hold the metal flang...

Page 1925: ...n the reverse order of removal DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT SYSTEM INSPECTION DISCHARGE HEADLIGHT INOPERATIVE WARNING z Incorrect servicing of the discharge headlights could result in electric shock Before ser...

Page 1926: ...to the HEADLIGHT LO position z Measure the voltage at discharge headlight control module terminal A wiring harness side z Is the voltage approx 12 V Yes Go to Step 6 No Go to the next step 2 INSPECT F...

Page 1927: ...15 A fuse and discharge headlight control module terminal A H L LOW L 15 A fuse and discharge headlight control module terminal A z Are the wiring harnesses normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace t...

Page 1928: ...emove the coolant reserve tank RH only See COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 previously verified as illuminating normally See HEADLIGHT B...

Page 1929: ...reverse order of removal 5 Adjust the front fog light aiming See FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING FRONT FOG LIGHT AIMING 1 Make a front fog light adjustment screen as shown in the figure using double weight wh...

Page 1930: ...ove the front fog light in the direction of the arrows and adjust the center of the front fog light to the position shown in the figure 11 Install the adjusting bolt and tighten the screw Fig 18 Ident...

Page 1931: ...he power outer mirror See POWER OUTER MIRROR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Install in the reverse order of removal CAUTION z A halogen bulb generates extremely high heat when it is illuminated If the surface...

Page 1932: ...he reverse order of removal INBOARD LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the service hole cover Fig 22 Identifying Service Hole Cover Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 1933: ...e figure pivot it inward and then fix in place Fig 24 Inserting Inboard Light Into Liftgate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Push the bracket onto the liftgate as shown in the figure and install Fig 25...

Page 1934: ...unt Brake Light Screw Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal INBOARD LIGHT BULB REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the service hole...

Page 1935: ...IDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the liftgate lower trim See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 29 Identifying License Plate Light Connecto...

Page 1936: ...ive battery cable and wait for 1 min or more 3 Remove the following parts 1 Driver side air bag module See DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION WARNING z If the negative battery cable or th...

Page 1937: ...ed in the table Fig 33 Identifying Combination Switch Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION CAUTION z If the disc on...

Page 1938: ...verse order of removal LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Verify that the continuity between the light switch terminals is as indicated in the table z If not as indicated in the table replace the light switch...

Page 1939: ...T SWITCH VEHICLE WITH AUTO LIGHT Fig 37 Checking Continuity Between Headlight Switch Terminals Vehicle With Auto Light Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES...

Page 1940: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 40 Checking Continuity Between Turn Switch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Lightin...

Page 1941: ...parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 F...

Page 1942: ...nals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 45 Checking Continuity Between Hazard Switch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect...

Page 1943: ...of removal HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Verify that continuity between the headlight leveling switch terminals is as indicated in the table z If not as indicated in the table replace the he...

Page 1944: ...TO LIGHT WIPER CONTROL MODULE VEHICLES WITH DRL Fig 49 DRL Auto Light Off System Vehicles With DRL Wiring Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Vehicles without DRL 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008...

Page 1945: ...Wiring Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP AUTO LIGHT OFF CONTROL MODULE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Lighting Systems Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 39 06 AM...

Page 1946: ...1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the dashboard under cover Driver side See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2008 Mazda CX 9 Gran...

Page 1947: ...control module terminals as indicated below TERMINAL VOLTAGE LIST REFERENCE Fig 53 Identifying Auto Light Off Control Module Connector Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CONNECTOR TERMINALS REFE...

Page 1948: ...tch at high beam position Below 1 5 z H L LOW relay See RELAY INSPECTION z Related wiring harnesses Light switch at OFF or low beam position B 2M TNS switch on off Light switch Ignition switch at ON L...

Page 1949: ...ECTION 1 Measure the voltage at the auto light wiper control module terminals as indicated below TERMINAL VOLTAGE LIST REFERENCE Fig 55 Identifying Auto Light Wiper Control Module Connector Terminals...

Page 1950: ...ostop switch Windshield wiper motor See WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION z Related wiring harnesses Windshield wiper switch at OFF position 1 0 or less 1D Windshield wiper switch signal OFF Windshiel...

Page 1951: ...er switch Ignition switch at ON Washer switch at ON position B z Windshield wiper and washer switch See WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION z Related wiring harnesses Washer switch at OFF po...

Page 1952: ...or headlight operation request Rain sensor Because this terminal is for communication good no good judgment by terminal voltage is not possible z Rain sensor z Related wiring harnesses 2F DLC 2 power...

Page 1953: ...Light switch at OFF position B 2N Light switch on off Light switch Ignition switch at ON Light switch at low beam or high beam position 1 0 or less z Light switch See LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION z Relate...

Page 1954: ...ive times and return it to the OFF position 3 Pull the light switch back once Flash to pass ON 4 Turn the light switch to the TNS position 5 Switch the light switch from the TNS to ON position five ti...

Page 1955: ...amming z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Programming 2 Select Module Programming 3 Then select items from the screen menu in the following order 1 Select Programmable Parameters 2 Select Exterio...

Page 1956: ...reverse order of removal LENS REMOVAL NOTE 1 Insert a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver into the service hole and pry with the screwdriver in the direction shown by the arrow to remove the lens NOTE...

Page 1957: ...Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 61 Checking Continuity Between Front Map Light Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION INTERIOR LIGHT 1 Disconne...

Page 1958: ...ON 14 Roof side trim See ROOF SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 15 Second row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See SECOND ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 16 C pillar trim See C PILLAR TRIM REM...

Page 1959: ...ion shown by the arrow to remove the lens Fig 62 Identifying Interior Light Bulb Housing Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z After installing the wiring harness reinforce the urethane that was cut wh...

Page 1960: ...CORP CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 66 Identifying Cargo Compartment Ligh...

Page 1961: ...ve the cargo compartment light bulb 4 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 68 Identifying Cargo Compartment Light Bulb Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT INSPECTION 1 Verify...

Page 1962: ...in the order indicated in the table Fig 71 Identifying Courtesy Light Bulb Lens Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install in the reverse order of removal LENS REMOVAL NOTE 1 Insert a tape wrapped flath...

Page 1963: ...ut aside the upper columm cover 4 Remove the ignition key illumination bulb 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 73 Identifying Ignition Key Illumination Bulb Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP VE...

Page 1964: ...the socket by turning it in the direction shown by the arrow Fig 75 Socket Removal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP GLOVE COMPARTMENT LIGHT BULB REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery ca...

Page 1965: ...e Fig 77 Identifying Vanity Mirror Illumination Bulb Lens Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install in the reverse order of removal LENS REMOVAL NOTE 1 Insert a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver into th...

Page 1966: ...not as indicated in the table inspect the bulb If there is no malfunction replace the sunvisor Fig 79 Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 80 Checking Continuity Between Vanity...

Page 1967: ...L INSTALLATION 3 Remove the handle pull See FRONT DOOR TRIM DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 82 Identifying Front Door Pocket Indirect Illumination Cover Connector...

Page 1968: ...Identifying Rear Door Pocket Indirect Illumination Cover Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal REAR DOOR POCKET INDIRECT ILLUMINATION REMOVAL NOTE 1 Open th...

Page 1969: ...TORS CORP 3 Install in the reverse order of removal DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Verify that the continuity between door switch terminal and the body ground is as indicated in the table z If not as indica...

Page 1970: ...r Switch Terminal Body Ground Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Lighting Systems Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 39 06 AM Page 54 2005 M...

Page 1971: ...g 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Security and Locks Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Security and Locks Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 57 AM Page 1 2005 Mitche...

Page 1972: ...Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Security and Locks Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 58 AM Page 2 2...

Page 1973: ...stem Locks Location 1 Of 2 Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Security and Locks Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 47 58 AM Page 3 2005 Mit...

Page 1974: ...L INSTALLATION 2 Front door trim See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Front door speaker See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front door glass See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION...

Page 1975: ...MOTORS CORP 6 Secure the rear part of the front outer handle and with the front outer handle lever pulled outward 1 remove the rear part of the front outer handle from the front door 7 Pull out the fr...

Page 1976: ...speaker See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Rear door glass See REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Rear door module See REAR DOOR MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the service hole co...

Page 1977: ...ar Outer Handle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INNER HANDLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION FRONT 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the inner garnish See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove...

Page 1978: ...rder of removal Fig 10 Identifying Inner Handle Door Lock Knob Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP HOOD LATCH RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the followin...

Page 1979: ...OTE 1 Pull the lever 2 Insert a tape wrapped flathead screwdriver into the position shown in the figure 3 Pull the hood release lever outward and remove it CAUTION z Be careful not to damage the hood...

Page 1980: ...ood Latch Switch Latch Lever Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Inspect for continuity between the hood latch switch terminals z If not as specified replace the hood latch Fig 14 Terminals Continuity Cha...

Page 1981: ...s See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front door module See FRONT DOOR MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 16 Identifying Front Door Key Cylinder Bolt...

Page 1982: ...Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 19 Checking Continuity Between Front Door Key Cylinder Switch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR RE...

Page 1983: ...he reverse order of removal FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION 1 The following actuators and switches are integrated with the front door latch and lock actuator Inspect the front door latch...

Page 1984: ...the screws then remove the door lock switch 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 22 Identifying Door Lock Switch Screws Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DOOR LOCK SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Inspect for...

Page 1985: ...corresponding front door lock actuator terminals and inspect the front door lock actuator operation z If not as specified replace the front door latch and lock actuator FRONT DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR REFER...

Page 1986: ...T Fig 26 Identifying Door Lock Striker With Screw Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DOOR LOCK LINK SWITCH INSPECTION FRONT REAR 1 Inspect for continuity between the door lock link sw...

Page 1987: ...e REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Rear door speaker See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Rear door glass See REAR DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Rear door module See REAR DOOR MODULE...

Page 1988: ...ig 30 Checking Rear Door Latch Lock Actuator Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION 1 Apply battery positive voltage and connect ground to the corresponding front door lock a...

Page 1989: ...gate lower trim See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 32 Identifying Liftgate Latch Lock Actuator Connector Bolt Torque Specifications Courtesy...

Page 1990: ...rder of removal 6 Adjust the liftgate See LIFTGATE ADJUSTMENT Fig 34 Identifying Liftgate Lock Striker Bolt Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LIFTGATE LATCH LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION...

Page 1991: ...of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 37 Checking Continuity Between Liftgate Latch Lock Actuator Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Full latch switch Half latch switch Return switch 1 Press the latch in usi...

Page 1992: ...witch Half Latch Switch Return Switch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP z If not as indicated in the table replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator Fig 40 Identifying Blinking Pattern Courte...

Page 1993: ...and lock actuator LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REFERENCE Fig 42 Identifying Closer Motor Reverse Normal Rotation Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP VEHICLES WITHOUT PLG Liftgate latch switch 1 When ins...

Page 1994: ...ls Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Liftgate lock actuator 1 Apply battery positive voltage and connect ground to the corresponding liftgate lock actuator terminals and inspect the liftgate lock actuator...

Page 1995: ...liftgate outer handle switch connector Vehicles with power liftgate system 7 Disconnect the cable Vehicles without power liftgate system 8 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 47 Identifying...

Page 1996: ...ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Rear scuff plate inner LH See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt Driver side See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL IN...

Page 1997: ...T BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 10 Trunk side trim Driver side See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the fuel filler lid release cover in the direction of the arrow 4 Slightly bend back the fl...

Page 1998: ...cedure Without immobilizer system Card key programming See CLEARING CARD KEY ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM Steering lock unit programming See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM...

Page 1999: ...DULE INSPECTION ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM 1 Measure the voltage or inspect for continuity according to the Terminal Voltage Table Reference z If the voltage is not as specified in the Terminal Voltage T...

Page 2000: ...ntinuity detected Keyless antenna Exterior RF 1D Keyless antenna Exterior RF Keyless antenna Exterior RF Under any condition Inspect for continuity to keyless antenna Continuity detected Keyless anten...

Page 2001: ...t center Keyless antenna Interior front center Under any condition Inspect for continuity to keyless antenna Continuity detected Keyless antenna Interior front center 1O Keyless antenna Interior front...

Page 2002: ...Request switch input Passenger side Passenger side request switch is ON Inspect for continuity to ground Continuity detected Request switch input Passenger side Passenger side request switch is OFF In...

Page 2003: ...continuity to BCM Continuity detected BCM 3U Tx SKE Coil antenna Ignition switch is at ON position B Coil antenna Ignition switch is at LOCK or ACC position 1 0 or less 3V Rx SKE Coil antenna Ignition...

Page 2004: ...TC inspection See DTC TABLE ADVANCED KEYLESS AND START SYSTEM TRANSMITTER BATTERY REPLACEMENT KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM 1 Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the transmitter notch and remove the key f...

Page 2005: ...with the positive pole facing down 5 Align the upper and lower cover and close the transmitter Used battery Lithium battery CR1620 Battery life Approx 2 years when used 10 times day 6 Install the key...

Page 2006: ...y that other transmitters are not being operated in the vicinity z After ID code registering remove the key from the steering lock and verify that all doors lock unlock normally using the transmitter...

Page 2007: ...e vehicle while programming otherwise programming cannot be performed M MDS Personal computer Device that can send receive radio waves z Verify that the other transmitter is not being operated around...

Page 2008: ...E z Use the M MDS and start programming if the condition corresponds to the following One or No Programmed Card Keys Keyless control module is replaced z If six card keys are already programmed the pr...

Page 2009: ...l card key 6 Security access begins and the M MDS displays the OUT CODE 7 Input the IN CODE that corresponds to the OUT CODE displayed on the M MDS screen 8 Press the unprogrammed card key UNLOCK butt...

Page 2010: ...t items from the screen menu in the following order 1 Select PATS Functions 2 Select Card Key Code Erase and Program 6 Security access begins and the M MDS displays the OUT CODE NOTE z After Step 8 is...

Page 2011: ...rogramming cannot be performed M MDS Personal computer Device that can send receive radio waves NOTE z The steering lock unit and steering lock component are a single unit Therefore replace the steeri...

Page 2012: ...SYSTEM 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Module program...

Page 2013: ...CONSOLE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Upper column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Meter hood See METER HOOD REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Rem...

Page 2014: ...A Power supply Keyless control module Under any condition B z Keyless control module z Related wiring harnesses C Serial communication Keyless control module Because this terminal is for communicatio...

Page 2015: ...onnected to Measured condition Voltage V Inspection item s A Power supply BCM Under any condition B z BCM z Related wiring harnesses B IG1 ENG IGA7 5 A fuse Ignition switch is at ON position B z ENG I...

Page 2016: ...ourtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INTERIOR FRONT Center 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the front console box mat Se...

Page 2017: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the glove compartment See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Disconnect the connector then remove the screws 5 Remove the keyless antenna 6 Install in the reverse o...

Page 2018: ...LLATION 3 Remove the third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Partially peel back the floor covering 5 Remove the nuts 6 Disconnect the connector then remove the keyless antenna 7 Inst...

Page 2019: ...E 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the following parts 1 Inner garnish See INNER GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front door trim See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Front door sp...

Page 2020: ...AL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the rear finisher See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Press the tabs and remove the request switch 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 75 Identifying Requ...

Page 2021: ...Pull out the auxiliary key Fig 78 Identifying Auxiliary Key Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Replace the cap using a flathead screwdriver then rotate and remove the cap CAUTION z Do not turn the cap ex...

Page 2022: ...e pole facing the mark on the cap Battery specification Lithium CR2025 x 1 Fig 79 Removing Cap Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z The batteries will last about 1 years when used 10 times a day 2008...

Page 2023: ...OVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the coil antenna connector 4 Detach the steering lock tabs from the holes on the coil antenna 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 81 Inserting Battery Courtesy...

Page 2024: ...he initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select Body 2 Select Security z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Select Programming Fig 84 Identifying DLC 2 Location Courtesy of M...

Page 2025: ...CODE is first displayed turning the ignition switch from the LOCK to the ON position 5 times will change the OUT CODE NOTE z When the component parts of the immobilizer system are replaced the menu a...

Page 2026: ...NCED KEYLESS SYSTEM z There are two ways to add supplemental key Using the M MDS or using two keys that can start the engine to program z When replacing any of the immobilizer system component parts a...

Page 2027: ...gramming keys Two or more z M MDS z Unless keys are reprogrammed after the procedure the engine cannot be started Before beginning the procedure verify that the customer has turned in all of the card...

Page 2028: ...inning the procedure since the previous keys will be invalid z The steering lock unit programming is necessary for the keyless control module before the key programming z Two or more keys need to be p...

Page 2029: ...ation error Do not perform any work under the following conditions Placing the following items close to the key grip or contacting it z Spare keys z Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilize...

Page 2030: ...n the vehicle or bring it within approx 1 m of the vehicle unless indicated in the procedure z Two or more key ID numbers must be programmed for the engine to start z A maximum of eight key ID numbers...

Page 2031: ...ght goes out 8 Remove key 1 9 Repeat Steps 5 8 using key 2 instead of key 1 NOTE z A maximum of eight keys can be programmed for one vehicle If key programming is not successful and DTC 15 appears eve...

Page 2032: ...card key 1 NOTE z A maximum of eight keys can be programmed for one vehicle If key registration is not successful and DTC 15 appears even though the procedure was performed properly use the PID data...

Page 2033: ...tion menu is displayed again on the M MDS screen select the Exit From This Menu to finish the M MDS procedure 12 After Step 11 wait 5 s or more and then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 1...

Page 2034: ...rogramming 8 Then select items from the screen menu in the following order z Select PATS Functions 9 Select Program additional ignition key from the M MDS screen menu and perform the procedure accordi...

Page 2035: ...Condition z Prepare two or more keys to be programmed after the key ID number is cleared Procedure Fig 89 Key Replacement Procedure Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Prepare two or more keys to be prog...

Page 2036: ...tion 15 Verify that the security light and keyless warning light illuminate for approx 3 s and then goes out 16 After verifying that the security light goes out turn the ignition switch to the LOCK po...

Page 2037: ...s warning light goes out turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position using key 1 and then remove the key 21 Repeat Steps 18 to 20 using key 2 instead of key 1 22 Start the engine using the card key...

Page 2038: ...key or card key turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Verify that the keyless warning light illuminates for approx 3 s and then goes out 5 After the vehicle is identified select the following...

Page 2039: ...PROCEDURE CHANGING Procedure 1 Using the key turn the ignition switch to the ON position The key can be either the valid key or an unprogrammed key 2 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 See M MDS MENU NOT...

Page 2040: ...ESS PROCEDURE 7 After verifying that the PATS function menu is displayed again on the M MDS screen select Exit From This Menu to finish the M MDS procedure 8 After Step 7 wait 5 s or more and then tur...

Page 2041: ...PATS function menu is displayed again on the M MDS screen select Exit From This Menu to finish the M MDS procedure 10 After Step 9 wait 5 s or more and then turn the ignition switch to the ON position...

Page 2042: ...point when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the security light illuminates for approx 3 s and goes out z The keyless warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to th...

Page 2043: ...KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Condition z Have two or more keys to be programmed after the replacement z Have one or more card keys to be programmed after the replacement Procedure NOT...

Page 2044: ...Parameter Reset from the M MDS screen menu and perform the procedure according to the M MDS screen 7 Perform the security access according to the directions on the M MDS screen See SECURITY ACCESS PRO...

Page 2045: ...eys repeat Steps 18 to 20 with a key to be programmed as key 3 If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch in the ON position for 1 min or more additional key programming according to Steps 18 to...

Page 2046: ...ess warning light illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position for approx 1 min and goes out 28 After verifying that the keyless warning light goes out turn the ignition switch to...

Page 2047: ...vehicle is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC Select Body Select Security z When using the PDS Pocket PC Select Programmin...

Page 2048: ...OCK position 15 Disconnect the M MDS from the DLC 2 16 Using key 1 turn the ignition switch to the ON position 17 After verifying that the security light and keyless warning light illuminate for 3 s o...

Page 2049: ...warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and the light goes out after approx 1 s and then displays the number of the programmed keys Fig 97 Identifying Blinking...

Page 2050: ...two keys with which the engine can be started z When replacing any of the immobilizer system component parts adding clearing keys or performing other functions refer to the following table and perfor...

Page 2051: ...evious keys will be invalid since the steering lock is replaced Have two or more new keys ready for programming before beginning the procedure z Unless keys are reprogrammed after the procedure the en...

Page 2052: ...instrument cluster at the same time See PROCEDURE z New PCM z New instrument cluster z Registration keys two or more z M MDS z Unless keys are reprogrammed after the procedure the engine cannot be st...

Page 2053: ...wait at least 5 s or more between inserting them z If the engine cannot be started using a registered key repeat the procedure from the beginning Fig 98 Precaution For Immobilizer System Key Courtesy...

Page 2054: ...formed CAUTION z Protect the cable and body contact area with a clean rag otherwise they could be damaged Fig 99 Identifying DLC 2 Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z A maximum of eight keys...

Page 2055: ...erify that the all keys can start the engine for 5 s or more after the procedure NO 2 ADDITIONAL KEY REGISTRATION PROCEDURE USING THE M MDS Conditions z Customer has only one valid key Or customer has...

Page 2056: ...ure was performed properly use the PID data monitor function of the M MDS and verify the number of keys that have been registered z If eight keys have already been registered and it is necessary to re...

Page 2057: ...pare two or more keys to be programmed after the key ID number is cleared 2 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 See M MDS CONNECTING PROCEDURE 3 Using key 1 turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Af...

Page 2058: ...min or more additional key programming according to Steps 12 to 14 is disabled If this occurs refer to NO 1 ADDITIONAL KEY REGISTRATION PROCEDURE USING TWO VALID KEYS to register any additional keys...

Page 2059: ...the M MDS procedure 8 After Step 7 wait 5 s or more and then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 9 Verify that the all keys can start the engine for 5 s or more after the procedure NO 5 RES...

Page 2060: ...ons 6 Select Ignition Key Code Erase from the M MDS screen menu and perform the procedure according to the M MDS screen 7 Perform the security access according to the directions on the M MDS screen Se...

Page 2061: ...each key If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch in the ON position for 1 min or more additional key programming according to Steps 15 to 17 is disabled If this occurs refer to NO 1 ADDITIONA...

Page 2062: ...M MDS procedure 9 After Step 8 wait 5 s or more and then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position 10 Disconnect the M MDS from the DLC 2 11 Using key 1 turn the ignition switch to the ON position...

Page 2063: ...MDS screen menu and perform the procedure according to the M MDS screen 7 Perform the security access according to the directions on the M MDS screen See SECURITY ACCESS PROCEDURE 8 Select Parameter R...

Page 2064: ...ion and remove key 2 18 If programming one more keys repeat Steps 15 to 17 with a key to be programmed as key 3 Steps 15 to 17 must be performed within 1 min for each key If the vehicle is left with t...

Page 2065: ...inuing 4 Remove the dipstick wipe it clean and reinstall it fully 5 Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is between the L and F marks on the dipstick 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 EN...

Page 2066: ...nd engine oil can cause severe burns Turn off the engine and wait until it and the engine oil have cooled z A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous It can sli...

Page 2067: ...he applicable part 10 Inspect the oil level See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION MZI 3 7 OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 NOTE z The amount of residual oil in the engine can vary according to factors such as...

Page 2068: ...ath or serious injury Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely supported on safety stands z Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice Pr...

Page 2069: ...ZDA MOTORS CORP Oil pressure reference value oil temperature 93 3 C 200 F 310 621 kPa 3 17 6 33 kgf cm2 45 0 90 0 psi 2 000 rpm 9 Stop the engine and wait until it is cool 10 Disconnect the negative b...

Page 2070: ...in the engine coolant See ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT MZI 3 7 3 Remove the air cleaner and fresh air duct component See INTAKE AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 WARNING z Hot engines and engine o...

Page 2071: ...0 Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage z If there is oil leakage repair or replace the applicable part 11 Inspect the oil level See ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION MZI 3 7 12 Inspect...

Page 2072: ...ep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injures or death and damage Fuel can also intake skin and eyes To prevent this always...

Page 2073: ...ST engine stand See ENGINE MOUNTING DISMOUNTING 14 Remove the engine front cover See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 15 Remove in the order indicated in the table 16 Install in the reverse o...

Page 2074: ...Ts arms to the cylinder block four holes are shown in time figure and hand tighten the bolts M10 X 1 5T length 90 mm 3 55 in Fig 10 Identifying Cylinder Block Four Holes With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOT...

Page 2075: ...ifying Engine With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Mount the engine on the SST engine stand WARNING z Self locking brake system of the engine stand may not be effective when the engine is held in...

Page 2076: ...INSTALLATION NOTE Fig 13 Identifying Engine Mount With SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Apply silicon sealant in a single unbroken line around the whole perimeter z The oil pan and bolts mu...

Page 2077: ...ne sealant Loctite 5900 to the oil pan along the inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure Thickness A Approx 3 0 mm 0 12 in B 5 0 6 0 mm 0 20 0 23 in C 10 0 mm 0 39 in 4 Install the oil pan and...

Page 2078: ...osen the bolts 180 Fig 17 Identifying Oil Pan Tighten Sequence Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Using a straightedge align the oil pan flush with the rear of the cylinder block at the two areas as show...

Page 2079: ...ry and damage Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel z Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous Fuel can ignite and cause serious injures or death and damage Fuel can also irritate skin and ey...

Page 2080: ...OVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 8 Remove the power steering oil pump See POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Remove the timing chain component See TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 Fig 20...

Page 2081: ...ENGINE TUNE UP MZI 3 7 4 Engine accessories operation 13 Inspect the oil pressure See OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION MZI 3 7 14 Perform a road test Fig 21 Identifying Oil Pump O Ring Torque Specifications Co...

Page 2082: ...route map 5 No voice navigation 6 Display screen does not change to the night mode Front and rear combination lights operate normally 7 Display does not change to the back camera image 8 Speech recog...

Page 2083: ...OTORS CORP NO 1 DISPLAY SCREEN CHANGES TO BLACK CAR NAVIGATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Symptom Troubleshooting Car Navigation System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15...

Page 2084: ...w monitor z Poor connection of car navigation unit connector terminal damage z Poor connection of audio unit connector terminal damage z Car navigation unit malfunction z Audio unit malfunction STEP I...

Page 2085: ...rminals B B and A GND z Is the voltage B Yes Go to the next step No Inspect the suspect wiring harness and repair or replace the wiring harness as necessary 6 z Turn the ignition switch to the ACC pos...

Page 2086: ...Inspect the connection of the rear mount camera connector 4 pin z Is the rear mount camera connector connected securely Yes Go to the next step No Securely connect the rear view monitor 12 z Disconne...

Page 2087: ...4 pin P GND and audio unit terminal B 4 pin P GND Rear mount camera terminal C 4 pin V GND and audio unit terminal D 4 pin V GND Rear mount camera terminal D 4 pin CONPOSITE and audio unit terminal C...

Page 2088: ...Map disc malfunction z Moisture inside of car navigation unit z Non designated disc is inserted NOTE z If dewdrops are formed inside of the car navigation unit the display screen shows the The disc in...

Page 2089: ...N UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Vehicle position deviates from the route map POSSIBLE CAUSE z Jammed radio signals from after market equipment radar remote engine starter anti theft device etc z Open or...

Page 2090: ...an assistant NOTE z If the engine is started after diagnostic functions activated the diagnostic function mode is reset Yes Go to the next step No Go to Step 6 5 z Drive the vehicle and turn the stee...

Page 2091: ...replace the pins and or the connector 8 z Turn the ignition switch to ON position z Start the diagnostic function z Inspect the GPS antenna on diagnosis screen z Is the OK indicated NOTE z If the eng...

Page 2092: ...door speaker connector terminal damage z Driver side front door speaker malfunction z Poor connection of the car navigation unit connector terminal damage z Open or short circuit in driver side front...

Page 2093: ...the driver side front door speaker See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER INSPECTION z Is it normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the driver side front door speaker See FRONT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7...

Page 2094: ...ar navigation unit terminal F 16 pin MUTE and audio amplifier terminal 3B 40 pin NAVI INT Car navigation unit terminal I 16 pin PRE SP OUT and audio amplifier terminal 3G 40 pin NAVI Car navigation un...

Page 2095: ...e ON position z Does the display screen change to the night mode when the light switch is turned to the TNS position and the dimmer cancel switch is turned to OFF Yes The system is normal No Go to the...

Page 2096: ...wiring harness side connector 24 pin terminal E TNS signal z Is voltage B when the light switch is turned to the TNS position Yes Replace the audio unit then go to the next step See AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL...

Page 2097: ...g harness side connector is wrong z Repair or replace the pins and or the connector 4 z Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position z Remove the audio unit z Inspect the connection of the audio unit...

Page 2098: ...ra then inspect generating of malfunction symptom Even if it exchanges back camera when a fault phenomenon occurs z Replace the audio unit z Reinspect the malfunction symptom then repeat from Step 1 i...

Page 2099: ...en z Is it display OK Yes Go to the next step No Go to Step 6 5 z The power supply of the audio unit is turned on z Press the VOICE button audio control switch z Does it muffle Yes Replace the car nav...

Page 2100: ...minal A 6 pin MIC terminal B 24 pin MIC IN Terminal B 6 pin MIC terminal D 24 pin MIC IN Terminal C 6 pin MIC B terminal U 24 pin MIC B Terminal D 6 pin GND terminal F 24 pin MIC IN SHIELD Terminal E...

Page 2101: ...Display Vehicle Status Signal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP VEHICLE STATUS SIGNAL INSPECTION CHART 12 z Does the fault phenomenon improve Yes Troubleshooting is completed No Replace the car navigation...

Page 2102: ...the GPS antenna z OK Connected z NCON Disconnected 7 Traffic System Indicates RDS TMC system availability on the vehicle z TMC Equipped z NONE Not equipped 1 Used for symptom troubleshooting Troubles...

Page 2103: ...lue indicator Sound is input from the microphone correctly z Gray indicator Sound is input from the microphone incorrectly 3 Microphone level Indicates the input level of the microphone using a bar gr...

Page 2104: ...18 4 kgf 40 5 lbf Parking brake pedal stroke when depressed at 180 N 18 4 kgf 40 5 lbf 1 3 notches PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT 1 Turn the adjusting nut at the front of the parking cable 2 After adjustmen...

Page 2105: ...Remove the front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the indicator panel See INDICATOR PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the front console box See FRONT CONSOLE B...

Page 2106: ...guard LH See CHARCOAL CANISTER CANISTER VENT CV SOLENOID VALVE AIR FILTER COMPONENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION MZI 3 7 3 Perform the following procedure and remove the rear parking brake cable 1 Remove the...

Page 2107: ...ew Of Parking Brake With Torque Specification 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Parking Brake System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 48 01 AM Page 4 2005 Mitchell Repair Informa...

Page 2108: ...ORP DISC PLATE REMOVAL NOTE 1 If any disc plate is difficult to remove perform the following steps to remove it 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direc...

Page 2109: ...hicle front 2 Completely tighten the adjuster bolt and nut 3 Move the operation lever by hand and verify that it operates properly z If proper operation cannot be verified reinstall NOTE z When removi...

Page 2110: ...2 Apply grease to the contact surface of the parking brake shoe and shoe stopper Fig 8 Measuring Parking Brake Lining Thickness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 After installing the opening of the park...

Page 2111: ...stalling the disc plate and the screws Fig 10 Measuring Inner Diameter Of Disc Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the di...

Page 2112: ...of the vehicle as shown in the vehicle Fig 13 Installing Parking Brake Cable Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ADJUSTING NUT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Verify that the front parking brake cable is installed belo...

Page 2113: ...REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Remove the side wall See SIDE WALL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Remove the console panel See CONSOLE PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Remove the console cover See CONSOLE COVER REMOVAL IN...

Page 2114: ...ove the parking brake plate back plate and wheel hub 1 Remove the rear ABS wheel speed sensor from the trailing link See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 2 Remove the rear lateral...

Page 2115: ...rake With Torque Specification Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BRAKES Parking Brake System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 48 01 AM Page 12 2005 Mitchel...

Page 2116: ...s difficult to remove perform the following steps to remove it 1 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the service hole and turn the adjuster in the direction of the arrow to compress the parking brake s...

Page 2117: ...ion lever by hand and verify that it operates properly z If proper operation cannot be verified reinstall Fig 19 Identifying Operation Lever Pin Adjuster Bolt Nut Tappet Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 2118: ...ng Brake Lining Thickness Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 After installing the opening of the parking brake shoe to the adjuster bolt and tappet push the brake shoe upward and attach it to the shoe st...

Page 2119: ...n the direction of the arrow to expand the parking brake shoe until the disc plate cannot rotate Fig 22 Measuring Inner Diameter Of Disc Plate Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 23 Adjusting Disc Plate...

Page 2120: ...e of the vehicle as shown in the vehicle Fig 25 Installing Parking Brake Cable Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ADJUSTING NUT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Verify that the front parking brake cable is installed be...

Page 2121: ...able replace the parking brake switch See PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD See PARKING BRAKE REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD Fig 27 Connector Terminal Reference Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 28 Ide...

Page 2122: ...cleared using the M MDS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM Fig 1 Power Liftgate PLG System Wiring Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DTC INSPECTION POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM 2008 Mazda...

Page 2123: ...fter completion of repairs clear all DTCs stored in the PLG control module See CLEARING DTC POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM DTC TABLE POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM DTC CHART CAUTION z Some of the PLG system DTC...

Page 2124: ...t malfunction See DTC B2700 POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM B2701 PLG touch sensor LH circuit malfunction See DTC B2701 POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM B2702 PLG touch sensor RH circuit malfunction See DTC B2702...

Page 2125: ...the DTC 5 Verify that no DTCs are displayed Fig 3 Identifying DLC 2 Location Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PID DATA MONITOR INSPECTION POWER LIFTGATE PLG SYSTEM 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 Afte...

Page 2126: ...ol In addition because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the monitored value it is necessary to inspect the output parts individually PID name definition Unit...

Page 2127: ...at ON on z Other off 2A SW_CCL Liftgate latch switch Off On z Unlatch liftgate is open on z Latch liftgate is closed off 3F SW_MAIN PLG front switch Off On z PLG front switch on position on z Other of...

Page 2128: ...ule supply voltage V Under any condition VB 2A 20 DTC B1311 Door lock link switch circuit unlock failure DETECTION CONDITION Open circuit in wiring harness between PLG control module and passenger sid...

Page 2129: ...switch front door latch and lock actuator passenger side malfunction z PLG control module malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT DOOR LOCK LINK SWITCH z Disconnect the door lock link switch Pas...

Page 2130: ...open circuit z Are the wiring harnesses normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the wiring harness Go to the next step 3 VERIFY CORRECTION COMPLETED z Reconnect the disconnected connector...

Page 2131: ...Step 4 2 INSPECT FOR PCM DTCs z Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 z Are any DTCs for the PCM displayed Yes Perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection Go to Step 4 No Go to the...

Page 2132: ...TC z Operate the PLG system z Is DTC B1318 stored Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B1342 PLG control m...

Page 2133: ...n z PLG control module malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 INSPECT PLG TOUCH SENSOR z Inspect the PLG touch sensor See POWER LIFTGATE PLG TOUCH SENSOR INSPECTION z Is the touch sensor normal Yes Go t...

Page 2134: ...Reconnect the disconnected connector z Clear the DTC z Is DTC B241A stored after 5 min or more have elapsed Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATI...

Page 2135: ...G HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL UNIT AND PLG DRIVE UNIT Replace the PLG drive unit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 2136: ...ntrol module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B266B Rotation sensor A circuit malfunction DETECTION CONDITION Rotation sensor A signal do...

Page 2137: ...G HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL UNIT AND PLG DRIVE UNIT Replace the PLG drive unit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 2138: ...C B266B stored Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B266C Rotation sensor B circuit malfunction DETECTION...

Page 2139: ...G HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL UNIT AND PLG DRIVE UNIT Replace the PLG drive unit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 2140: ...nected connector z Clear the DTC z Operate the PLG system z Is DTC B266C stored Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG DRIVE UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting complet...

Page 2141: ...INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL UNIT AND PLG DRIVE UNIT 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Novembe...

Page 2142: ...Replace the PLG arm See POWER LIFTGATE PLG ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 INSPECT PLG SLIDER z Inspect the PLG slider for the following Is the PLG slider spinning z Is the PLG slider normal Yes Go to the...

Page 2143: ...uit in wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3H and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal B z Short to GND in wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3H and liftgate latch...

Page 2144: ...nnector z Inspect the wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3H and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal B for an open circuit short circuit to ground system Yes Go to the next step N...

Page 2145: ...DTC z Operate the PLG system Open operation z Is DTC B267A stored Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B26...

Page 2146: ...etween PLG control module terminal 3G and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal D for a short circuit to ground system Yes Replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK...

Page 2147: ...erating POSSIBLE CAUSE z Open circuit in wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3E and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal E z Short to power supply in wiring harness between PLG con...

Page 2148: ...lock actuator connector z Inspect the wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3E and liftgate latch and lock actuator terminal E for an open circuit Yes Go to the next step No Repair or rep...

Page 2149: ...DULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B2699 PLG touch sensor LH circuit malfunction DETECTION CONDITION Open circuit is detected in the PLG touch sensor LH POSSIBLE CAUSE z Sh...

Page 2150: ...ring harness between PLG control module terminal 3B and PLG touch sensor LH terminal B for an open circuit short circuit to power supply system z Is the wiring harness normal Yes Go to the next step N...

Page 2151: ...n circuit is detected in the PLG touch sensor RH POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3A and PLG touch sensor RH terminal B z Open circu...

Page 2152: ...p 4 3 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL MODULE AND PLG TOUCH SENSOR RH z Inspect the wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 2D and PLG touch sensor RH terminal A for an open circu...

Page 2153: ...normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the PLG touch sensor LH See POWER LIFTGATE PLG TOUCH SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION Go to Step 3 2 INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL MODULE AND PLG TOUC...

Page 2154: ...LG touch sensor RH circuit malfunction DETECTION CONDITION A short circuit to ground in the PLG touch sensor RH continues for 5 min or more POSSIBLE CAUSE z Short to GND in wiring harness between PLG...

Page 2155: ...d Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B2821 Closure motor circuit malfunction DETECTION CONDITION Liftgat...

Page 2156: ...N z Is the liftgate lock actuator normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the liftgate latch and lock actuator See LIFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION Go to Step 5 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 2157: ...HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL MODULE AND LIFTGATE LATCH SWITCH z Inspect the wiring harness between PLG control module terminal 3F and liftgate latch switch terminal B for a short circuit to ground syst...

Page 2158: ...G control module terminal 1F and PLG motor terminal B PLG drive unit z PLG drive unit clutch malfunction z PLG motor malfunction z PLG control module malfunction 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BOD...

Page 2159: ...LETED z Reconnect the disconnected connector z Clear the DTC z Operate the PLG system z Is DTC B2936 stored Yes Replace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 2160: ...HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL MODULE AND PLG DRIVE UNIT Replace the PLG drive unit 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft...

Page 2161: ...eplace the PLG control module See POWER LIFTGATE PLG CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION No DTC troubleshooting completed DTC B2939 Clutch circuit malfunction DETECTION CONDITION The current flowing t...

Page 2162: ...NSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN PLG CONTROL MODULE AND PLG DRIVE UNIT 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES On Board Diagnostic Power Liftgate PLG System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Novemb...

Page 2163: ...to the next step No Repair or replace the wiring harness Go to the next step 2 VERIFY CORRECTION COMPLETED z Reconnect the disconnected connector z Clear the DTC z Operate the PLG system z Is DTC B293...

Page 2164: ...le 8 Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right several times 9 Verify that the fluid is not foamy and that the fluid level has not dropped z If the fluid level has dropped add fluid as neces...

Page 2165: ...ge z If fluid leakage is found replace related pipe or hose FLUID PRESSURE INSPECTION 1 Assemble the SSTs as shown in the figure CAUTION z If the steering wheel is kept in the fully turned position fo...

Page 2166: ...se the engine speed to 1 000 1 500 rpm and measure the fluid pressure generated by the oil pump z If the pressure is not within the specification repair or replace the oil pump component Oil pump flui...

Page 2167: ...ECTION STEERING WHEEL PLAY INSPECTION 1 With the wheels in the straight ahead position gently turn the steering wheel to the left and right and verify that the play is within the specification z If th...

Page 2168: ...d warm the power steering fluid to 50 60 C 122 140 F 5 Measure the steering wheel effort using a torque wrench z If not within the specification verify the following No air in steering system No fluid...

Page 2169: ...t immobilizer system Steering lock unit programming See STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE REGISTRATION ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM NOTE z To determine whether the steering effort is satisfactory or not perform t...

Page 2170: ...EM COMPONENT REPLACEMENT KEY ADDITION AND CLEARING KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Fig 8 Identifying Steering Wheel Column Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL NO...

Page 2171: ...ng Groove In Heads Of Steering Lock Mounting Bolts Using Chisel And Hammer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP KEY CYLINDER WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM REMOVAL NOTE 1 Turn the key to the ACC position 2...

Page 2172: ...the bolts until the heads break off Fig 11 Installing Steering Lock Mounting Bolts Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP STEERING SHAFT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Lock the tilt lever 2 Tighten nut A 3 Tighten nut B...

Page 2173: ...ecessary Steering shaft length 211 6 mm 8 331 in Fig 13 Identifying Steering Shaft Length Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Inspect the tilt operation 1 Verify that the adjusting lever moves smoothly fr...

Page 2174: ...EMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal 8 After installation adjust the total toe in See FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT CAUTION z Performing t...

Page 2175: ...9 136 0 N m 9 89 13 86 kgf m 71 5 100 3 ft lbf Fig 16 Identifying Mounting Bracket Bolts Tightening Order Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BOLT INTERMEDIATE SHAFT INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Align the marks and...

Page 2176: ...plates rag or similar material in a vise when securing the mounting bracket portion of the steering gear 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 STEERING Power Steering Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November...

Page 2177: ...Disassembly Order Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TIE ROD END DISASSEMBLY NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 STEERING Power Steering Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 20 34 AM Page 14...

Page 2178: ...eering rack end against rotation with a wrench and remove the tie rod 3 Remove the lock washer Fig 19 Removing Tie Rod Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP HOLDER OIL SEAL HOLDER SIDE DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remo...

Page 2179: ...ORS CORP ADJUSTING COVER DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm 0 94 in and tighten them using a wrench 2 Disassemble the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts created in...

Page 2180: ...AZDA MOTORS CORP MOUNTING RUBBER DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Press the mounting rubber out from the gear housing using the SSTs and a press Substitution SST z 49B032 317 Outer diameter 17 5 23 mm 0 7 0 9 in Le...

Page 2181: ...mm 0 006 in max Near point B 0 20 mm 0 008 in max 3 If not within the specification replace the rack Fig 25 Measuring Runout Of Rack Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP TIE ROD END INSPECTION 1 Inspect the...

Page 2182: ...TORS CORP TIE ROD INSPECTION 1 Inspect the tie rod for bending and damage Replace it if necessary 2 Inspect the ball joint for looseness Replace the tie rod if necessary 3 Swing the tie rod five times...

Page 2183: ...the order indicated in the table CAUTION z Place copper plates rag or similar material in a vise when securing the mounting bracket portion of the steering gear 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 STEE...

Page 2184: ...er Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP MOUNTING RUBBER ASSEMBLY NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 STEERING Power Steering Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 20 35 AM...

Page 2185: ...more z 49T028 301 Outer diameter 39 40 mm 1 54 1 57 in Inner diameter 36 38 mm 1 42 1 49 in Length 35 mm 1 4 in or more CAUTION z If the mounting rubber is placed in the wrong position or assembled i...

Page 2186: ...CORP STEERING RACK OIL SEAL GEAR HOUSING SIDE INNER GUIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Apply multi purpose grease to the oil seal gear housing side and Inner guide 2 Install the plastic bag to the steering rack te...

Page 2187: ...SEMBLY NOTE 1 Assemble the oil seal holder side to the holder using a press and the SST Fig 33 Assembling Oil Seal Holder Side To Holder Using Press And SST Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP HOLDER ASSEMB...

Page 2188: ...BLY NOTE 1 Set the rack to the center position 2 Install two nuts to the bolt across a flat 24 mm 0 94 in and tighten them using a wrench 3 Assemble the adjusting cover with the bolt and nuts created...

Page 2189: ...P 8 Hold the adjusting cover so as not to rotate and tighten the locknut Tightening torque 40 0 58 0 N m 4 08 5 91 kgf m 29 5 42 7 ft lbf Fig 38 Measuring Pinion Torque Using SST And Pull Scale Courte...

Page 2190: ...emble the tie rod 3 Clamp the lock washer Fig 39 Installing Tie Rod Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade See WINDSHIEL...

Page 2191: ...MOTORS CORP POWER STEERING FLUID TANK REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the coolant reserve tank with the hose still connected and position the coolant reserve tank out of the way 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 20...

Page 2192: ...table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTE z The following procedure is for replacement of the O ring and oil seal only Replace the pump component if other repairs are necessary 2008 M...

Page 2193: ...orque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER STEERING OIL PUMP COMPONENT DISASSEMBLY NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 STEERING Power Steering Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15...

Page 2194: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP OIL SEAL ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Install the oil seal in the front pump body using the SST and plastic hammer CAUTION z Use the SST to prevent damage to the pump when securing it in a vise...

Page 2195: ...Side Plate Install Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ROTOR ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Install to the front pump body so that area B of the groove is on the rear pump body side as shown in the figure Fig 47...

Page 2196: ...ront Pump Body With Mark Facing Upward Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR PUMP BODY ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 After installing the rear body manually turn the shaft to verify that it rotates smoothly 2008 Mazda...

Page 2197: ...e reverse order of removal CAUTION z Determine and correct the cause of the burnt fuse before replacing it with the specified type if the fuse is replaced before doing this it may burn again 2008 Mazd...

Page 2198: ...ion Switch Remove Install Components Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Verify that the continuity between the ignition switch termina...

Page 2199: ...connect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Disconnect the key reminder switch connector 4 Remove the key reminder switch 5 Install in the reve...

Page 2200: ...ntifying Key Reminder Switch Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP STEERING LOCK UNIT INSPECTION 1 Measure the voltage at each terminal is as indicated in the Terminal Voltage Tables z If the voltag...

Page 2201: ...e BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM INSPECTION z Related wiring harnesses 15 s or more after all doors closed B E Push switch signal Keyless control module Start knob pressed B z Keyless control module See KEYL...

Page 2202: ...terminal is for communication good no good judgment by terminal voltage is not possible z Keyless control module See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION ADVANCED KEYLESS SYSTEM z Related wiring harnesse...

Page 2203: ...RELAY TYPE REFERENCE Terminal type Part name z Main relay No 1 z Fuel pump relay z Rear window defroster relay 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Power Systems Mazda CX 9 Microso...

Page 2204: ...z A C relay z TNS relay z Horn relay z Seat warmer relay RH z H L HI relay z Main relay No 2 z H L LOW relay z Seat warmer relay LH z Front fog light relay Type B z Front blower relay z Rear blower r...

Page 2205: ...the table replace the relay Fig 13 Relay Terminals Continuity Chart Type B Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 14 Identifying Relay Terminals Type B Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand T...

Page 2206: ...e is no excessive play 2 If there is any excessive play replace the propeller shaft See PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLE Propeller Shaft Mazda CX...

Page 2207: ...eeds the standard specification replace the propeller shaft Standard propeller shaft runout on vehicle 0 8 mm 0 031 in Fig 3 Checking Propeller Shaft Runout Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PROPELLER SHA...

Page 2208: ...g a cable 4 Remove the presilencer insulator 5 Remove in the order indicated in the figure Fig 4 Identifying Presilencer Insulator And Presilencer Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install in the revers...

Page 2209: ...lace alignment marks on the companion flange front and constant velocity joint and on the companion flange rear and yoke CAUTION z Do not mark with a punch to prevent imbalance 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand T...

Page 2210: ...nstalling a new propeller shaft align the rear differential companion flange mark with the tag on the propeller shaft so that they are at the nearest position and assemble 3 Perform a road test and ve...

Page 2211: ...A MOTORS CORP 2 Inspect the play and rotation of the joint by turning the universal joint in the directions shown by the arrows z If it is not within the specification replace the propeller shaft Prop...

Page 2212: ...e wheel bearing axial excessive play z If it exceeds the maximum specification replace the wheel hub component Rear wheel bearing maximum play 0 05 mm 0 002 in 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVE...

Page 2213: ...lowing procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring harness if it is pulled by mistake Before performing the following procedures disco...

Page 2214: ...caliper component from the trailing link and suspend it out of the way using a cable Fig 4 Identifying Brake Caliper Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WHEEL HUB BOLT REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand To...

Page 2215: ...ced CAUTION z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring harness if it is pulled by mistake Before performin...

Page 2216: ...6 Install in the reverse order of removal 7 Inspect for rear wheel alignment and adjust it as necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD Fig 7 Exploded View Of Wheel Hub AWD Torque Specifications Courtes...

Page 2217: ...1 Install a new locknut and stake it as shown CAUTION z Removing the rear trailing link and rear wheel hub component is dangerous The rear trailing link and rear wheel hub component could fall and cau...

Page 2218: ...eel hub bolt using the SST as shown in the figure 5 Place a new wheel hub bolt in the wheel hub Fig 11 Removing Wheel Hub Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Install the wheel hub by placing a proper...

Page 2219: ...htening Nut Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLE Rear Axle Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 54 22 AM Page 8 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Co...

Page 2220: ...SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Novembe...

Page 2221: ...trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Support the rear lower arm using a garage jack 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 4 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Gr...

Page 2222: ...CK ABSORBER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Inspect for damage and oil leakage 3 Compress and extend the shock piston at least three times Verify that the operational force does not change and that there is no...

Page 2223: ...TION AWD 2 Remove in the order indicated in the table 3 Install in the reverse order of removal WARNING z Whenever drilling into a shock absorber wear protective eye wear The gas in the shock absorber...

Page 2224: ...ALIGNMENT 2WD See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD Fig 7 Identifying Suspension Assembly Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspe...

Page 2225: ...e jack 2 Loosen the rear lower arm outer side bolt 3 Lower the rear lower arm inner side slowly 4 Remove the rear coil spring Fig 9 Supporting Rear Lower Arm Inner Side Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP R...

Page 2226: ...the unloaded condition with a separate garage jack 4 Install the lower arm inner side bolt Tightening torque z 120 163 N m 12 3 16 6 kgf m 89 120 ft lbf Fig 11 Supporting Rear Lower Arm Outer Side Cou...

Page 2227: ...f MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD CAUTION z Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel speed sensor may possibly cause an open circuit in the ha...

Page 2228: ...lled to the vehicle due to the narrow operation space Therefore mark the position before removing the rear upper arm align the rear crossmember and rear upper arm markings when installing the rear upp...

Page 2229: ...g Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the rear lateral link installation bolts 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspen...

Page 2230: ...ember approx 50 mm 2 0 in 6 Remove the rear upper arm inner side bolt Fig 17 Identifying Crossmember Bracket Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR UPPER ARM INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Place the new rear up...

Page 2231: ...N Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Install the rear crossmember component Tightening torque Rear crossmember installation nut 93 131 N m 9 5 13 3 kgf m 68 6 96 6 ft lbf Crossmember bracket install...

Page 2232: ...an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle NOTE z The rear upper arm inner bolt cannot be tightened completely with the rear upper arm installed t...

Page 2233: ...mber Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 11 Inspect for rear wheel alignment and adjust it as necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD Fig 21 Supporting Jack Up Point For Front Crossmember Courtesy of MAZDA M...

Page 2234: ...teral link installation bolts 2 Loosen the rear upper arm installation bolts 3 Support the rear crossmember and differential component using a mission jack Fig 24 Supporting Rear Crossmember And Diffe...

Page 2235: ...and place an alignment mark on the new rear upper arm Fig 26 Identifying Alignment Mark On Rear Upper Arm Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Point the IN mark towards the inside of the vehicle align the...

Page 2236: ...8 18 8 ft lbf Crossmember bracket installation nut 18 6 25 5 N m 1 90 26 0 kgf m 13 8 18 8 ft lbf REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Mark the adjusting cam bolt and cam plate of the rear latera...

Page 2237: ...wheel alignment and adjust it as necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT 2WD See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2WD 1 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2 Install in...

Page 2238: ...so that the identification mark faces the right side of the vehicle Fig 30 Identifying Rear Stabilizer Identification Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 2008 M...

Page 2239: ...AL INSTALLATION AWD 5 Remove the rear coil spring See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 31 Identifying Pr...

Page 2240: ...rt the rear differential using a jack Fig 33 Supporting Rear Differential Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Remove the rear differential mounting bracket front installation bolts 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand T...

Page 2241: ...o that the identification mark faces the right side of the vehicle Fig 35 Identifying Rear Stabilizer Identification Mark Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION 1 Remove...

Page 2242: ...AL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the rear coil spring See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the rear lower arm See REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table...

Page 2243: ...omponent and suspend it with a cable in a location out of the way REAR TRAILING LINK COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Support the rear trailing link using a jack 2 Remove the rear trailing link 2008 Mazda CX...

Page 2244: ...ing See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the rear lower arm See REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table CAUTION z Performing the following proced...

Page 2245: ...que Specifications AWD Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CALIPER COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the caliper component and suspend it with a cable in a location out of the way REAR TRAILING LINK COMPONENT...

Page 2246: ...NSTALLATION 2WD CAUTION z Removing the trailing link is dangerous The trailing link could fall and cause serious injury or death Verify that the jack securely supports the trailing link CAUTION z Perf...

Page 2247: ...ehicle due to the narrow operation space Therefore mark the position before removing the rear upper arm align the rear crossmember and rear upper arm markings when installing the rear upper arm and ti...

Page 2248: ...HEEL ALIGNMENT 2WD Fig 44 Marking Rear Upper Arm And Rear Crossmember Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 1...

Page 2249: ...REMOVAL NOTE 1 Remove the rear brake caliper component and suspend it with a cable in a location out of the way REAR CROSSMEMBER COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION R...

Page 2250: ...ensor axle side and fix it to an appropriate place where the sensor will not be pulled by mistake while servicing the vehicle NOTE z The rear upper arm inner bolt cannot be tightened completely with t...

Page 2251: ...r See REAR ABS WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 8 Remove the rear coil spring See REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Remove in the order indicated in the table 10 Install in the revers...

Page 2252: ...MOTORS CORP 11 Inspect for rear wheel alignment and adjust it as necessary See REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT AWD 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday Novemb...

Page 2253: ...TE 1 Remove the rear brake caliper component and suspend it with a cable in a location out of the way REAR DIFFERENTIAL AND REAR CROSSMEMBER COMPONENT REMOVAL NOTE 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 S...

Page 2254: ...MAZDA MOTORS CORP WARNING z Removing the crossmember is dangerous The crossmember component could fall and cause serious injury or death Verify that the mission jack securely supports the crossmember...

Page 2255: ...IR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS z Side air bag sensor No 1 is attached to the lower part of the B pillar When working around the B pillar disconnect the negative bat...

Page 2256: ...pry out the pre tensioner seat belt connector s stopper plate 11 Disconnect the pre tensioner seat belt connector 12 Install in the reverse order of removal 13 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi...

Page 2257: ...EMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 B pillar upper trim See B PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the bolt 5 Rot...

Page 2258: ...llation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Rear scuff plate inner See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Trunk side trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the cov...

Page 2259: ...r anchor installation bolt See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 B pillar upper trim See B PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 Seat side box Se...

Page 2260: ...DLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 22 RES unit cover Vehicles with RES See RES UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 23 Headliner See HEADLINER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the bolt 5 Remove the second row center seat bel...

Page 2261: ...Remove the third row seat belt 8 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 7 Identifying Third Row Seat Belt Bolt Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP SEAT BELT INSPECTION BELT 1 Veri...

Page 2262: ...ere is any malfunction replace the seat belt Fig 9 Identifying Retractor Angle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP ALR 1 Pull the belt out fully to change the lock mode from ELR to ALR 2 Verify that retract...

Page 2263: ...TION 1 Remove the front seat See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the side cover No 1 See FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 3 Remove the bolt 4 Remove the front buckle 5 Install in the reverse o...

Page 2264: ...on pad See SECOND ROW SEAT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 5 Remove the bolt B 6 Remove the second row buckle LH 7 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 12 Identifying Second Row Center Buckle Bolt Torque...

Page 2265: ...t backs forward 2 Remove the trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the bolt 4 Remove the third row buckle Fig 14 Identifying Third Row Buckle Bolt Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP INSTALL...

Page 2266: ...ions Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Inspect for continuity between the buckle switch terminals using a tester z If not as indicated in the table replace the front buckle Fig...

Page 2267: ...e Switch Circuit Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 RESTRAINTS Seat Belt Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 19 40 AM Page 13 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 2268: ...008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM Page 1 2005 Mitch...

Page 2269: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Remove in the order indicated in the table 6 Install in the reverse order of removal WARNING z Handling the front seat with a side air bag improperly can accidentally d...

Page 2270: ...air bag See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS See AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS CAUTION z If any of the following work is performed perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the M MDS See SEAT...

Page 2271: ...al Seat Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP DRIVER SEAT POWER SEAT 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM Pa...

Page 2272: ...Seat Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PASSENGER SEAT MANUAL SEAT 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM...

Page 2273: ...al Seat Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP PASSENGER SEAT POWER SEAT 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM...

Page 2274: ...DE COVER DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Pull the side cover outward and remove clip A 2 Pull the side cover rearward and up at an angle and remove tabs B and C 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES...

Page 2275: ...Hook Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Insert a flathead screwdriver between hook C and the frame 5 Pull the flathead screwdriver in the direction of the arrow as shown in the figure 6 Remove the hook C...

Page 2276: ...eat back trim 13 Remove the seat back pad Fig 12 Removing Hook Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP LUMBER SUPPORT LEVER DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Remove the pin from the lumber support lever installation part with...

Page 2277: ...ghtening torque 4 Install the seat under bracket to the seat weight sensor and temporarily tighten the four nuts 5 Tighten nuts C both right and left at the same time to the specified tightening torqu...

Page 2278: ...ide adjuster Fig 15 Front Tilt Motor Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR TILT MOTOR INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the rear tilt motor connector 2 Apply battery positive voltage to the rear ti...

Page 2279: ...spect the slide motor operation z If not as specified replace the slide adjuster MOTOR OPERATION 3 Connect the slide motor connector 4 Measure the slide motor terminal 1C waveform during motor operati...

Page 2280: ...MOTOR OPERATION 3 Connect the recliner motor connector 4 Measure the recliner motor terminal C waveform during motor operation using the oscilloscope VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION z If not as specified replac...

Page 2281: ...terminals z If not as specified replace the lumbar support switch Fig 19 Lumbar Support Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 20 Lumbar Support Switch Circuit Diagram Courtesy of...

Page 2282: ...ATION Fig 21 Lumbar Support Motor Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER SEAT SWITCH INSPECTION 1 Disconnect the power seat switch connector 2 Inspect for continuity between the power sea...

Page 2283: ...t Diagram Vehicles With Position Memory Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM Page 16 20...

Page 2284: ...Diagram Vehicles Without Position Memory Seat Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM Page 17...

Page 2285: ...ignition switch to the LOCK position 3 Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait 1 min or more 4 Remove the driver side front seat See FRONT SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove in the order indica...

Page 2286: ...RMINAL VOLTAGE TABLE REFERENCE Fig 26 Identifying Position Memory Control Module Connector Terminal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION Terminal Signal name Connected to Measured condi...

Page 2287: ...lated wiring harness 2A Slide switch input forward Power seat switch Press the slide switch to forward 1 0 or less z Power seat switch z Related wiring harness Other 5 0 2B Slide switch input backward...

Page 2288: ...nder any condition 1 0 or less z Position memory switch z Related wiring harness 2K Set switch input Position memory switch Press the set switch 1 0 or less z Position memory switch z Related wiring h...

Page 2289: ...ile rear tilt motor is moving to down B z Rear tilt motor z Related wiring harness Other 1 0 or less 3G Recliner motor output forward Recliner motor While recliner motor is moving to forward B z Recli...

Page 2290: ...or z Related wiring harnesses Rear tilt motor stopped 1 0 or less 3N Rear tilt motor pulse Rear tilt motor Measure the waveform while driving motor operation using the oscilloscope High output 4 8 or...

Page 2291: ...ee FRONT SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Remove the seat cushion trim See FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 3 While inspecting for continuity between the connector terminals A and B use a dryer to warm the...

Page 2292: ...3 C 109 F Fig 30 Identifying Thermostat Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Using an ohmmeter verify that there is continuity between the seat warmer unit connector terminals when temperature dr...

Page 2293: ...back trim See FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 3 Verify that the continuity between terminals A and B is as indicated in the table z If not as indicated in the table replace the seat warmer unit Fig 3...

Page 2294: ...Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Remove the bolts then remove the second row seat 3 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 36 Identifying Second Row Seat Bolt With Cover Torque Specifications Cour...

Page 2295: ...in the reverse order of disassembly Fig 37 Exploded View Of Second Row Seat LH Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP RH 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX...

Page 2296: ...ON 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the second row seat See SECOND ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY AC...

Page 2297: ...RD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Trunk side trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Set the floor covering out of the way 6 Remove in the order indicated in the table Fig 40 Identifying...

Page 2298: ...ROW SEAT DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Mic...

Page 2299: ...Row Seat Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Seats Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 40 01 AM Page 32 2005 Mitchell R...

Page 2300: ...ey can cause severe burns or serious injury z When the battery cables are connected touching the vehicle body with starter terminal B will generate sparks This can cause personal injury fire and damag...

Page 2301: ...e starter unit Inspect the related wiring harnesses the ignition switch and the transaxle range switch NO LOAD TEST 1 Verify that the battery is fully charged 2 Connect the starter battery and a teste...

Page 2302: ...z If the starter motor pinion is not extended repair or replace the starter Fig 4 Checking Battery Positive Voltage Terminal S And Starter Body Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Depending on the ba...

Page 2303: ...with the battery positive voltage connected to terminal S and the starter body grounded Fig 6 Pulling Drive Pinion With Battery Positive Voltage Connected To Terminal S And Starter Body Grounded Court...

Page 2304: ...ter z If there is continuity replace the armature Fig 8 Checking Continuity Between Commutator And Core Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Verify that there is no continuity between the commutator and th...

Page 2305: ...Measuring Runout With Dial Indicator Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Measure the commutator diameter z If not within the minimum specification replace the armature Starter commutator diameter Standard...

Page 2306: ...or Standard 0 5 mm 0 02 in Minimum 0 2 mm 0 008 in Fig 12 Measuring Segment Groove Depth Of Commutator Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Magnetic switch 1 Inspect for continuity between terminals S and M...

Page 2307: ...S And Body With Tester Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Verify that there is no continuity between terminals M and B using a tester z If there is continuity replace the magnetic switch Fig 15 Checking...

Page 2308: ...replace all of the brushes Starter brush length Standard 12 3 mm 0 48 in Minimum 5 5 mm 0 22 in Fig 17 Identifying Brush Length Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Measure the brush spring force using a...

Page 2309: ...isassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly Fig 19 Identifying Starter Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9...

Page 2310: ...torque 0 4 2 7 N m 4 1 27 5 kgf cm 3 6 23 8 in lbf Pull scale reading 3 4 25 5 N 0 35 2 60 kgf 0 8 5 7 lbf Tie rod swing torque 0 1 4 0 N m 1 1 40 kgf cm 0 89 35 in lbf Pull scale reading 1 0 40 0 N 0...

Page 2311: ...remove it from the hook 3 Remove the deflector 4 Install in the reverse order of removal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Sunroof Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY...

Page 2312: ...the glass panel Fig 3 Identifying Glass Panel With Screws 4 Peel the weatherstrip off the glass panel 5 Install in the reverse order of removal 6 Adjust the glass panel See GLASS PANEL ADJUSTMENT 2008...

Page 2313: ...Tighten the installation screws Fig 5 Measuring Gap And Height Between Glass Panel Body 5 Insert a plastic card between the weatherstrip and the body of the vehicle Verify that the sunroof is shut ti...

Page 2314: ...STALLATION 9 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 10 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Third row seat...

Page 2315: ...then remove the sunroof unit 9 Install in the reverse order of removal 10 Adjust the glass panel See GLASS PANEL ADJUSTMENT Fig 7 Identifying Sunroof Unit Nuts Bolts Torque Specifications SUNROOF UNIT...

Page 2316: ...TE z If the guide or sunroof motor is removed the sunroof motor initial position setting has to be performed After installing the sunroof unit perform the initial position setting using the following...

Page 2317: ...dentifying Applying Area Of Wide Line To Butyl Seal GUIDE DISASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Place an alignment mark on the guide pin and flame NOTE z Only the tilt up switch is available during the initialization mo...

Page 2318: ...e the guide and decoration link as a single unit Fig 11 Identifying Guide GUIDE ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Move the pin to the position shown in the figure 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Sun...

Page 2319: ...ION 6 Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 B pillar upper trim See B PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTA...

Page 2320: ...ee CONSOLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 33 Front side trim See FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 34 Glove compartment See GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 35 Hood release lever See HOOD LATCH AND REL...

Page 2321: ...CLUSTER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Meter hood See METER HOOD REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Center panel See CENTER PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Combination switch See COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 9 S...

Page 2322: ...e D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 31 Third row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 32 C pillar trim See C PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 33 Secon...

Page 2323: ...STALLATION 10 Trunk end trim See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Third row seat See THIRD ROW SEAT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Third row seat belt lower anchor installation bolt See THIRD ROW SEAT...

Page 2324: ...e HEADLINER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 RES unit cover Vehicles with RES See RES UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Assist handle See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Sunvisor See SUNVISOR REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 2325: ...VAL INSTALLATION 20 Front seat belt lower anchor installation bolt See FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 21 Rear scuff plate inner See REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 22 Front scuff plate inn...

Page 2326: ...ee FRONT MAP LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 20 Sunvisor See SUNVISOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 21 Assist handle See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 22 RES unit cover Vehicles with RES See RES UNIT REMOVAL I...

Page 2327: ...ignal Connected to Test condition Voltage V Inspection item A Slide open Sunroof switch Sunroof is fully opening B z Sunroof switch z Related wiring harnesses Other 1 0 or less B Slide close tilt down...

Page 2328: ...d Instrument cluster Pulse signal z Instrument cluster z Related wiring harnesses G GND GND Under any condition 1 0 or less Related wiring harnesses H Communication BCM Because this terminal is for co...

Page 2329: ...t Fig 19 Checking Continuity Between Sunroof Switch Terminals 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Sunroof Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 38 25 AM Page 19 2005 Mitchell...

Page 2330: ...esignated position 1 Difference between left and right must not exceed 1 30 Item Fuel gauge indication Empty 1 4 1 2 3 4 Full Maximum steering angle Tolerance 3 Inner 38 Outer 32 Total toe in Toleranc...

Page 2331: ...0 33 Thrust angle Reference value Tolerance 0 48 0 1 Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level Jack and tools are in designated position 1 Difference between left and right must not exceed...

Page 2332: ...ee or more balance weights Wheel nut tightening torque N m kgf m ft bf 107 8 147 0 11 0 14 9 79 6 108 4 Item Specification Temporary spare tire Tire Size T155 90D 18 195 80R17 99M Air pressure kPa psi...

Page 2333: ...ourtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WITH KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION On Board Diagnostic Suspension Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION On Board Di...

Page 2334: ...epairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service z The OBD test is divided into 3 tests Read clear diagnostic results PID monitor and active command mode Read clear diagnostic results z T...

Page 2335: ...played perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection 4 After completion of repairs clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster See DTC TABLE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CLEARING DTC...

Page 2336: ...identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MDS z When using the IDS laptop PC 1 Select DataLogger 2 Select Modules 3 Select IC z When using the PDS Pocket PC 1 Selec...

Page 2337: ...used for monitoring the calculated value of input output signals in the module Therefore if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification it is necessary to inspect the monit...

Page 2338: ...tion in the output parts FREEZE FRAME PID DATA ACCESS PROCEDURE 1 Connect the M MDS to the DLC 2 2 After the vehicle is identified select the following items from the initialization screen of the M MD...

Page 2339: ...DTC U2616 U2617 U2618 U2619 U2617 Wheel unit No 2 No response See DTC U2616 U2617 U2618 U2619 U2618 Wheel unit No 3 No response See DTC U2616 U2617 U2618 U2619 U2619 Wheel unit No 4 No response See D...

Page 2340: ...frame PID data 2 C F Indicates the internal tire air temperature Freeze frame PID data 2 Adjust tire pressure FFD1_MLG Wheel unit mileage value freeze frame PID data 1 m mi ft Indicates the mileage Fr...

Page 2341: ...he wheel unit 1 Data transmission from the wheel unit occurs when the vehicle speed is 25 km h 15 5 mph or more Due to this the current air pressure and temperature data can only be displayed after th...

Page 2342: ...tification code matches which wheel and tire by comparing the PID monitor values with the air pressure values set in Step 1 8 Select the ID_LAST PID using the M MDS and take a note of four displayed i...

Page 2343: ...RATION No Go to the next step 2 VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED z Clear the DTC from the memory See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS z Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km h 15...

Page 2344: ...DTC from the memory See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS z Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km h 15 5 mph or more for 10 min or more z Is the same DTC present Yes Go to Step 1...

Page 2345: ...ontinuity between keyless CM terminal 3Q harness side and instrument cluster terminal 1N harness side z Is there continuity Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the wiring harness for an open...

Page 2346: ...z Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km h 15 5 mph or more z Clear the DTC from the memory See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS z...

Page 2347: ...AL FOR SHORT TO GROUND z Turn the ignition switch off z Disconnect keyless receiver and instrument cluster connectors z Inspect for continuity between keyless receiver terminal D harness side and grou...

Page 2348: ...SE z Wheel unit identification code is not registered in the instrument cluster z No signal is received from the wheel unit z Wheel unit is not installed z Poor connection at connectors female termina...

Page 2349: ...Go to the next step 6 VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE z Are there any other DTCs present Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection See TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS No DTC troub...

Page 2350: ...ave occurred and the ID registration will not have been correctly performed Repeat the diagnostic procedure from Step 1 and perform and inspection 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 SUSPENSION On Boar...

Page 2351: ...If there is a malfunction with the transfer unit replace the transfer as a single component TRANSFER OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT RIGHT SIDE 1 Remove the middle pipe See EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL INSTALLATION M...

Page 2352: ...CORP 6 Mark the SST at position 18 mm 0 71 in from the end Fig 4 Marking SST At Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 7 Using the SST and a hammer tap new oil seal 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008...

Page 2353: ...z 49 B032 334 Outer diameter 38 42 mm 1 5 1 6 in Plate thickness 2 mm 0 08 in or more 10 Install the joint shaft See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 11 Install the front pipe See EXHAUST SYSTEM R...

Page 2354: ...crewdriver Fig 7 Removing Oil Seal Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install the new oil seal 4 Install the transfer See TRANSFER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Inspect for leakage of transfer oil 2008 Mazda CX...

Page 2355: ...ball joint right side See FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Front drive shaft right side See FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Joint shaft See JOINT SHAFT REMOVAL INSTALLATION AWD 3 Dis...

Page 2356: ...TRANSFER REMOVAL NOTE 1 Disconnect the front stabilizer control link and rotate the stabilizer to the front to secure a space from the side 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 DRIVELINE AXLE Transfer...

Page 2357: ...rtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Push the engine forward so that the front side of the transfer faces downward then remove the transfer Fig 12 Identifying Front Side Of Transfer Faces Courtesy of MAZDA MO...

Page 2358: ...esy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Install the No 1 engine mount bolt and nut Tightening torque 85 3 116 6 N m 8 70 11 88 kgf m 63 0 85 9 ft lbf Fig 14 Identifying No 1 Engine Mount Bolt And Nut Courtesy of M...

Page 2359: ...ten bolt A B and G in the order of C A B Tightening torque Bolt A B C 42 62 N m 4 3 6 3 kgf m 31 45 ft lbf 4 Tighten bolt D Tightening torque Bolt D 42 62 N m 4 3 6 3 kgf m 31 45 ft lbf Fig 16 Identif...

Page 2360: ...1 max Knock type 2 4 0 14 max 1 Total weight exceeds 160 g 5 65 oz 2 One balance weight 60 g 2 12 oz max If the total weight exceeds 100 g 3 53 oz on one side rebalance after moving the tire around on...

Page 2361: ...on of balance weight value Indicated amount of unbalance 23 g 0 81 oz 23 g 0 81 oz x1 6 36 8 g 1 30 oz Selected balance weight value 35 g 1 24 oz Fig 1 Identifying Adhesive Type Balance Weight Outer C...

Page 2362: ...1 14 oz 30 g 1 06 oz 32 5 g 1 15 oz 35 g 1 24 oz CAUTION z Use a genuine balance weight or equivalent steel z When attaching the weight balance press the balance weight with a force of 25 N 2 5 kgf 5...

Page 2363: ...ature of the tire is high tire pressure will decrease when the internal temperature of the tire decreases to the same level as ambient temperature If the tire pressure is lower than the lower limit pr...

Page 2364: ...light illuminates z Do not tilt or use excessive side force when checking air pressure or inflating the tire with air Which can provide enough leverage to easily bend or break the wheel unit z To pre...

Page 2365: ...t flash and is not illuminated WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2 Install in the reverse order of removal 3 When replacing wheel unit s register the new whe...

Page 2366: ...from one side of the wheel 4 Remove the wheel unit Fig 5 Identifying Wheel Unit Seal Washer Valve Cap Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z Breaking the tire bead with the whee...

Page 2367: ...ORS CORP 4 Set the tire changer so that it is 45 away point A from the valve hole NOTE z Maintain the wheel unit in contact with the rim then start manually to screw the valve nut for a few turns CAUT...

Page 2368: ...unit or charging loss during air pressure adjustment use a type B tool with a round end as shown in the figure not a type A tool Fig 8 Identifying Air Pressure Adjustment Tool Type Courtesy of MAZDA...

Page 2369: ...TE POWER WINDOW SYSTEMS EXTERIOR OPEN CLOSE FUNCTION 5 Door glass stops before fully opening closing See NO 5 DOOR GLASS STOPS BEFORE FULLY OPENING CLOSING POWER WINDOW SYSTEMS EXTERIOR OPEN CLOSE FUN...

Page 2370: ...ck The start knob is not in the LOCK position z The auto open close function the exterior open close function does not operate if the power window initialization procedure has been reset 2008 Mazda CX...

Page 2371: ...ndow main switch z Is the manual operation normal Yes Go to the next step No Inspect the following parts and repair or replace z Power window main switch See POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION z Powe...

Page 2372: ...es Inspect the following parts and repair or replace z BCM See BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM INSPECTION z Keyless control module Vehicles with advanced keyless system See KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION A...

Page 2373: ...eat the procedure from Step 1 3 Door glass does not operate using the request switch POSSIBLE CAUSE z Keyless control module malfunction z BCM malfunction z Open circuit in wiring harness between requ...

Page 2374: ...not operate No Go to the next step 4 z The door lock unlock does not operate for reasons other than Steps 2 and 3 above Yes Inspect the following parts and repair or replace z Keyless control module...

Page 2375: ...dow main switch and the power window subswitch passenger side If there is any malfunction repair or replace the applicable part No Perform the power window initialization procedure See POWER WINDOW IN...

Page 2376: ...Step 1 above z Does the door glass stop before fully opening closing while in auto operation Yes Perform the power window initialization procedure See POWER WINDOW INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE No Go to t...

Page 2377: ...ure from Step 1 6 Door glass reverses before it fully opens POSSIBLE CAUSE z Malfunction in power window motor z Malfunction in battery z Improper installation of door glass Step INSPECTION ACTION 1 z...

Page 2378: ...or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window subswitch passenger side z BCM malfunction STEP INSPECTION ACTION 1 z Inspect if malfunction is in operating by tra...

Page 2379: ...OW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION z BCM See BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM INSPECTION z Wiring harness between power window subswitch passenger side and power window main switch No Reinspect for malfunction recurrence...

Page 2380: ...DY ACCESSORIES Glass Windows Mirrors Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Glass Windows Mirrors Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 36 16 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchell...

Page 2381: ...tion Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Glass Windows Mirrors Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 36 16...

Page 2382: ...lass Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 6 Remove the hole cover 7 Remove the bolts Fig 3 View Of Hole Cover Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 8 Lift the front door glass up and r...

Page 2383: ...DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 6 Remove the rear door speaker See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 7 Remove the bolts Fig 5 Identifying Rear Door Glass Position Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP gla...

Page 2384: ...0 Remove the bolt 11 Lift the rear door glass up and remove it in the direction of the arrow 12 Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE z When installing the rear door glass align the glass edge...

Page 2385: ...NT DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Front door glass See FRONT DOOR GLASS REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Power window motor See POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the nuts Fig 8 View Of Door...

Page 2386: ...P 5 Move the front power window regulator in the direction of the arrow and remove it 6 Install in the reverse order of removal REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION CAUTION z Make sure the...

Page 2387: ...nuts Fig 12 Identifying Rear Power Window Regulator Nuts Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 4 Insert a hand through the speaker installation hole rotate the drum housing in the direct...

Page 2388: ...N z Rear door speaker See REAR DOOR SPEAKER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the bolts 5 Remove the power window motor from the power window regulator 6 Disconnect the power window motor connector 7 Inst...

Page 2389: ...sing tabs and install the power window motor to the drum while supporting the drum housing Fig 15 Identifying Power Window Motor Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION...

Page 2390: ...the power window motor operation z If the power window motor does not operate as indicated in the table replace it Fig 16 Power Window Motor Front Side Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP O...

Page 2391: ...nstall in the reverse order of removal Fig 18 Identifying Power Window Main Switch Screw Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION Fig 17 Power Window Motor Rear Side Circuit D...

Page 2392: ...gnal name Connected to Measured condition Voltage V Continuity Inspection item s 1E IG 1 METER 10 A fuse Ignition switch is at ON position B z Inspect METER 10 A fuse z Related wiring harnesses Igniti...

Page 2393: ...z P W 30 A fuse z Related wiring harnesses 2A Sensor ground Power window motor Under any condition 1 0 or less z Power window motor See POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION z Related wiring harnesses 2B Powe...

Page 2394: ...main switch terminals z If not as specified replace the power window main switch Fig 20 Power Window Main Switch Rear Side Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL...

Page 2395: ...E 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the inner sail garnish See INNER SAIL GARNISH REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the rear door trim See REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the s...

Page 2396: ...red condition Voltage V Continuity Inspection item s A Communication Power window main switch Because this terminal is for communication good no good judgment by terminal voltage is not possible z Pow...

Page 2397: ...30 A fuse Under any condition B z P W 30 A fuse z Related wiring harnesses J Pulse 1 Power window motor Door glass moving Alternates between 1 0 and 5 0 z Power window motor See POWER WINDOW MOTOR INS...

Page 2398: ...connector disconnected Perform initial setting for the switch connected with the connector Prolonged open close operation of the power window main or sub switches causes the circuit breaker to activat...

Page 2399: ...passenger sides does not operate automatically Each power window can be operated only in manual operation NOTE z By following the procedure below the two step down function is switched to non operativ...

Page 2400: ...te or the door glass position has not changed the procedure was not performed properly Repeat the procedure from the beginning 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 BODY ACCESSORIES Glass Windows Mirrors...

Page 2401: ...r trim See A PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 8 Assist handle See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Set the headliner out of the way 4 Apply protective tape along the edge of the body 5 Remove the...

Page 2402: ...t use the piano wire and follow the procedure under Reusing Windshield WARNING z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using the piano wire NOTE z Before removi...

Page 2403: ...g 30 Identifying Pin Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 31 Identifying Sealant Applying Area Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Before removing the pin from the windshield glass place an alignment ma...

Page 2404: ...d cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the glass Keep the door glass opened until the windshield installation is completed z On vehicles with the auto wiper system when the...

Page 2405: ...7 Use glass primer on the glass then allow it to dry for approx 30 min CAUTION z To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion keep the bonding surface free of dirt moisture and grease Do not touch the...

Page 2406: ...body primer on the body as shown in the figure then allow it to dry for approx 30 min Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion keep the bonding surface free...

Page 2407: ...st handle See ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 A pillar trim See A PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Map light See FRONT MAP LIGHT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Sunvisor See SUNVISOR REMOVAL INSTALLATIO...

Page 2408: ...er trim See LIFTGATE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove the liftgate side trim See LIFTGATE SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 5 Remove the liftgate lower trim See LIFTGATE LOWER TRIM REMOVAL INSTAL...

Page 2409: ...no wire with bare hands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using the piano wire NOTE z Before removing the rear window glass from the body mark the position of the glass by affixing tape to the...

Page 2410: ...razor CAUTION z If a door is opened or closed when all the window glass is closed the resulting change in air pressure could cause the sealant to crack preventing the proper installation of the glass...

Page 2411: ...ea where the sealant has come off completely and allow it to dry for approx 30 min CAUTION z To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion keep the bonding surface free of dirt moisture and grease Do no...

Page 2412: ...n press along the perimeter of the glass surface free of dirt moisture and grease Do not touch the surface with your hand CAUTION z To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion keep the bonding surface...

Page 2413: ...INSTALLATION 20 Install the rear wiper arm and blade See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 21 Connect the negative battery cable 22 Allow the sealant to harden completely Sealant hardenin...

Page 2414: ...illar trim See D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Set the headliner out of the way 3 Apply protective tape along the edge of the body and the quarter window glass Fig 48 Applying Protective Tape Of...

Page 2415: ...end of the piano wire around a bar WARNING z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using the piano wire NOTE z Use a long sawing action to spread the work over...

Page 2416: ...f a pin or spacer is damaged remove it Fig 51 Identifying Quarter Glass Piano Wire Sealant And Protective Tape Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z Before removing the pins or spacers from the quarter...

Page 2417: ...Fig 53 Identifying Quarter Window Glass And Pin Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WARNING z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using a razor CAUTION z If a door is open...

Page 2418: ...bonding surface along the perimeter of the body 9 Apply body primer on the body as shown in the figure then allow it to dry for approx 30 min CAUTION z To prevent weakening of the primer adhesion kee...

Page 2419: ...arter window glass fastener and stud pin are locked and then install the quarter window glass 13 Install the following parts 1 D pillar trim See D PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Third row seat bel...

Page 2420: ...im See TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Seat side box See SEAT SIDE BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Trunk box See TRUNK BOX REMOVAL INSTALLATION 14 Allow the sealant to harden completely Sealant har...

Page 2421: ...ment Negative Lead To Ground Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP FILAMENT REPAIR 1 Clean the filament using isopropyl alcohol 2 Attach tape to both sides of the filament 3 Using a small brush or marking pen...

Page 2422: ...3 Remove the front door trim See FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Disconnect the power outer mirror connector 5 Remove the bolts 6 Push the power outer mirror against the vehicle and detach the...

Page 2423: ...e inside of the mirror glass holder 3 Pull the mirror glass holder and remove pins B 4 Disconnect the heated outer mirror connectors vehicles with heated outer mirrors 5 Disconnect the BSM indicator l...

Page 2424: ...ht Connector Outer Mirror Glass Mirror Glass Holder Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP OUTER MIRROR GARNISH REMOVAL 1 Remove the outer mirror glass from the outer mirror See OUTER MIRROR GLASS REMOVAL 2 Pi...

Page 2425: ...nd the component Fig 67 View Of Outer Mirror Garnish Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP POWER OUTER MIRROR INSPECTION 1 Apply battery positive voltage to the power outer mirror terminals and inspect the op...

Page 2426: ...Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP Fig 70 Power Outer Mirror Heater Circuit Diagram Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 3 Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table z If not as indi...

Page 2427: ...LIGHT INSPECTION 1 Apply battery voltage to BSM indicator light terminal A and connect terminal B to ground 2 Verify that the BSM indicator light illuminates z If there is any malfunction replace the...

Page 2428: ...f not as indicated in the table replace the power outer mirror switch Fig 74 Power Outer Mirror Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP NOTE z The power outer mirror switch is integrated...

Page 2429: ...e end of the piano wire and while pulling the other end cut the sealant to remove the base WARNING z Using the piano wire with bare hands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using the piano wire...

Page 2430: ...ting and press it onto the glass 7 Use is propyl alcohol to remove any excess repair sealant Hardening time of sealant TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATION WARNING z Using a razor with bare hands can cause injur...

Page 2431: ...the screwdriver in the direction shown by the arrow to remove the covers Fig 79 View Of Mirror Cover Notch Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Remove the covers 3 Remove the rain sensor See RAIN SENSOR R...

Page 2432: ...ands can cause injury Always wear gloves when using the tool z To prevent damage to the lens sensor do not use a screwdriver Fig 81 Identifying Rearview Mirror Removal Tool Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CO...

Page 2433: ...ror the mirror may hit the top sealing possibly damaging it Therefore hold the mirror body securely by hand when removing the rear view mirror so that the mirror does not contact it Fig 83 Removing Re...

Page 2434: ...all the rain sensor See RAIN SENSOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION CAUTION z When removing the rearview mirror the mirror may hit the top sealing possibly damaging it Therefore hold the mirror body securely by...

Page 2435: ...ORP REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO LIGHT WIPER SYSTEM 1 Install the rearview mirror onto the base Fig 87 View Of Rearview Mirror Base Vehicles Without Auto Light Wiper System Court...

Page 2436: ...SSORIES BODY CAB Wiper Washer System Mazda CX 9 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Wiper Washer System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 10 35 19 AM Page 1 2005 Mitchel...

Page 2437: ...tesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Wiper Washer System Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 1...

Page 2438: ...RM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM INSTALLATION NOTE 1 Clean the windshield wiper arm connector shafts using a wire brush before installing the windshield wiper arms Fig 3 Cleaning Windshiel...

Page 2439: ...arm and blade See WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 3 Remove the cowl grille See COWL GRILLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 4 Remove in the order indicated in the table NOTE z If the hollowed...

Page 2440: ...f removal WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 1 Disassemble in the order indicated in the table 2 Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BO...

Page 2441: ...embly Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY NOTE 1 Connect the windshield wiper motor to the vehicle wiring harness connector operate the windshield wipers and then stop them a...

Page 2442: ...to windshield wiper motor terminal A or B and ground to terminal D then verify that the windshield wipers operate as shown in the table z If the windshield wipers do not operate as indicated in the ta...

Page 2443: ...terminal E 6 Verify that the wipers operate at low speed again then stop in the park position z If there is any malfunction replace the windshield wiper motor WASHER TANK REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disco...

Page 2444: ...WASHER MOTOR REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Partially peel back the splash shield RH 3 Remove in the order indicated in the table 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACC...

Page 2445: ...he windshield washer motor Fig 12 Identifying Windshield Washer Motor Terminals Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade...

Page 2446: ...m the windshield washer motor 3 Remove windshield washer hose A from clip A 4 Disconnect joint pipe A and remove windshield washer hose A 5 Detach clips B 6 Disconnect joint pipe A and B and remove wi...

Page 2447: ...asher hose F from the windshield washer nozzle 16 Disconnect joint pipe D and remove windshield washer hose F 17 Install in the reverse order of removal Fig 15 Identifying Windshield Washer Hoses Hook...

Page 2448: ...washer fluid level sensor terminals is as indicated in the table z If not as specified replace the washer fluid level sensor Fig 17 Washer Fluid Level Sensor Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of MA...

Page 2449: ...y of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 5 Install in the reverse order of removal WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO WIPER SYSTEM 1 Verify that the continuity between the windshield wi...

Page 2450: ...SYSTEM 1 Verify that the continuity between the windshield wiper and washer switch is as indicated in the table z Verify that the continuity between the windshield wiper and washer switch is as indica...

Page 2451: ...MOTORS CORP Fig 23 Wiper And Washer Switch Circuit Diagram Vehicles With Auto Wiper System Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2008 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2008 ACCESSORIES BODY CAB Wiper Washer System Ma...

Page 2452: ...er and washer switch terminals is as indicated in the table z If not as indicated in the table replace the wiper and washer switch Fig 25 Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Terminals Continuity Chart Courte...

Page 2453: ...Blade Components Torque Specifications Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP 2 Install in the reverse order of removal 3 Adjust the rear wiper arm and blade See REAR WIPER ARM AND BLADE ADJUSTMENT REAR WIPER...

Page 2454: ...per at the auto stop position 2 Set the rear wiper arm onto the ceramic end line Fig 29 Identifying Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Adjusting Dimension Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL...

Page 2455: ...OTORS CORP 4 Install in the reverse order of removal REAR WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION 1 Connect battery positive voltage to the rear wiper motor terminal A and ground the rear wiper motor terminal B 2 Veri...

Page 2456: ...oval REAR WASHER MOTOR INSPECTION 1 Connect battery positive voltage to rear washer motor terminal A and terminal B to ground 2 Verify that the rear washer motor operates normally z If there is any ma...

Page 2457: ...rse order of removal 6 Adjust the rear washer nozzle See REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT Fig 34 Removing Rear Washer Nozzle Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP REAR WASHER NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT 1 Insert a needle...

Page 2458: ...int pipe B and remove rear washer hose B 7 Remove the grommet 8 Remove the following parts 1 Decoration panel See DECORATION PANEL REMOVAL INSTALLATION 2 Front console box mat See FRONT CONSOLE BOX MA...

Page 2459: ...OVAL INSTALLATION 16 Column cover See COLUMN COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION 17 Driver side air bag module See DRIVER SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL INSTALLATION 18 Steering wheel See STEERING WHEEL AND COLUM...

Page 2460: ...BELT REMOVAL INSTALLATION 11 Trunk side trim See TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 12 Roof side trim See ROOF SIDE TRIM REMOVAL INSTALLATION 13 Second row seat belt upper anchor installation bolt...

Page 2461: ...he negative battery cable 2 Remove the dashboard under cover Driver side See DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL INSTALLATION Fig 37 Identifying Rear Washer Hose And Joint Pipe Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP...

Page 2462: ...e order of removal NOTE z Auto wiper system are integrated with the auto light wiper control module CAUTION z When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after replacing the rain sensor with...

Page 2463: ...water or dirt on the windshield the rain sensor may not operate normally Before performing the rain sensor initialization again remove water and dirt from the windshield NOTE z When the ignition switc...

Page 2464: ...cated on the screen Fig 40 Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of MAZDA MOTORS CORP CAUTION z If the operation is too fast the windshield wiper switch position cannot be detected and the initial...

Page 2465: ...AMS article AIR CONDITIONING 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009...

Page 2466: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 2 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2467: ...Automatic A C Circuit Dual Fans 1 of 3 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 3 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2468: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 4 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2469: ...Automatic A C Circuit Dual Fans 2 of 3 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 5 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2470: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 6 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2471: ...Automatic A C Circuit Dual Fans 3 of 3 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 7 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2472: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 8 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2473: ...Automatic A C Circuit Single Fan 1 of 3 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 9 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2474: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 10 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2475: ...Automatic A C Circuit Single Fan 2 of 3 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 11 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2476: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 12 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2477: ...A C Circuit Single Fan 3 of 3 ANTI LOCK BRAKES 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 13 2005 Mitchell Repair Informati...

Page 2478: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 14 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2479: ...7 Anti lock Brakes Circuit ANTI THEFT 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 15 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2480: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 16 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2481: ...Fig 8 Forced Entry Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 17 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2482: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 18 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2483: ...mmobilizer Circuit BODY CONTROL MODULES 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 19 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2484: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 20 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2485: ...Control Modules Circuit COMPUTER DATA LINES 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 21 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 2486: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 22 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2487: ...Computer Data Lines Circuit COOLING FAN 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 23 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2488: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 24 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2489: ...g 12 Cooling Fan Circuit Dual Fans 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 25 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 2490: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 26 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2491: ...ling Fan Circuit Single Fan CRUISE CONTROL 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 27 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Co...

Page 2492: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 28 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2493: ...14 Cruise Control Circuit DEFOGGERS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 29 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2494: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 30 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2495: ...efoggers Circuit ENGINE PERFORMANCE 3 5L 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 31 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Comp...

Page 2496: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 32 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2497: ...3 5L Engine Performance Circuit 1 of 4 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 33 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2498: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 34 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2499: ...3 5L Engine Performance Circuit 2 of 4 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 35 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2500: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 36 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2501: ...3 5L Engine Performance Circuit 3 of 4 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 37 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2502: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 38 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2503: ...gine Performance Circuit 4 of 4 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 30 AM Page 39 2005 Mitchell Repair Informati...

Page 2504: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 40 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2505: ...Fig 20 Backup Lamps Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 41 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2506: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 42 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2507: ...xterior Lamps Circuit GROUND DISTRIBUTION 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 43 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Com...

Page 2508: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 44 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2509: ...Ground Distribution Circuit HEADLIGHTS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 45 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2510: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 46 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2511: ...3 Headlights Circuit W Auto Lights Off 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 47 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2512: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 48 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2513: ...adlights Circuit W O Auto Lights Off HORN 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 49 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Com...

Page 2514: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 50 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2515: ...25 Horn Circuit INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 51 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company L...

Page 2516: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 52 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2517: ...26 Instrument Cluster Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 53 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2518: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 54 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2519: ...27 Instrument Cluster Circuit 2 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 55 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2520: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 56 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2521: ...i Information System Circuit INTERIOR LIGHTS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 57 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 2522: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 58 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2523: ...Fig 29 Courtesy Lamps Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 59 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2524: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 60 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2525: ...trument Illumination Circuit MEMORY SYSTEMS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 61 2005 Mitchell Repair Information C...

Page 2526: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 62 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2527: ...1 Driver s Memory Seat Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 63 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2528: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 64 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2529: ...ver s Memory Seat Circuit 2 of 2 NAVIGATION 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 65 2005 Mitchell Repair Information C...

Page 2530: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 66 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2531: ...Navigation Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 67 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2532: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 68 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2533: ...34 Power Distribution Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 69 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2534: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 70 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2535: ...Distribution Circuit 2 of 2 POWER DOOR LOCKS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 71 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 2536: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 72 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2537: ...Fig 36 Door Lock Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 73 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2538: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 74 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2539: ...ig 37 Keyless Entry Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 75 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 2540: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 76 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2541: ...eyless Entry Circuit 2 of 2 POWER MIRRORS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 77 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Com...

Page 2542: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 78 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2543: ...39 Power Mirrors Circuit POWER SEATS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 79 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2544: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 80 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2545: ...Fig 40 Driver Power Seat Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 81 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2546: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 82 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2547: ...Fig 41 Heated Seats Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 83 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2548: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 84 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2549: ...Fig 42 Lumbar Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 85 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2550: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 86 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2551: ...senger Power Seat Circuit POWER TOP SUNROOF 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 87 2005 Mitchell Repair Information C...

Page 2552: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 88 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2553: ...Power Top Sunroof Circuit POWER WINDOWS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 89 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2554: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 90 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2555: ...ig 45 Power Windows Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 91 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LL...

Page 2556: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 92 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2557: ...46 Power Windows Circuit 2 of 2 RADIO 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 93 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company...

Page 2558: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 94 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2559: ...Fig 47 Radio Circuit W Base Radio 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 95 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2560: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 96 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2561: ...ig 48 Radio Circuit W Bose 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 97 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2562: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 98 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2563: ...ig 49 Radio Circuit W Bose 2 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 99 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2564: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 31 AM Page 100 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2565: ...Seat Entertainment Circuit SHIFT INTERLOCK 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 101 2005 Mitchell Repair Information...

Page 2566: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 102 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2567: ...hift Interlock Circuit STARTING CHARGING 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 103 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Com...

Page 2568: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 104 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2569: ...Fig 52 Charging Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 105 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2570: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 106 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2571: ...tarting Circuit SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 107 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Comp...

Page 2572: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 108 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2573: ...Supplemental Restraints Circuit 1 of 2 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 109 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2574: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 110 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2575: ...mental Restraints Circuit 2 of 2 TRANSMISSION 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 111 2005 Mitchell Repair Informatio...

Page 2576: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 112 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2577: ...Fig 56 4WD Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 113 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2578: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 114 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2579: ...A T Circuit TRUNK TAILGATE FUEL DOOR 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 115 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2580: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 116 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2581: ...Power Liftgate Circuit WARNING SYSTEMS 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 117 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compa...

Page 2582: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 118 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2583: ...Warning Systems Circuit WIPER WASHER 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 119 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Compan...

Page 2584: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 120 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2585: ...nt Wiper Washer Circuit W Automatic Wiper 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 121 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Co...

Page 2586: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 122 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2587: ...t Wiper Washer Circuit W O Automatic Wiper 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 123 2005 Mitchell Repair Information C...

Page 2588: ...2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 124 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Page 2589: ...Fig 62 Rear Wiper Washer Circuit 2007 Mazda CX 9 Grand Touring 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Mazda CX 9 Microsoft Sunday November 15 2009 9 34 32 AM Page 125 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company LLC...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for CX-9 Grand Touring 2008

Valeo SC400 Operating Instructions Manual preview
SC400
Brand: Valeo Pages: 17
EAL Formula 523585 Assembly Instructions preview
Formula 523585
Brand: EAL Pages: 4
LAS BC260 Operating Instructions Manual preview
BC260
Brand: LAS Pages: 44
LAS 11807 Operating Instructions Manual preview
11807
Brand: LAS Pages: 24
Wallbox Commander 2 Installation And User Manual preview
Commander 2
Brand: Wallbox Pages: 7
JANE be cool boosty Manual preview
be cool boosty
Brand: JANE Pages: 21
Chevrolet 2013 Spark Owner'S Manual preview
2013 Spark
Brand: Chevrolet Pages: 356
Ford Zephyr 2007 Owner'S Manual preview
Zephyr 2007
Brand: Ford Pages: 272
Pontiac 2004 Sunfire Owner'S Manual preview
2004 Sunfire
Brand: Pontiac Pages: 376
Jeep COMPASS 2018 Owner'S Manual preview
COMPASS 2018
Brand: Jeep Pages: 712
Ultra-tow XTP Series Owner'S Manual preview
XTP Series
Brand: Ultra-tow Pages: 14
Mercedes-Benz 300D 2.5 1990 Owner'S Manual preview
300D 2.5 1990
Brand: Mercedes-Benz Pages: 121
Menabo BIKE PRO Fitting Instructions Manual preview
BIKE PRO
Brand: Menabo Pages: 8
Camtree G-51 Instruction Manual preview
G-51
Brand: Camtree Pages: 5
iRacing Porsche 911 GT3 R User Manual preview
Porsche 911 GT3 R
Brand: iRacing Pages: 25
Volvo 1996 960 Quick Tips preview
1996 960
Brand: Volvo Pages: 10
Cadillac 2004 ESCALADE Customer Convenience/Personalization Manual preview
2004 ESCALADE
Brand: Cadillac Pages: 20
JCROffroad JEEP GL ADIATOR JT TOPPER ROOF RACK Install Instructions Manual preview
JEEP GL ADIATOR JT TOPPER ROOF RACK
Brand: JCROffroad Pages: 7

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands